hee ale Kibracy of the Museum OF COMPARATIVE ZOO LOGY, AT HARVARD COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, MASS. se St 2p sh Ps a oars yE2t NATURAL HISTORY TRANSACTIONS or NORTHUMBERLAND, DURHAM, AND NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE, BEING PAPERS READ AT THE MEETINGS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY or 4 NORTHUMBERLAND, DURHAM, AND NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE, AND THE TYNESIDE NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB, 1890-94. ? 4 : 2 4 ; LONDON: . WILLIAMS & NORGATE, 14, HENRIETTA ST., COVENT GARDEN ; : f, AND 20, SOUTH FREDERICK STREET, EDINBURGH. te NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE: F. & W. DODSWORTH. own ggd. 4 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE Committees of the two Societies beg to state that the Authors alone are responsible for the facts and opinions contained in their respective papers. RicHARD Howse, Lditor. CONTENTS, CONTENTS OF VOL, XI. I1.—Memoir of the Life of John Hancock. By Dennis Embleton, Ea Vin eneca cnaetanicGarnacamateettdalnaadensa scence cilecpesinasetes ive Address to the Members of the Tyneside Naturalist’s Field Club, May 30th, 1890. By Rev. Canon Tristram, F.R.S... Report of the Natural History Society, from June 30th, 1889, (io) HA BOW, TWEED) copccagoos0q0q0n0s00q¢ paccineayeonsonoo9Rbn00000000 IV.—Note on the Conglobated form of the Magnesian-limestone of the County of Durham. By Richard Howse ................5 Wee re COllACaiti sacs seach coustlncesslcsijesiens setelaeeelstoh pice aeneisesslee: et Note on the curious proceedings of a Nuthatch (Stta ces¢a) observed at Oatlands, 1889. John Hancock............... Tracks and Travels of Harth Worms. Thomas Thompson. Varieties of Mole (Yalpa Europea). Thomas Thompson.. On the occurrence of the Willow Wren in January, 1890, near Blaydon-on-Tyne. Thomas Thompson............... VI.—A Revision of the British Species of Fresh-water Cyclopid and Calanide. By G. 8. Brady, M.D., F.R.S., etc. Plates HB OXON oetercires warn cite vatnwisva's cu asics ana slawaanhe mastonliowacenechomatdene Address to the Members of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, May 22nd, 1891. By the President, the Rev. Canon MIS LRAMIPMEP EN: Wey ecemsvane un ciapsuoec secs veaingarswnmesenene eaieeenes histroteMemersiofplNebe Ce secncccecceuensesescceseeeeunceecnesttee ss Report of the Natural History Society, from June 30th, 1890, COR UIIN ERS O hype O Oe seers unsissistenen emeiaien cceislen ve cinuresccloseieeGues Terms of Arrangement between the Natural History Society and the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club................:ss00e008 X.—Notes on Agrotis Ashworthii. By Llewelyn S. Brady ......... X1.—On the Erosion and Destruction of the Coast-line from the Lowlights to Tynemouth and Cullercoats during the last Bithyecanss py Ropertn Me late nase accnneccecesesercre ss XIL.—On certain Surface-Features of the Glacial Deposits of the Tyne Valley. By Prof. G. A. Lebour, M.A., F.G.S.......... Note on the Voracity of Cuttlefishes. By Richard Howse...... Address to the Members of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, May, 1892. By the President, G. 8. Brady, M.D., PAD) BEARE Sais. enc aerccounosmasmemced ac some ammntict creas ramleasi aces Report of the Natural History Society, from June 30th, 1891, — Pe eer ss acenaseernoseot ee rarrcser ee Doesss sO esesscreD to June 30th, 1892 PAGIE 68 121 143 151 181 184 187 196 v1 CONTENTS. PAGE XV.—A Series of five Lectures given in the Museum of the Natural History Society on Saturday evenings, commencing Feb. AT ONG 93) Srcitrsnioancaiceaaeicw ve.ejen Nee eelnoid wtacieteneeleneneel ects 253 Lecture 1. Ox the Egg. By D. Embleton, Esq.,M.D. ... 255 », 2 Frogs and Tadpoles. Prof. M. C. Potter, M.A. 263 5, 8 The Structure of Timber. Dr. Wm. Somerville 269 », 4. Parasitism in Plants and Animals. Prof. G. S. IBTEG 75 LUG stele sogudoododorongscanobeabododoeccooDoone 280 », 0 Germs (Abstract). H. De Haviland, Esq., M.A. 291 Address to the Members of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, May 16th, 1893. By the President, G. S. Brady, MeD ss SELIDs, BERIS 2 iSsancies eccesaeesersceeaegenesesseneeeementen 295 Report of the Natural History Society, from June 30th, 1892, COs ner SOthy, WEIS We wwsisesvsseselr sere ssehelenasteaceeeeteeeeeeeees 318 XVIII.—On the Occurrence on the North-East Coast of Yorkshire of a Ruffed-Bustard, Otis houbara, Gmelin, commonly known as Macqueen’s Bustard, Otis MJacgueeni, J. E. Gray.) By Richard Howseveccrncscceeieceeeceiceee-eeeeeeeeee 345 XIX.—Additions to the Catalogue of the Fishes of the Rivers and Coast of Northumberland and Durham and the adjacent Sea. By Richard Howse ........... BPD erronticensnoocence 350 XX.—Miscellanea—Bird Notices. Bird Life on the Farne Islands. By Wm. Branford......... 357 The Hedge-Sparrow’s Song. By Thomas Thompson ...... 360 Singular Nesting of Chaffinches. By Thomas Thompson... 360 Visit to a breeding place of the Black-headed Gull. By Thomashompsonle-ccceesceeceaeescene cece ses scert nace reerree 360 Black-headed Gulls hawking for Moths. By Richard HOWSE: | esdcicicclasotmucas sasaceslesisedeag sa nitinerreatitaa sence eee eaeee 361 Do Gulls dive under water to reach their food? By Richard 18 (O13 etapa podbon soouodasn poacsasseodaousondbocLeqqdadepRonsdoonO conn: 362 Note on the nesting of the Peewit. By Richard Howse ... 363 XIX.—A List of the Places fixed for Field Meetings of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, from the First Meeting, May 20th, 1846, to October, 1893, including those places (in small capitals) visited by the Club on its Annual Excursions. By Richard: Howse vecnsenccncimteeasemceatecnes nan cteea eae 367 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS, vil LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS, VOL XI Portrait of John Hancock, from a photograph by J. W. Swan, Esq. Frontispiece. Woodeuts by Juhn Hancock : Plate Ia. Pipit and Blue Titmouse. » IA. Iceland Falcon. Illustrations to Dr. G. 8. Brady’s Paper on the Cyclopide and Calanide. Plate I. Cyclops elongatus and C. vicinus. BR Il. Cyclops strenuus and C. signatus. » Ill. Cyclops abyssorum. 50 IV. Cyclops Scour field. a V. Cyclops bicuspidatus and C. virdis. 5 VI. Cyclops Thomas?, C. insignis, and C. Scourfieldi var. » VIL. Cyclops serrulatus, C.macrurus, C. Kaufmanni,and C. Ewarti. » VIL. Cyclops affinis. 5 IX. Cyclops crassicornis, C. phaleratus, and Diaptomus serricornis. $5 X. Cyclops equoreus, C. longicaudatus, and Diaptomus hircus. 6 XI. Diaptomus castor and D. gracilis. » All. Diaptomus gracilis. » XIU. Hurytemora Clausit and E£. affinis. », XIV. Acartia longiremis, Diatomus Sancti-Patricii, and D. bacil- lifer. NATURAL HISTORY TRANSACTIONS or NORTHUMBERLAND, DURHAM, AND NEWCASTLE- UPON-TYNE. I.—Memoir of the Life of John Hancock. By D. Eupteton, M.D. Jouwn, the subject of this memoir, the fourth child and third son of John Hancock, was born in his father’s house, Nos. 49 and 50, at the north end of Tyne Bridge, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, on the 24th of February, 1808, and died on the 11th of October, 1890, at No. 4, St. Mary’s Terrace, Newcastle-upon-Tyne. His grandfather, Thomas Hancock, of whose ancestors I find no cer- tain record, was a saddler and ironmonger, and had a shop on Tyne Bridge before its destruction by the great flood in 1771; his name, however does not occur in the list to be found in Sykes’ Local Records of the sufferers from that catastrophe. After that occurrence he established himself and carried on his business till his death in the house above named. In White- head’s (the first) Directory of Newcastle, 1778, under the heading ‘Hardware Shops,’ we find, at page 24, “ Hancock, Thomas opposite Tyne Bridge end.” He married the younger of the Misses Baker, of whose rela- tives we only know that they were by the maternal side allied to the family of Henzells, who, with the Tisacks or Tyzacks and Tytterys, brought the art of glass-making to Tyneside and Staffordshire in the latter half of the 17th century. See Gentle- man’s Mag., Vol. CC. and CCI. The elder Miss Baker, being in Holland, a Dutch gentleman, a lawyer, named Van Paas, fell in love with her at first sight, obtained an introduction to and married her; of this marriage there were four children, who all died early. A painting of this family Miss Hancock possesses. A 2 MEMOIR OF THE LIFE OF JOHN HANCOCK, The younger Miss Baker, who was married to Thomas Han- cock, gave him two sons, John and Henry. The latter, who was talented, never married, and died about the year 1850. The former joined his father in business after leaving school, but the shop and trade disgusted him; Natural History was his delight, and all the time he could spare he devoted to it. In the memoir of his son Albany* it was recorded that he became distinguished for his acquirements in that absorbing study, for his collections of specimens in its different branches, and for his library of the best books on Natural History, at a time when he and his friends were almost the only students of nature in his native town. He was certainly much in advance of his time in the above pursuit. From him his children no doubt derived the steadfast love and success in the study of his favourite science, which have made the names of Albany and John Hancock cele- brated, not only in their own country but wherever Natural History pursuits are held in honour. Not only were they men cf mark each in his special department, but with their sister Mary were artists in the true sense of the term. John, whose loss we all have had recently to mourn, was, as his surviving sister Mary informs me, from his earliest years very fond of birds; at Bensham, where their father had taken a house, he, then a little fellow of about four years, used to run about in the fields after birds trying to catch them. In 1812, after his father’s death at the early age of 43 years, his mother furnished a house beyond the Windmill Hills, Gateshead, which in those days was quite in the open country, and so was nicknamed ‘Botany Bay,’ and there John and his sister Mary had their summer enjoyments in hunting the fields and hedges for flowers, birds, and insects. After a few years John was sent to school with the Misses Prowitt, who had succeeded their father and mother in the management of a then celebrated seminary for young ladies and gentlemen, situated at the bottom of an entry leading eastward from Pilgrim Street towards the Carliol Croft, nearly opposite to the present Hood Street, and where there was a considerable open space for recreation and an absence of smoke. * Nat, Hist. Trans. of Northumberland and Durham, Vol. V., p. 118. BY D. EMBLETON, M.D. 3 All the children were at the same school. There, John was quite a favourite with Miss Anna Prowitt, the younger of those ladies, and there he learnt the rudiments at least of drawing. Thence he went to learn arithmetic, etc., at the school of Mr, Henry Atkinson, on the High Bridge, at that time the best in the town. How long he attended that school, and whether he ever went to any other, there is nothing to show. There can be no doubt that the early education both of John and Albany was only rudimentary. During the summer season the family would go to the seaside, and John, and Mary, whom he lovingly called his ‘ little wife,’ used to wander about the banks and sandhills at Tynemouth and Cullercoats, [= Culvercotes] where they discovered several in- sects and plants new to them, and were constantly together. Similarly Joshua and Miss Alder were loving companions, and in each case death only separated them. ' At home during the long winter evenings they had large social gatherings—scenes of pure and mirthful enjoyment, as was related in the Notice of the Life of Joshua Alder, in Vol. I. of the Nat. Hist. Trans. of Northumb. and Durham, p. 324. They had private theatricals, puppet shows, games, and dances. John was often the life and soul of the party, and used, after the elders had retired, to dance about grotesquely in the exuber- ance of his spirits; he paid much attention to the little ones— young wallflowers whom he thought neglected or shy; was very sensitive himself, and keenly alive to dangers threatening others; was enthusiastic and passionate, and both he and Albany were early accurate observers of the forms and colours of objects. After leaving school he joined his oldest brother Thomas, who became the business man of the family, though he also had inherited a love of Natural History, at the shop at the Bridge end; but after a time finding, like Joshua Alder and his brother Albany, business to be irksome, and longing for freedom to follow the bent of his mind, he entered into an arrangement with Thomas that he might quit the shop for ever. From that time up to 1826 we know little of him except that he was ab- sorbed in his favourite pursuit of plants, insects, shells, and 4 MEMOIR OF THE LIFE OF JOHN HANCOCK, birds, especially those of Northumberland and Durham; that he began taxidermy, and frequented the workshop of Mr. R. R. Wingate, then the well-known, respected, and skilful stuffer of birds, etc., in Newcastle. He joined a band of naturalists, friends who were in the habit of making summer excursions to different parts of the district surrounding Newcastle, favourite places being the seaside, Prest- wick Carr, Tanfield, Tyneside, etc., where most of the objects of their studies were to be found. The members used to meet every Wednesday evening at each other’s house in rotation, to enjoy each other’s society, and discuss their discoveries and their pet theories. The following are the names of those who com- monly attended those pleasant evening meetings :—William Hutton, Joshua Alder, George Burnett, W.C. Hewitson, George Wailes, William Robertson, John Thornhill, R. B. Bowman, the Rev. George C. Abbs, Albany and John Hancock, and occa- sionally other friends. These excursions and evening meetings were the forerunners of the Natural History Society of North- umberland and Durham in 1829, and of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club in 1846. When quite a young man John thought it no trouble or fatigue to start from home at three o’clock in the morning, walk to the seaside and back, after a storm at sea or during the seasons of the migrations of birds, to observe the forms and habits of those which he was sure to find there; and being an excellent shot, he was enabled readily to secure specimens for his museum and for study at home. By degrees, and through the encouragement and indulgence of his mother and sisters, their house became a real museum; his treasures and those of his brother Albany not only filled the single room which was at first devoted to their collections, but overflowed into almost every other apartment of the house. In January, 1829, he observed and pointed out, for the first time in England, the specific differences between the Wild Swan or Whooper, Cygnus ferus, and the then newly-noticed and smaller Swan, the Cygnus Bewickii. In Vol. 1., p. 1, Transac- tions of the Natural History Society of Northumberland and BY D. EMBLETON, M.D. 5 Durham, there appeared a paper in 1831, by Mr. R. R. Wingate, entitled ‘‘ Notice of a New Species of Swan,”’ John Hancock, in his admirable ‘‘ Catalogue of the Birds of of which paper Northumberland and Durham,” thus modestly writes at page 145: ‘Mr. Wingate’s notice was read on the 20th of October, 1829, and published the following year’’ (in the Transactions above named) “but by some unaccountable inadvertency my specimen was not alluded to.’”? And yet these two men had been old friends. John’s specimen, the subject of his discovery, is in the Museum of the Society. Soon after the publication of Mr. R. R. Wingate’s paper another appeared in the same volume, by P. J. Selby, Esq., F.R.S.E., more minutely describing the bird than Mr. Wingate had done. ‘‘ Mr. Yarrell read at the meeting of the Linnean Society on February 19th, 1830, a description of the bird, which was published in the Transactions of that Society, Vol. XVI., page 445, 1833. He had previously (November 24, 1829) given some account of the distinguishing characters of this Swan to the Zoological Club of the above Society.”* It was Yarrell who in 1829 gave the specific name ‘ Bewickir’ to the new Swan. In the year 1833 John went with his friends Mr. W. C. Hewit- son and Mr. Benjamin Johnson on an expedition to Norway, to collect specimens of Natural History generally,—birds’ skins and eggs, insects and plants, and especially to add to our know- ledge of the breeding places of those birds which migrate from Norway to England to pass the winter months in our milder climate. This was rather a bold enterprise at that time, when no Englishmen had as yet found their way across the North Sea to rent, and catch salmon in, the rivers of Norway, and where the facilities of travel and accommodation in that country were peculiar, and very unlike those of the present day. They left Newcastle on board a Scotch brig, and arrived at Trondhjem in seven days. After necessary preparation they started thence on foot for the north, with a cart to carry their stores of food, their implements, and collections. The northern part of their journey was by boat, and thus they were enabled to visit and explore * Catalogue of the Birds of Northumberland and Durham, p. 145. 6 MEMOIR OF THE LIFE OF JOHN HANCOCK, various islands, mountains, fiords, waterfalls, and lakes; they penetrated to the island Bodé, south of the Loféden group, but a little within the Arctic circle, and where the sun was visible at midnight. They kept a journal of their expedition, illustrated by Mr. Hewitson’s sketches, drawings from which were after- wards made by Mr. T. M. Richardson, Jun., and they drew out a map of their track, which was added to Mr. Hewitson’s jour- nal.—See ‘‘ Memoir of Life of Mr. W. C. Hewitson, Nat. Hist. Trans. North. and Durh., Vol. VII., p. 223. They had so much difficulty at times in obtaining ordinary food that they were obliged to subsist on the birds they shot, and once when on an island, to which they were confined by stormy weather, they had to fast for twenty-four hours, with only a little tea and sugar, the last of their stores. Their expedition lasted three months. In August they landed at Leith, on their way to Newcastle. They brought home a valuable collection of skins and eggs of birds, plants, insects, etc., and much new informa- tion on the ornithological subjects in quest of which chiefly they went abroad, had been obtained. Some of the plants col- lected are in the possession of Miss Hancock. In 1884 Mr. Hewitson read a portion of his journal before the Natural His- tory Society of Northumberland and Durham, and in 1835, ‘‘Notes on the habits of Birds observed by him in Norway.” A few notes also ‘‘On the Ornithology of Norway’’ were con- tributed to the second volume of Jardine’s Magazine of Zoology. His journal was not published in the Nat. Hist. Trans. of the time. In 18383 Messrs. Hewitson and Hancock presented to the Natural History Society skins of thirteen species of birds, seven species of shells, and 143 species of plants from Norway. Both before and after that date Hancock, up to 1836, had presented numerous specimens of birds’ skins. In their early days of manhood John and Albany had in con- templation the projection of a work on British Birds, with plates, to be published in quarto. This work was dropped, for John found that they had not stuffed birds enough to enable them to follow up their project at that time, though he had already oxecuted some of the drawings. Both were for some years BY D. EMBLETON, M.D. 7 engaged in drawing objects of Natural History, in modelling in clay, and casting in plaster. Albany accomplished a fair bust or two, and John some statuettes. Soon after these John modelled in plaster a Greenland Falcon, with hood at its feet; a small Eagle, with outspread wings, cast in a beautiful bronze made by himself, from an antique receipt, at the Gallowgate works of his friend Mr. James Burnett; he also executed A group of Woodpeckers, now in the upper Western Corridor, in plaster. Do. of two small Leopard Cubs, do. do. Do. of Lions attacking Giraffes, do. do. Do. of Peregrine Falcon and Weasel attacking a Grouse, in plaster. ° Two Eagles, in hardened lead, at entrance of Museum grounds, from casts in plaster, now in the Vestibules of the Museum. An Iceland Falcon, in silver, for the Duke of Leeds, as a prize for the Falconry Club of Loo in Holland. He made casts of the eggs of the Great Auk, and coloured them so deftly that it was difficult at first sight, or on casual inspection, to point out among a number of what appeared or were said to be eggs of that bird which of them were genuine and which fictitious, and it was only when the surfaces were carefully scrutinized that the difficulty was solved. John also tried his hand at wood engraving, after the manner of his old friend Thomas Bewick, and not without success; an impression from one of his blocks, showing a gorged Iceland Falcon, has been very appropriately prefixed to the ‘‘ Guide to the Central Hancock Bird Room,’’? which can be had at the Museum. Miss Hancock has kindly presented the above block, together with three others of John’s engraving, to the Museum, Impressions of these are given on Plates L., II. The blocks figured, are as follow :— Ist attempt.—A small bird—a Pipit, imperfect, in 1845. 2nd ,, —A Blue Titmouse, in 1845. 8rd_—sg, ~=—The Falcon mentioned above, in 1845. 4th ,, —A small Butterfly. (See tail-piece.) 8 MEMOIR OF THE LIFE OF JOHN HANCOCK, In 1845 he accompanied his friend Mr. W. C. Hewitson on an expedition to Switzerland, where John applied himself espe- cially to the observation of birds and the collection of their eggs and skins, whilst his friend devoted himself to the study of the diurnal Lepidoptera, and in these pursuits they mutually aided each other. They left London for Antwerp on the 8th of June, thence they passed up the Rhine to Cologne and Basel, then on to Berne, Thun, and Kandersteig, the Gemmi and Leukerbad. Having examined the three last localities, Hewitson at times on horseback and John always on foot, each with his butterfly net, and John in addition carrying a gun slung over his shoulder, they proceeded down the Valais, and encountered the mosquitoes of Martigny; by the Col de Balme they crossed over to Chamounix, examining that valley from the Mer de Glace to La Flegére. Returning to the Gemmi for additional research they afterwards made their way by Grindelwald and Interlachen to Thun, Berne, and Luzern. Here the friends parted, Hewitson going to Italy with some ladies, Hancock alone to Belgium, and then to Eng- land, where he arrived on August 22nd. One can imagine his delight on hearing the Nightingale on the banks of the Rhine, for the first time in his life, and wit- nessing the Storks and their lofty nests; also at discovering, in the Canton Valais, the Alpine Swift, the Ptarmigan, the Alpine Crow, the Shrike, and a flock of Hoopoes, and at being able to purchase of Herr Anderegg, near Leukerbad, the skin of the Limmergeier which now conspicuously adorns and almost lives again in our Museum. He visited the Museum of Berne, and entered in his Journal, ‘‘Some of the birds are tolerably stuffed, and the specimens of Falco fulvus, L., Eagle Owl, Bearded Vul- ture, or Limmergeicr, Giraffe, and Leopard are creditable pieces of art.””’ At Grindelwald he got the Wall Creeper exactly at the rock precipice where he said it would be found. At Inter- lachen ‘‘he was disgusted with the English here, who dress for dinner and all that sort of thing.”” He was enraptured with the view from Berne of the snow-capped mountains of the Oberland, and the scene from Luzern was ‘‘indescribable.’”’ He brought BY D. EMBLETON, M.D. 9 home a valuable collection of bird-skins, lepidoptera, plants, etc. For the edition of Bewick’s ‘‘ British Birds,”’ published in 1847, he drew up the Synopsis and revised the nomenclature of the book. He contributed to the Great Exhibition in London in 1851 a series of Stuffed Birds, three of which were illustrative of Falconry, and single specimens, namely, of the Lammergeier, from Switzerland, and the Dead Gull. They were all highly admired by naturalists, artists, and the public as a signal advance upon previous performances, showing not only, as it were, the creatures brought to life again, but exhibiting to the best ad- vantage the heightened artistic and manipulative skill of the taxidermist. Of these articles the Atheneum of June 21st, 1851, says, dilating on the necessity of artistic feeling being combined with a thorough knowledge of all the details of taxidermy, ‘No one can look at the beautiful specimens of prepared ani- mals by Mr. John Hancock, of Newcastle, exhibited in the transept, without recognising the mind of the artist as well as the hand of the taxidermist.” Of these groups, the late Rev. T. W. Robertson, of Brighton, thus spoke in one of his lectures:—‘‘ I have visited the finest museums in Hurope, and spent many a long day in the woods, in watching the habits of birds, hidden and unseen by them, but I never saw the reproduction of life till I saw these. They were vitalized, not by the feeling of the mere bird stuffer, but of the poet, who had sympathised with Nature, felt the life of birds as something kindred with his own, and, inspired with their sympathy, and labouring to utter it, had thus recreated life, as it were, within the very grasp of death.” Mr. R. Bowdler Sharp, in a paper published in the ‘English Illustrated Magazine of Ornithology,” at South Kensington, said that to Mr. Hancock was due the credit of having broken away from the time-honoured tradition in the mode of mounting ani- mals in this country—that he taught how to combine scientific accuracy with artistic feeling, and that Mr. Hancock’s name was a password throughout England wherever taxidermy was mentioned. 10 MEMOIR OF THE LIFE OF JOHN HANCOCK, Charles St. John, Esq., in his ‘‘Tour in Sutherland,” Vol. IL., page 168, says, in 1849, “‘I have spoken of the Peregrine, the Iceland, the Greenland Falcon, and also the Falcon of Norway, as being distinct species. This, however, is a point to be decided by naturalists more skilful in the anatomy of birds than Iam myself. Scrzbimus indocti. My remarks are merely the result of my own unscientific observations, aided by the inspec- tion of the numerous and beautifully-prepared specimens of my friend Mr. Hancock, who, I believe, I may safely assert is the best stuffer of birds in the kingdom. The examination of his collection has been a source of great pleasure to me, but it has also had the effect of making me dissatisfied with the perform- ances of all other preservers of birds. A bird when it is stuffed and ‘set up,’ as they term it, ought to be ‘aut Cesar aut nihil.’ A bird stuffed in a second-rate manner is a very valueless and unsatisfactory affair; and it would be far better for the further- ance of Natural History if people, instead of having a rare bird badly stuffed and put into a distorted shape and attitude, with projections where no projections should be, and hollows where there should be none, would be content to keep merely the skin just sufficiently filled with cotton or tow to prevent its shrink- ing.”” Mr. Hancock accompanied Mr. St. John in his tour in Sutherland. In 1853 he published ‘‘ A Fasciculus of Hight Drawings on Stone of Groups of Birds, the whole being representations of specimens stuffed and contributed by the Author to the Great Industrial Exhibition of 1851. Newcastle-on-Tyne: Published by the Author, 1863.” Copies of these adorn the walls of the Committee Room of the Museum. John Hancock knew birds thoroughly. At a distance he re- cognised them by their flight, and nearer, their movements and their notes were all familiar to him. He had observed and sketched their various fashions of plumage for each sex, age, and season, inclusive of their nuptial dresses and habits; and so well was he acquainted with their habitual feeding and nest- ing places that he could find them easily, as he did in Switzer- land, and even provide them on occasion, as he once did at BY D. EMBLEION, M.D. 1] Oatlands for the Kingfishers, with a suitable place that he knew would be appreciated, and which at the proper time of year they would and did occupy. He knew at once every nest and egg of the indigenous British birds that came under his inspection. Desirous on one occasion of giving a friend an idea of John’s acquaintance with the plumage of birds, I said that if he would take any dead bird and pluck off the whole of the feathers, put them in a bag, shake them up, and afterwards throw them out carelessly on a table, that John could and would, if necessary, place each feather in its proper place on the body of the bird. I mentioned this some time after to John, who said, in a few minutes, ‘‘ Well, I believe I could do it;’”’ and there was no room for doubt. He was well provided with a knowledge also of the skeleton and of the internal anatomy of birds. He often inveighed strongly against ornithologists and other scientific men who were fond of signalizing themselves by multi- plying species and giving new names to things which in his better judgment were only varieties of a common type, differing in some trivial particular or other according to age, sex, season, or climate, and which called for no change of name whatever. As may be expected he bitterly complained of the indiscriminate slaughter of rare birds and useful ones for the paltry satisfaction accruing from the possession of a badly stuffed bird, whether on or off the bonnet or hat of a lady. Before and after 1844, when Joshua Alder and Albany Han- cock were busy with their studies of Mollusks and their shells, noting their minute external characteristics, John was occupied with skins and eggs, laying foundations for classification, they all three, though unequally, began to see that external charac- ters alone were not enough to settle moot-points or decide on classification, but that internal structure should be with equal care investigated. At that time I was Lecturer on Human Anatomy and Physi- ology in the Newcastle College of Medicine, and being more or less intimate with these gentlemen, and often in their company, and at the Wednesday evening meetings, I have reason to believe that I had something to do with turning their attention more 12 MEMOIR OF THE LIFE OF JOHN HANCOCK, than before to the internal structure of animals, and what we termed “‘ the dry-skin philosophy’’ became not the only subject of research. In 1844 Albany Hancock and I began the dissection of the Nudibranchiate Mollusks with Holis papillosa. The dissection was mine, the beautifully-coloured and absolutely correct drawings were Albany’s. After a year or two Albany dissected as well as copied his dissections. John gave increased attention to the anatomy of birds—their skeleton, muscles, viscera, and general form of their parts. In preparing entire birds to be mounted, after having skinned the body he took a model of it, and thus by applying the skin to that exact form would restore to it its proper proportions and size; the muscles of the legs were imitated with wire and tow, arranged of the exact natural size. The cleaning and prepara- tion of the skin was often a difficult and laborious process, and the arranging of the feathers demanded great care and skill. As he had been accustomed to sketch living and wild birds, and was familiar with their natural forms, positions, and attitudes, he was capable of easily imparting to his specimens the necessary life-like appearance which so signally distinguish them. The skinning and stuffing would occasionally occupy many hours of many days, and John, in fact, could model a bird in clay in one fourth of the time it would take him to stuff one and set it up. , The scrap drawings which he had been long in the habit of making were of great service to him in the above manipulations. They were all given by him to the Museum, and are hung up in the upper western corridor, having been handsomely framed through the kind liberality of Lady Armstrong. Many of them equal or even surpass the drawings of his old friend Thomas Bewick, whose works have deservedly created such a furore. How very imperfectly and miserably the antiquated term bird-stuffing applies to John Hancock’s art and knowledge! Any one can literally stuff a bird’s skin or a quadruped’s, but very few indeed can impart apparent life to the spoils of a dead creature in the way in which our late friend could do. One BY D. EMBLETON, M.D. 18 day, about two months before he was confined to bed, he showed me the skin of a large bird, which many years before had been stuffed, in the lowest meaning of the term. It was bulging out here, hollow there, and, in short, a deformity; had no expression in its lack-lustre eye, and its legs were knockkneed and bandy. ‘“That wont do!’’ he exclaimed; ‘‘I must do that over again, and put some life into it!’’ In the course of a few days the inert mass was changed, and looked like a living active bird, full of expression. Would that some one would invent a term better than ‘‘ stuffing!’ Taxidermy has never been naturalized among us, and perhaps never will be. Preparation, arrange- ment, and so on, are inadequate terms for the art of setting-up of birds in their natural shape. In 1868 John Hancock elaborated a plan for the planting and beautifying of the Town Moor and Leazes, the advocacy of which before the Town Council was entrusted to the late Alder- man William Lockey Harle. The plan, however, was rejected by that body; but Mr. Hancock was thanked for his gratuitous preparation of the plans. These are now in the possession of the Corporation of the City. In 1874, in Vol. VI. of the Natural History Transactions of Northumberland and Durham, appeared his ‘‘ Catalogue of the Birds of Northumberland and Durham, with fourteen photo- graphic Copper Plates from Drawings by the Author.’’ The Catalogue was reviewed at length, and favourably, in Zhe Field of April 17th, 1875. The following extracts from Professor Newton’s Review of the same work, in Nature, Vol. XI., p. 281, have been kindly made for me by Mr. Jos. Wright, of the Museum, and are full of interest, and place Mr. Hancock’s labours in ornithology in a proper light. Extracts from Review of ‘‘ Birds of Northumberland and Durham,”’ by Professor Newton.— Nature,” Vol. XI., p. 281. “Mr. John Hancock has long been known to some who, though comparatively few in number, are perhaps best able to form an opinion, as one of the closest and most careful observers 14 MEMOIR OF THE LIFE OF JOHN HANCOCK, of birds and bird-life in this country. The circle of his admirers would have been indefinitely wider but for the reticence which his natural modesty has for years made him keep. While others without a tithe of his knowledge have ostentatiously come forward as teachers so as to acquire a character as ‘ celebrated ornithologists’ out of all proportion to their ability, he has been content to look on, seldom obtruding on the public any of the results of his experience, and then perhaps only at the earnest solicitation of some particular friend. Yet this ornithological oracle of the North of England has never been hard to consult, and the number of those who, through information privately derived from him, have in a manner reaped the fruit of his continual observation—not always, we fear, with due acknow- ledgement on their part—is not inconsiderable. It is, therefore, with great pleasure that we find he has at last summoned courage to speak for himself. As a consequence of his diffidence a good deal of what he has to tell us has oozed out through other channels, but there is more than sufficient novelty in the 200 and odd pages of this Catalogue amply to repay their study, and even when facts ascertained by him have been announced before, it is most satisfactory to have the record of them here stamped by his personal authority. It will be news, we take it, to most people to learn that Mr. Hancock was the first who recognised Bewick’s Swan as a distinct species; and we cannot but wonder that forty-five years and more have been allowed to elapse before this fact was made publicly known. Yet Mr. Hancock shews not the least trace of annoyance at the way in which his claims have been overlooked—his conduct in this respect being in exemplary contrast to the selfish and utterly unphilosophical squabbling as to ‘priority’ which so often dis- graces the votaries of all sciences. To him it is enough that a discovery was made; if important, so much the better; but, so long as knowledge has been extended, it matters nothing by whose means the end was attained. If we have not here a practical illustration of true scientific spirit, it will be difficult to meet with it anywhere.” In speaking of the question of the plumage of the Greenland BY D. EMBLETON, M.D. 15 and Iceland Falcons, Mr. Hancock’s discrimination and settle- ment of the same enabled him to lay down this general law :— “‘Not only do all the noble or true falcons acquire their adult plumage in the first moult, but many of the ignoble species do so likewise, as the Honey Buzzard, the Goshawk, the Sparrow- hawk, and the Harriers. This fact cannot be too strongly pressed on the attention of ornithologists, for it leads to a correct understanding of the variations of the plumage of the Fal- conidee.’’—(Catalogue, p. 10.) This is no mere dictum, but the result of long continued observation; and well indeed would it be were writers who have very recently attempted to deal with this subject, to learn, as Mr. Hancock has done, in Dame Nature’s simple school, instead of perpetuating error and confusion by grandly setting forth their unsound and arbitrary views on the ‘‘ first year’s,” ‘“second year’s,’ and ‘‘ third year’s’ plumage of birds of prey. In writing on this same question in Vol. I. of the last edition of Yarrell’s British Birds, p. 38, of which he is the editor, Professor Newton says, ‘‘ Professor Schlezel, Mr. Gurney, and Mr. Gould, among others have adopted Mr. Hancock’s opinions, which it may be added are strictly in accordance with the traditions of falconers, and to him therefore belongs the credit of first discovering and making public the exact state of the case.” In speaking of the plates by which the Catalogue is embel- lished, Professor Newton says, ‘‘ All of them are characteristic, and most of them excellent ; a fact specially to be noticed, since they are chiefly designed from birds stuffed and mounted by Mr. Hancock. Yet most of us who are old enough to remember his beautiful contributions to the Great Exhibition of 1851, to say nothing of the specimens of his skill which we have since seen elsewhere, have therein no cause for surprise. In the art of taxidermy—for art it is with him in a high sense—Mr. Hancock has no equal now, and possibly never had but one, the late Mr. Waterton; and the difference between specimens mounted as these are and the handiwork of ordinary bird-stuffers is ap- parent to any one who has an eye for a bird. Whether Mr, 16 MEMOIR OF THE LIFE OF JOHN HANCOCK, Hancock’s genius in this respect is innate, or whether it has been developed in him from a study of his fellow-townsman Bewick’s labours, matters not much; both artists may be rated equally high as delineators of birds, while the younger one, as the pages of this publication prove, stands as a naturalist immeasurably above the elder.” John was one of the original members of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, in 1846, and afterwards became a member and a Vice-President of the Natural History Society, he was also a member of the Literary and Philosophical Society. On the death of Albany Hancock in 1873 a movement took place for a memorial to his memory, and his brother John sug- gested that a new Museum would be the most appropriate and desirable form for such a memorial. This movement was not continued. About the year 1879 John conceived the idea of building such a Museum upon the site it now occupies,* which is the most suitable in the city, and his friend Col. Joicey, with great liberality, purchased the site, which was of leasehold tenure by the Magdalen Hospital under the Ecclesiastical Commission, and enfranchised it. From that date John Hancock threw all his energy into raising the necessary fund for the erection of the building, and through his personal influence he at length ac- complished what no one else could have done, raising the magni- ficent sum of £39,000. The old Museum at the back of the Library of the Literary and Philosophical Society had from its increasing collections become much too small and inconvenient, and the ground occupied by it was required by the North Eastern Railway Company. The Museum was begun in 1880, and completed in 1883. When completed John Hancock presented to it his entire col- * Brand, after Bourne, tells us that this was the site of St. James’ Chapel and of a great Cross, not far from the barrows or burying places of lepers and plague-stricken people in past centuries, situated by the side of the clear burn that anciently ran across the Great North Road, but now under it in the form of a common sewer at the place absurdly called the “ Barras instead of ‘Barrows’ Bridge.” The Magdalen Hospital was not far from the site of the Chapel, and the burying ground belonged to that Hospital, and the Cross stood within the ‘‘Maudlin barres”’ and without the New-Gate.—Harleian MSS. 708, Escheats 12, Rich, II. BY D. EMBLETON, M.D. 17 lection of British stuffed birds, skins, eggs, nests, and the mag- nificent groups under glass cases which now fill the central and largest room of the edifice. Very few specimens are in that room that have not passed through his skilful hands. Many others in the first or southern room were also contributed by him. The collection in the central or Hancock Bird-room is probably unequalled for the beauty and variety of British Birds, and it would be very difficult to appraise its value in money. In August, 1884, the Museum was formally opened by their Royal Highnesses The Prince and Princess of Wales, accom- panied by their two sons, Prince Albert Victor Edward and Prince George. All those, and they were many, who listened to the concluding portion of the address of the President of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, in 1889, may recollect that Professor Flower could hardly find words enough to express his high sense of the excellence and value of the Museum after having critically examined it over and over, and observed, ‘‘You are fortunate in possessing in Newcastle an artist who, by a proper application of taxidermy, can show that a dead animal may be converted into a real life-like representation of the original; perfect in form, proportions, and attitude, and almost, if not quite, as valuable for conveying information as the living creature itself.” John, together with his brother Albany, as already stated, inherited from his father his inextinguishable love for Natural History, and that inheritance was fostered in both by a kind and discerning mother, and enlarged by their friend Thomas Bewick, whose workshop John was fond of frequenting, and by the members of the Wednesday Evening Club. In addition, John received from the parental stock a healthy and vigorous frame of body, of medium stature and well knit, and a sensitive nervous system. On arriving at manhood his powers of observation and his memory were strongly developed, and both he and Albany became adepts at drawing the subjects of their study and colour- ing their drawings, though of tuition in the art of design John had little and Albany none; but the ‘‘ Nudibranchiate Mollusca”’ B 18 MEMOIR OF THE LIFE OF JOHN HANCOCK, of the Ray Society proclaims the proficiency of the latter, and the drawings of birds in the Museum that of the former. John’s power of enduring fatigue was of signal service in ob- taining his coveted specimens. The only interruption to his ornithological pursuits was in 1860, when he began to undertake temporarily, for some friends who appreciated his taste, the profession of landscape-gardening. His sketches of birds now in the upper west corridor of the Museum show how remarkably accurate were his observations and execution. His conversations with his friends told how intimately he was acquainted with the characters and habits of his bird favourites, for he could describe and imitate their motions and sounds so vividly, by feature, voice, and posture, as to be most instructive and at the same time amusing, whilst he convinced his auditors of the naturalness of his pantomime. There can be little doubt that he was the foremost man in his peculiar pursuit in England. It may be said truly of him that he was a genius in ornithology —potentially in childhood, actually in manhood. It may be long before Newcastle ‘‘ shall look upon his like again.” John Hancock, as every one who knew him can testify, was a kind, quiet, unassuming, straightforward and virtuous character ; fond of children, though never married; always glad to impart to students, or any one interested in his favourite pursuit, what- ever he could out of his stores of knowledge, anxious to draw on the young to the rich beauties of Natural History, and to incite them to observe accurately for themselves. Many middle- aged persons, even those of distinction in other walks of life, owe much happiness to his teaching. He was indeed a centre from which radiated a pure love of Nature to all around. In illustration of the above I am allowed to quote the follow- ing passage from a letter recently received from Admiral H. C. St. John. ‘‘John Hancock was a great friend of my father’s, and a frequent visitor to our house in Scotland. His influence with children was very marked—a strange trait in his character considering the unmarried life he led. No doubt his kind and gentle disposition was the cause of young hearts being drawn to him. During his stay with us in Morayshire he taught us BY D. EMBLETON, M.D. 19 boys to train and fly both the Peregrine and Merlin, and in after years we used to fly the latter Hawk with our old friend on the Newcastle Town Moor. ‘To collect birds, shells, and other Natural History objects he also taught us; and during my wanderings in all parts of the world I have always felt the greatest gratitude to my old friend for the tastes and pur- suits he instilled, and which have been of the greatest benefit and pleasure in whatever part of the world I have found my- self.” His habits of life at home were of an almost Spartan simplicity and temperance. When at Oatlands, in 1886, he suffered a partial paralysis of his left side, which never passed away or was repeated, but acted as a drag upon his bodily and mental powers. As his strength declined he had an attack of cystitis, which at the end of eleven months proved fatal. During those months he became irritable, suffering much pain at times, and his early passionate nature reasserted itself now and then. At the end he was quite calm, and fully conscious of the near ap- proach of death. On the 14th of October he was interred in Old Jesmond Cemetery, in a vault with his brothers Albany and Henry and his sister Ellen. An inscribed granite slab covers them. Among the large number of his friends present at the funeral were five octogenarians. His life-long friend, W. C. Hewitson, who died in May, 1878, bequeathed his charming place at Oatlands, Surrey, to John, who took up his abode there in the autumn of the same year, and both he and his sister had much enjoyment in their summer’s residence in the South of England as a change from the atmos- phere of Newcastle. It may be that many of his friends will desire to raise a Memorial to a man who has done so much for the fame of his native town and for the Natural History of the district, and this is only fitting. There is one memorial, the last step in the establishment of this Museum, and one very appropriate to this occasion; one which John Hancock himself much longed for, and which he greatly regretted not being able to obtain, as the 20 MEMOIR OF THE LIFE OF JOHN HANCOCK, crowning act of his life’s work, and that is that the Memorial should consist of a sufficient sum of money, of which a few hundred pounds have already been subscribed, to form a Mainte- nance Fund, for keeping up the splendid building, and its valuable contents in due order, and for the acquisition and preservation of new specimens as they may occur. In conclusion, it was one of John Hancock’s desires that his valuable collections should be utilized, together with the other parts of the Museum, as a means for teaching every branch of Natural History.* The portrait of John Hancock at the head of this Memoir is from a photograph taken by his friend Joseph W. Swan about the year 1874. Twelve hundred copies of this portrait, printed at the Photogravure Works of Messrs. Annan & Swan, of Devon- shire Road, South Lambeth, London, have been most handsomely presented to the Natural History Society and Tyneside Natural- ists’ Field Club, for their joint Transactions, by their fellow- member, Joseph W. Swan, Lauriston, Bromley, Kent. For the following list of papers written and published by Mr. John Hancock I am indebted to Mr. Joseph Wright :— Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Remarks on the Greenland and Iceland Falcons, shewing they are distinct species. II., 1839, pp. 241—250; and Brit. Assoc. Report, 1838, p. 106. Occurrence of Falco Islandicus? in England. II., p. 159. * Mr. Thomas Thompson, one of the Hon. Secretaries of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, sends the following anecdote, illustrative of John’s knowledge of Bird architecture. 1t occurred at his seat at Oatlands, when Mr. Thompson and another friend of John’s were visitors there. This friend one day expressed an earnest wish to obtain the nest of a Chaffinch. They all went out and searched without success the whole of the grounds, to the disappointment of the friend. In the evening John said he would get up early next morning and try again. Accordingly he did so, went out, and collecting moss, spiders’ webs, hairs, and lichens, did his best to fabricate a Chaffinch’s nest, and returned to the house. ‘The friend on coming down to breakfast eagerly enquired, ‘‘ Well, I hope you haye got mea nest!"’ To this John replied, ‘‘Just take a look into the lobby.”” He went, and came back delighted, ex- claiming, ‘‘ What a splendid one, too! Iampleased. Many, many thanks!" John always enjoyed a joke, and this was one of his. The friend looked crestfallen when the truth was confessed, for he considered himself quite a judge of such matters, and was unaware of Mr. Hancock's manipulative dexterity. Bas Pete fetes ctigre: S Ry 2 by N S qi cn R qi N Ss S Pret. TITNOUSE. LiLvE Nat. Hist. Trans. N. D. §& N.C. Ternanp Fatcon. Vol xe ede Tip BY D. EMBLETON, M.D. 21 Regulus modestus, Gould, a British bird. II., pp. 810-311. Notice of the capture of Sylvia turdotdes, Meyer, in Britain. XX., 1847, pp. 185-186. Note on the Greenland and Iceland Falcons. XIII., 1854, pp. 110-112. Transactions of Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club. Ornithological Notes. Vol. IV., pp. 57—60. On the occurrence of the Grey Seal, Halicherus gryphus. Vol. IV., p. 71. On the occurrence of the Great Tortoise-shell Butterfly, Vanessa polychloris, at Whitburn. Vol. IV., p. 72. On the occurrence of Gryllus migratorius on the coast near the Tyne. Vol. IV., p. 185, 1858—60. Notice of the breeding of the Tufted Duck, Anas fuligula, in Northumber- land. Vol. V., p. 39—41. Notice of the occurrence of the Red-necked Goat-sucker, Caprimulgus rufi- collés, in England. Vol. V., p. 84, 1860—62. Notice of various recent captures of Pallas’s Sand Grouse, Syrrhaptes para- doxus, in Northumberland and Durham. Vol. VI., p. 100-108, 1863-64. Natural History Transactions of Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle-on-Tyne. Ornithological Notes. Vol. I., pp. 281—284, 1865-67. On the occurrence of the Passenger Pigeon, Columba (Octopistes) migratoria, Linn., in Yorkshire. Vol. V., p. 837, 1873-76. Catalogue of the Birds of Northumberland and Durham. Vol. VI., 1873. Notes on the breeding of the Stock Dove, Columba enas, Linn., in the County of Durham. Vol. VII., p. 359, 1877-79. On the occurrence of Sabine’s Gull, Larus Sabéni, Leach, in the County of Durham. Vol. VIIL., p. 27. Note on the habit of the Young Cuckoo in ejecting the eggs and young of its foster-parent from the nest. Vol. VIII., p. 213. Note on the Indian form of the Spotted Eagle, Aquila nevia, Briss., shot on the Northumberland coast, near Cresswell, Oct. 31st, 1885. Vol. VIIL., p.217, 1880-89. Note on a curious proceeding of a Bullfinch. Vol. X., p. 218. On two Wild Hybrids recently captured in Northumberland. Vol. X., p. 218, 1887-90. 22 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, ADDRESS TO THE MEMBERS OF THE TYNESIDE NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB, READ BY THE PRESIDENT, THE REV. CANON TRISTRAM, LL.D., F.R.S., ETC., AT THE FORTY-FOURTH ANNIVERSARY MEETING, HELD IN THE COMMITTEE ROOM OF THE LITERARY AND PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE, ON FRIDAY, MAY 507TH, 1890. Lapizes and GentLemEeN,—For the third time in the course of forty years I have the honour of addressing the members of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club from the President’s chair. In accordance with time-honoured custom it is my duty to re- capitulate the circumstances and incidents of the various meetings in field or hall held during the year; and with deep regret and many apologies I must begin by acknowledging my own short- comings, and the fact that I only on one excursion appeared in my place amongst you. But I am certain the members will extend some kind forbearance to their President when he assures them that his absence was in every instance caused either by .- illness or by the unavoidable demands of official and professional duties. The First Frerp Mrrrine for 1889 was appointed to be held at Bebside, for Hartford Bridge and a walk along the banks of the river Blyth. The unsettled and threatening state of the weather previous to the 24th of May did not encourage many members to join in this excursion, and the difficulty of finding a suitable place for refreshment at the end of a long walk obliged the Secretaries to arrange the excursion by the Blyth and Tyne Railway to Bedlington, instead of the shorter route by the North Eastern. In the unavoidable absence of our President, the Rey. Canon Tristram, our energetic Vice-President, Dr. Embleton, kindly acted as chairman and conductor of the meet- ing. The railway routes north from Newcastle pass through the least interesting and most uninviting portion of Northumber- land. A uniform, dull-looking, flat piece of country, with only a few elevations to relieve the monotonous level, occupies, as is well known, all the south-east corner of the county from BY THE REY. CANON TRISTRAM. 23 the Tyne to the Coquet, and this flat country is intersected by only a few deep cuttings, forming the valleys of the Blyth and Wansbeck, and varied by a few long ridges, such as the one on which the village or town of Bedlington stands. Hverywhere covered with a thick coating of drift-clay, producing a very scant vegetation, the general barrenness of the district is visible on all sides, and it is only in a few sheltered situations, by the sides of the larger valleys, that a more luxuriant growth can be attained. The valley of the river Blyth and its drainage basin is one of these favoured spots, and it was to enjoy its scenery and early spring vegetation that our excursion to this place was fixed upon. The village of Bedlington appears at a short distance off to stand on a hill, and it is really situated on one of those long, low, sandstone ridges which are seen here and there in this part of the county. The origin of these sandstone ridges is perhaps due to the former glaciation of the Coal-measure surface by the ice-sheet during the glacial period—the softer beds having been ground down and denuded off, and only the hard sandstone ridges cropping out to the west being left. On arriving at the village, after a walk of two miles from the railway station, a short visit was made to the Church, when our Chairman informed us that the Rev. Canon Whitley had ex- pressed to him his regrets that several engagements that after- noon prevented him from shewing the members of the Club the attentions he would have wished on their visit to Bedlington. After making arrangements for tea in the village the party proceeded by the shortest route to Hartford Bridge. Here they were hospitably entertained by Mr. Shorthose, and accompanied through his beautiful grounds and also through those of Hartford Hall. On account of the recent heavy rains the roads by the side of the river were found to be impracticable, and almost impassable for the generality of the members. Only one adven- turous explorer ventured back by the river side, the rest of the party returned by the regular roads. All the early spring flowers were in full bloom, of such kinds as are common in all damp woods in the early spring time in this district. 24 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, Two days before our visit a severe thunderstorm (drawn per- haps by the elevation of the place in this direction) had passed over the village, and from the clean-washed appearance of the main street, and the extensive accumulation of mud and dirt in the lowest part, a perfect deluge of rain must have washed the place from one end to the other. Judging from the rooms of the hotel in which we met, and the size and appearance of many of the houses and the great width of the main street, it would be inferred that Bedlington in former years had seen better days—perhaps long ago, when it was the chief place of the district to which it formerly gave a name, Bedlingtonshire. The Bishop of Durham in ancient — times possessed a mansion here. St. Cuthbert’s body is said to have rested at Bedlington on its way from the Tweed towards Durham. Those who had been all the fine spring afternoon wandering through fields and pastures new were able to enjoy a comfort- able tea in the best inn the place could afford, and afterwards through heavy rain they had to make the best way they could to the railway station, in order to catch the last train to New- castle. Yet all were gratified, if not much enriched with specimens, by their visit to a district which was to most of the party quite new or known only in name. SeconD Fierp Merrtine.—On the 24th June the members mustered in some numbers at Castle Eden Station, for the ex- ploration of their old favourite resort Castle Eden Dene, opened to them by Mr. Burdon. Mr. Howse’s detachment explored the geology of the district of Heddon and Hutton Henry, south of the Castle Eden. The large portion of the party roamed down the Dene, under the guidance of the President and Mr. G. Baker Forster, as far as the shore, and returned to the Station Inn in the afternoon. Their researches, though very enjoyable, could not be expected to produce any novelties in a so thoroughly beaten field, and the objects of interest were chiefly botanical. It was noticed with regret that the local butterfly Hrebia blandina seems to be almost extinct in its former habitat; and the other BY THE REV. CANON TRISTRAM. 25 peculiar butterfly, Polyommatus salmacis, had not yet appeared on the sea banks. A fair number of scarce and local plants were observed, including Lpipactis ensifolia and Pyrola rotundifolia. The large party afterwards dined together at Castle Eden Inn. After dinner a short paper was read by one of the Secretaries, entitled, Note on the South Durham Salt Borings, with remarks on the Fossils found in the Magnesian-Limestone Cores, and the Geological position of the Salt. This paper is published in the Nat. Hist. Transactions, Vol. X. The Tuirp Frenp Muxrine was held at Gilsland, on July 10th. Two members only left Newcastle by the 10.15 a.m. train. On reaching Gilsland they walked by the footpath to the Shaws Hotel, and after some slight refreshment walked to the ‘‘ Popping Stone,’”’ and up the Irthing to the Linn, returning to the Shaws Hotel by the moor. On the way were noted the Dipper, Water- hen, Whinchat, Redstart, Yellow-hammer, Curlew, Grouse, and two Kestrels fighting. Tracks of an Otter were also seen. The Asplenium viride and Scented Orchis were found, but no other plants of note excepting the well-known Sawxifraga azoides. After dinner it was found that two other members had gone by an earlier train, but the two parties unfortunately did not meet till time for returning home. The Fourts Fietp Mrrrine was held at Allendale, on August 5th. De Guerne & Richard (62), p. 25, pl. TV) shies. eigor Body slender, widest in front; last thoracic segment not pro- duced laterally, its angles rounded and bearing two small spines. First abdominal segment having a similar spine on each side. Anterior antenne reaching about as far backward as the furca. Inner branch of the fifth pair of feet in the female indistinctly two-jointed, about half as long as the first joint of the outer branch; last joint of the outer branch very small, bearing two apical spines, the outermost of which is about half as long as the inner; spine of the second joint very stout, almost straight, finely pectinated towards the apex. ‘‘Antepenultimate joint of the right anterior antenna in the male bearing a slender styliform process, which is about equal in length to the following joint. Inner branch of the left fifth foot in the male coalescent with the basal joint, the internal margin of which is produced into a long spine: last joint forcipate. Inner branch of the fifth foot of the right side much exceeding in length the penultimate joint of the outer branch.”’ Length of the female 1:4 mm. Not having seen the adult male of this species, I have had to depend for that part of the description on De Guerne and Richard, FRESH-WATER CYCLOPIDA AND CALANID ZA. 99 from whose memoir the figures 10 and 13 in Pl. XIV. are like- wise copied. Females, and a few immature males, of D. bacillifer occurred somewhat sparingly in a gathering made by the Rev. Dr. Norman at Loch Earn Head, Perthshire, near the middle of the lake. In the same collection occurs also D. gracilis in great numbers, and it is by no means easy in the younger forms to separate the two species; but in the adult condition, D. bacillifer is easily recognized by its somewhat stouter build and by the shorter antenne. D. bacillifer was described by Wierzejski in 1882 as a variety of D. gracilis, but in 1887 was re-named by that author as D. montanus; the term bacillifer, however, previously pro- posed by Koelbel having the claim of priority. D. bacillifer is noted by Prof. Lilljeborg as having been taken in Siberia during the Nordenskiold Polar Expedition; amongst the Tatras (Carpathian) Mountains ( Werzeski); in the Balaton Lake, Hungary (Koelbe/); in Finmark (G. O. Sars); and in the lakes of Gimont and Cristol, near Briangon, at a height of about 2,400 métres (Dr. R. Blanchard). There is so little, on a cursory glance, to distinguish this species from D. gracilis, that it is very likely it may have been often overlooked amongst lake gatherings from mountainous regions. I can scarcely doubt that I have done so myself, and that it will be found to occur not unfrequently in such localities. 4. Diaptomus Sancti Patricii, n.sp. (Pl. XIV., figs. 5-7). Posterior angles of the last thoracic segment very much pro- duced so as to form attenuated spines. Anterior antenne reaching about as far as apex of furca: penultimate joint of the anterior antenna of the male entirely destitute of marginal process. Inner branch of the fifth pair of feet in the female indistinctly biarticu- late, nearly as long as the first joint of the outer branch, and bearing three minute apical sete. Last joint of the outer branch small, the larger apical seta not reaching as far as the extremity of the claw of the penultimate joint. Inner branch of the right fifth foot in the male simple, mucronate at the apex, and reaching beyond the middle of the last joint of the outer 100 A REVISION OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF branch; terminal claw of the outer branch strongly falcate, and delicately ciliated on the inner edge; lateral spine attached near the middle of the last joint, long, slender, and finely ciliated, Fifth foot of the left side (male) terminating in a sub-crescenti- form hyaline lamina, the inner edge of which is delicately crenu- lated. Length of male and female about 1°55 mm. I regret that I am unable, owing to the small number of specimens obtained, and their imperfect preservation, to give a more copious account of this species. My specimens were taken in the year 1865, in two of the small peaty tarns of Connemara (Lough Doon and Lough Nawheelan), nearly on the sea-level. Amongst described species that to which they bear most re- semblance is D. laciniatus, Lilljeborg. They come very near, indeed, to this, but scarcely close enough to allow of my identi- fying them with it. The species, however, requires further investigation with the help of better specimens than those at present available. 5. Diaptomus hircus, n. sp. (Pl. X., figs. 2-4). Female.—Seen from above the body is widest across the front, thence tapering backwards to the hinder end of the thorax, which is but little wider than the abdomen. The posterior thoracic angles are mucronate but not very strongly produced, The anterior antenne reach backwards as far as the posterior end of the thorax. Inner branch of the fifth foot two-jointed, more than half as long as the first joint of the outer branch, its apex clothed with a fringe of minute cilia: second joint of the outer branch ending in a stout, slightly curved claw, which is finely ciliated on the concave margin; last joint bearing at its apex a long, finely ciliated spine and one much smaller seta. Male.—Antepenultimate joint of the right anterior antenna armed with a ploughshare-shaped process, which is nearly half as long as the following joint, and has an obscurely fimbriated free margin. Inner branch of the fifth foot of the left side very small; outer branch slender, ending in two subequal finely pectinated sete: the last joint of the protopodite has a finger- like hyaline appendage on the inner margin, and there is a FRESH-WATER CYCLOPIDA AND CALANIDZ, 101 similar but smaller organ in the same position on the right foot. Inner branch of the right fifth foot very small, pyriform, one- jointed, acuminate: terminal claw of the outer branch long, slender, subsigmoid. Length 1:1 mm. I took a few specimens only of this, which appears to be a quite distinct species, in Goat Water, a tarn lying at a con- siderable elevation on the side of Coniston Old Man. More recently (1891), Mr. Scott has sent me specimens from Loch Harray, Orkney, where he found it abundantly. 6. Diaptomus serricornis, Lilljeborg (Pl. IX., figs. 3-10). 1888. Diaptomus serricornis, Lilljeborg (53), p. 157. 1888. 3 Wrerzejskiz, Richard (52), p. 45. 1889. i - De Guerne & Richard (62), p. 35, pl. II., figs. 10, 22; pl. IIL, fig. 5. 1889. ‘ serricornis, DeGuerne & Richard (62), p. 37, pl. I., figs. 20, 21, 30. Smaller and more slender than D. Castor, but larger than D. gracilis. Female.—The posterior thoracic angles, seen from above, are rounded, moderately prominent, and furnished with (usually two) small mucrones. The first abdominal segment is broad at the base, and expanded laterally into more or less acuminate triangular processes. Anterior antenne twenty-five-jointed, and reaching as far back as beyond the middle of the abdomen. Mouth-organs and first four pairs of feet as usual in the genus. Angle of the basal joint of the posterior maxilliped rounded, slightly crenulated, and bearing about six small marginal hairs but no long seta. Inner branch of the fifth foot small, one- jointed, simple, cylindrical, about half as long as the basal joint of the outer branch, bearing at its apex two very minute cilia ; outer branch three-jointed; first jot simple, cylindrical; se- cond, large at the base, but contracted distally, forming a stout curved claw, which is minutely ciliated on its concave margin; last joint extremely small, and having two apical sete, one large and one small, neither of which reaches nearly as far as the apex of the second joint. 102 A REVISION OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF Male.—The right (geniculating) anterior antenne is twenty- two-jointed, the antepenultimate joint bearing a large serrated lateral appendage, which reaches as far as the middle of the fol- lowing joint, the number of serratures varying from seven to about twelve. Left antenna twenty-five-jointed, and reaching nearly to the extremity of the abdomen. Inner branch of the right fifth foot of moderate size, simple, one-jointed, truncated at the apex, and reaching as far as the apex of the second joint of the outer branch: first joint of the outer branch produced externally into a large acuminate process: terminal claw long, slender, somewhat flexuous or subsigmoid, and having part of the margin very finely (almost imperceptibly) pectinated. Inner branch of the fifth foot of the left side very small; outer branch about twice as long, slender, and terminating in two very slender, subequal, and very finely pectinated setee. The second joint of the protopodite of the right fifth foot possesses a curious marginal - hyaline lamina, communicating, apparently, with the interior of the organ; and the same joint of the left limb has a similar struc- ture of an elongated pyriform shape. Length of the male, 1°6 mm.; female, 1°75 mm. The description here given differs in some important particu- lars from that of Prof. Lilljeborg. The anterior antennz in the Scottish specimens have, in the female, on both sides 25 joints, whereas Lilljeborg states the number of joints at 28: in the male the right attennz has 22, the left 25 joints; the Russian specimens having respectively 23 and 24 joints. Again, in the male fifth foot of the left side I am unable to find the ciliated nodule described by Lilljeborg, while in the same organ of the female I find the inner branch to be composed of a single joint— not of two, as stated by Lilljeborg: he, however, adds that in imperfectly developed specimens there is only one joint. But notwithstanding these discrepancies I think there can be no doubt that the species referred to are the same. D. serricornis was taken by Mr. T. Scott, F.L.S., of the Scot- tish Fishery Board, in Loch Mulloch Corrie, Sutherlandshire, where it occurred in considerable numbers. To his kindness I am indebted for specimens, and for the opportunity of describing FRESH-WATER CYCLOPIDA AND CALANIDA). 1038 the species. It was also taken many years ago (1867) by my friend Mr. David Robertson, F.L.S., in a pond near the North Loch at Lerwick, N.B., but the capture has remained until now unnoticed in print. Lilljeborg’s specimens (D. serricornis) were taken in fresh-water lakes at Lumbowski, in Russian Lapland,—peninsula of Kola—on the 11th of August, 1877. The type-specimens of D. Wierzejskii were from the neighbour- hood of Madrid and Valladolid; and it has more recently been taken abundantly at Zorbig, near Halle, in Saxony, by M. O. Schmeil. I am quite unable to recognize any valid specific distinction between D. serricornis, Lilljeborg, and D. Wierzeskiz, Richard. The number of serratures on the male antennal appendage is stated to be seven or eight in one form and about twelve in the other, but in the Scottish gatherings the number is very vari- able. As regards the fifth pair of feet of the male, I find that my drawing made from a Sutherlandshire specimen (PI. IX., fig. 5) agrees almost exactly, even down to the peculiar shape of the hyaline lamine, with De Guerne and Richard’s figure of the same organ in D. Wierzejskiz; but the Sutherland specimens have in almost every case only about seven or eight antennal serratures, in this respect agreeing with the typical D. serri- corms. I have only in one or two cases been able to make out the ciliated bosses described and figured by De Guerne and Richard, as well as in this paper (PI. IX., figs. 9, 10), but it is extremely difficult to get a good view of these minute structures, the parts of the limb being very apt to become mixed and to overlap one another. Genus EURYTEMORA, Giesbrecht. (= Temorella, Claus.) A subdivision of the old genus Zemora, Baird, was proposed almost simultaneously in 1881 by two authors, Drs. Claus and Giesbrecht, the latter having apparently a slight advantage of priority. Guiesbrecht, however, made his divisions sub-generic only, while Claus, retaining the name Zemora for one group, assigned to his second group the generic name Zemorella. In 104 A REVISION OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF this way the genera Temora and Temorella of Claus coincide exactly with the sub-genera Halitemora and Furytemora of Giesbrecht. expressed in the following table :— The salient characters of the two divisions are Right anterior antenna of male Distal portion of posterior maxilliped Inner branch of first pair of feet Fifth pair of feet of fe- male Fifth pair of feet of male Halitemora, Giesbrecht. | Kurytemora,Giesbrecht. Temora, Claus. destitute of spines five-jointed, elongated two-jointed three-jointed, without a hooked process clawed; unlike on the two sides; foot of left side dilated, forcipate Temorella, Claus. armed with spines four-jointed, feeble one-jointed four-jointed, having a hooked process unlike on the two sides ; both sides having two-jointed prehen- sile claws Serrations of terminal | large small spines of swimming feet Fifth thoracic ring coalescent free Habitat marine only marine, brackish, and fresh-water To the first group belong 7. longzcornis (Miiller) and 7. armata, Claus; to the second, 7. velox, Lilljeborg; Z. cnermis, Boeck ; T. Clausii, Hoek; T. affinis, Poppe; and 7. lacustris, Poppe. Quoting from the ‘‘Index Bibliographique”’ of Messrs. De Guerne and Richard, the paper of Dr. Giesbrecht in which he proposes the name ZLurytemora was published on the 16th of May, 1881. I do not know not precisely the date of publication of Dr. Claus’s memoir on ‘‘ Zemora and Temorella,”’ but inasmuch as it was ‘‘read”’ on the 12th of May, 1881, the date of its publication must necessarily be later than that of Giesbrecht. By virtue of priority, therefore, the generic name Zemorella must give way to Hurytemora; and as it seems to me much better to divide the old genus Zemora than to adopt Giesbrecht’s plan of forming under it two new subgenera, I prefer (with Dr. Claus) to retain for the ‘‘ Halitemora” group the old name Temora, adopting HLurytemora as the generic name of the re- maining species. FRESH-WATER CYCLOPIDA! AND CALANID. 105 The genus Hwrytemora may be defined as follows :—Head distinct from thorax, conical in front and having a bifid rostrum ; fourth and fifth body-segments distinct; the fifth segment in the female produced into pointed aleeform processes. Abdomen of the male five-, of the female three-jointed. Anterior antennze twenty-four-jointed, and bearing a well developed terminal pa- pilla; eighth and ninth joints incompletely separated, in the male hinged between the eighteenth and nineteenth joints. Posterior antenne and mandibles as usual in the Calanide: maxilla and maxillipeds relatively small. Distal portion of the posterior maxilliped four-jointed, short and slender. Inner branch of the first pair of swimming feet one-jointed, of the following pairs two-jointed. Outer branches of the swimming feet in both sexes three-jointed ; terminal spines slender and finely serrated. Fifth pair composed of one branch only, in the female four- jointed, in the male unlike on the two sides and ending in two- jointed hooked claws. 1. Eurytemora Clausii, (Hoek) (Pl. XIII., figs. 1-5). 1853. Cyclopsina lacinulata, Fischer (8), p. 86, pl. II., figs. 4-17, 34. 1853. Zemora velox, 2 Lilljeborg (9), p. , pl. XX., figs. 2, 7. MSGS. a Boeck (21a), p. 17. S655 5, 3 Brady (22), p. 38, pl. I., fig. 16; ple iess tr ISG. = ;, Clausti, Hoek (29), p. 23, pls. IV., V. 1878. ,, velox, Brady (32), p. 56, pl. VI., figs. 1-6. QS IS Tee Clausii, Claus (86), p. 9, pl. II., figs. 1-7. —1885. Zemorella Clausii, Poppe (48), p. 180, pl. IV., figs. 1-9. 1888. b ,, Nordquist (51), p. 59, pl. V., fig. 8; pl. VI., figs. 6-8. 1889. Hurytemora lacinulata, De Guerne & Richard (62), p. 82, figs. 44, 45. Last segment of the thorax produced at the posterior angles into hook-shaped aleform processes; caudal rami abont four times as long as broad, sete short, not exceeding the length of the furca. Caudal rami and last abdominal segment densely clothed with short rigid hairs. Anterior antenne reaching to the posterior extremity of the cephalothorax. Terminal claw 106 A REVISION OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF of the right fifth foot in the male not dilated at the base. Pen- ultimate joint of the fifth foot in the female twice as long as the preceding joint, armed with one spine only on its outer margin, its inner margin produced towards the apex so as to form a large dagger-like spine, the base of this spine extending over less than one half of the margin of the joint. Length of the female 1:8 mm. This species occurs commonly in salt-marsh pools and estuaries, and sometimes in fresh water. It has been recorded from the Neva, near Peterhof (Lischer); the Baltic (Lelyeborg); Finland, in brackish and fresh water (Wordquwist) ; Bremen. (Rehberg) ; Leyden (Hoek); N.W. Germany, frequent in fresh-water ( Poppe) ; Abbeville, fresh-water, and Croisic, brackish (De Guerne and Richard). In Britain I have notes of its occurrences as follows :—In salt-marshes at Hylton (county Durham), Seaton Sluice and Alnmouth (Northumberland), Cumbrae (Firth of Clyde), Pen- sarn (Merionethshire), in several of the broads of Norfolk and Suffolk; Whittlesea Dyke, Cambridgeshire; and in pools near the river Stour at Manningtree (G.S.B.); Higham Park, Essex, fresh-water (Ir. D. J. Scourfield/). In brackish pools fully exposed to the rays of the sun it seems to luxuriate, often fairly swarming in such places. The few specimens which I have recorded as being taken in the sea at Sunderland, must, I think, be looked upon as waifs and strays. It seems to be taken for certain by some authors (Poppe, De Guerne & Richard) that Prof. Lilljeborg’s original description of Temora veloc must have been drawn up from the male of 7, afinis and the female of Z. Clausi; and no doubt the drawings given by him of the fifth pair of feet in the two sexes go to support this view. But the characters of these organs seem to be, to a certain extent, inconstant. Ina gathering, for instance, of 7. afinis, from Falmouth, there occur many examples of males which are without the characteristic dilatation of the claw of the fifth foot, while the fifth feet of the females from the same place have the characters of typical Z. affinis. And, again, the drawing with which I myself illustrated 7. velox in the North- FRESH-WATER CYCLOPIDA AND CALANIDZ. 107 umberland and Durham Deep Sea Dredging Report (1865), re- presents the male fifth pair of feet asin 7. afinis. These figures were drawn from Hylton specimens, and there are, so far as I can make out, no examples of Z. afinis in the gathering; nor have I been able, on further search, to find any specimens show- ing the characters of my drawing. I take it, therefore, that the specimen from which the drawing was made was an exceptional one, and had I at the time recognized its abnormal character it would not have been used; but the same thing may have hap- pened to Prof. Lilljeborg. Further, amongst the Whittlesea specimens are some which have two external lateral spines on the female fifth foot—a character usually found only in 7. affnis. The only unfailing distinctions between the two species seem to be (1) the relative size of the penultimate joint of the female fifth foot and its internal tooth; (2) the length of the anterior antenne, and (3) the length and proportions of the caudal rami and their sete. Frequently 7. Clausii is tinged of a deep vinous red: this I have never seen in Z. affinis. 2. Eurytemora affinis, (8. A. Poppe) (Pl. XIIL., figs. 6-8). 1853. Zemora velox, § Lilljeborg (9), p. 177, pl. XIX., figs. 9,10; pl. XX., fig. 1. 1865. ? ,, <«mernis, Boeck (214), p. 16. 1881. », affinis, Poppe (84), p. 55, pl. IIL., figs. 1-14. 1881. Hurytemora hirundo, Giesbrecht (85), p. 4 1881. Zemorella affinis, Claus (86), p. 10, pl. IL., figs. 8-14. 1881. Hurytemora hirundo, Giesbrecht (87), p. 152, pl. II., fesel ve b219)) pli; fes.3) LOR pl. Ve, fie: 17: pl. VL., figs. 8,20; pl. VII., figs. 5, 22; pl. VIIL., figss 20939) 40 43)>) pl. EXC Migs: 1, 31\; plo. figs. 5, 38; pl. XL., fig. 3. 1884. ZTemora afinis, Herrick (41), p. 132, 182, pl. H., figs. 8-16. 1885. Zemorella afinis, Poppe (43), p. 184, pl. VL., figs. 22-28. 1888. 3 », var. hirundoides, Nordquist (51), p. 48, pl. IV. , figs. Sy ITB jolla Won ile es) pl aVAL, figs. 1888. e Buti EONS hispida, Nordquist (51), p. 58, jolla We, snes. IL, Gs ae ike pl. VI., figs. 4, 5. 1888. », Canu (59a), p. 18, pl. ‘VIL. , figs. 1-4, 1889. Eurytemora afinis, De Guerne & Richard (62), p. 84, figs. 46, 47. 108 A REVISION OF THH BRITISH SPECIES OF Posterior margin of the last thoracic segment produced back- wards, and forming two large acutely angulated cusps. Caudal rami and last abdominal segment densely hispid; rami about seven times as long as broad; principal caudal sete more than half as long as the abdomen, very flaccid and finely plumose ; attachment of the lateral sete distant from the apex about one third the length of the ramus; anterior antenne reaching to the penultimate thoracic segment. Penultimate joint of the fifth pair of feet in the female scarcely longer than the preceding joint, produced inwardly and forming a large dagger-like spine which occupies the whole internal margin of the joint; external margin supporting two slender spines, and sometimes a third much smaller one. The fifth pair of feet in the male is not much unlike that of Z. Clausi?, but the terminal claw of the right side is dilated and bulbous at the base. Length 1°3 mm. Eurytemora afinis appears to be a very widely distributed species, and sometimes occurs in immense profusion, constituting, it is said, at some seasons the almost exclusive food of certain fishes, as of the Shad in the Rhine and the Herring in the Baltic. Poppe has found it in many places in North Germany, both in fresh and brackish water. Nordquist records either the type or the varieties described by him under the names herun- doides and hispida from Helsingsfors in the Gulf of Finland, and from near Abo, at the entrance of the Gulf of Bothnia. M. Gadeau de Kerville has taken it in the Estuary of the Seine, and Herrick records a form either identical with or closely allied to EL. affinis from the coast of Alabama. In England £. afinis seems to be less common than the pre- ceding species L. Clausi?, but occurs in precisely similar locali- ties. I have taken it in pools near Hartlepool Slake, county Durham; at Burgh Marsh, near Carlisle; and Beaulieu Lake, Hants. The Rev. Dr. Norman has sent me specimens from Swan Pool, Falmouth; and Mr. Thomas Scott has taken it in the surface-net in the Firth of Forth, near Alloa. My friend Mr. Isaac C. Thompson, F.L.S., of Liverpool, tells me that he found it plentifully in tow-net gatherings from the river Mersey in 1886, but has not taken it again until the present season FRESH WATER CYCLOPIDA AND CALANID 2. 109 (1891), when he found the filter-beds of the marine baths at Bootle—close to the first-mentioned locality—swarming with it. Genus ACARTIA, Dana. 1. Acartia longiremis, Lilljeborg (Pl. XIV., figs. 1-4). 18538. Dias longiremis, Lilljeborg (9), p. 181, pl. XXIYV., figs. 1-13. 1863: _ ,, is Claus (18), p. 1938, pl. XXXTIT., figs. 6-14. ngage |}; Fe Brady (82), p. 51, pl. V. HAST Soe, 5 Giesbrecht (87), p. 146; cdem (35), p. 3. 1881. ,, drflosus, Giesbrecht (37), p. 147; cdem (35), p. 3. 1881. ,, ? descaudatus, Giesbrecht ay, p- 148; ¢dem nae USSis.) 3, 2 5 I. C. Thompson (508), p. ee a v. 1890. ,, Jongiremis, Bourne (64), p.147, pl. XL, figs. a It has been proposed by Dr. W. Giesbrecht to break up the forms hitherto considered as belonging to Dias longiremis, Lill- jeborg, into two, or perhaps three, distinct species :—D. longiremis (restricted form), D. bifilosus, Giesbrecht, and D. discaudatus, Giesbrecht. The last-named may or may not be considered as having been previously included under the old term longiremis. The characters relied upon by Giesbrecht to uphold this separa- tion are as follows :— longiremis. brfilosus. discaudatus. Frontal filaments | absent two absent Last thoracic seg- | armed with two | unarmed unarmed ment large & several smaller spines Furea long short short and (in the female) dilated Fifth pair of feet | small large very large (male) Fifth pair of feet | large small very small (female) To me it appears that these characters—trivial even when displayed to the best advantage on paper—are of even less ac- count when put to a practical test, their inconstancy even more than their intrinsic triviality being fatal to their acceptance as 110 A REVISION OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF good specific marks. rst, as regards the frontal filaments, which are relied upon as furnishing an important character, and even a name, to D. bifilosus. These organs are apparently merely the segments of a bifid, very finely divided rostrum: they are so extremely slender as to be (in spirit specimens, at any rate) often very difficult to see, and though in some few of the Burgh Marsh specimens I have succeeded in finding them, in most cases I quite failed to do so, and believe that they are usually absent, though in other respects the specimens from that locality entirely agree with D. bifilosus. Claus and Boeck, however, notice the occurrence of frontal filaments in ‘‘ D. long7- remis, Lilljeborg.’’ Secondly, The spines of the last thoracic segment of (the restricted) longiremis are rarely (never, in my experience) developed so largely as represented by Giesbrecht ; usually they are so small as to be very easily overlooked. Thirdly, The proportions of the furca are certainly very variable, and even in extreme forms (except in discaudatus) are not well enough marked to be of much diagnostic service. fourthly, The diversity of size in the fifth feet of the two sexes cannot be looked upon as of much moment, and the differences of form of those organs in the three species are certainly by no means well marked. I therefore think that the two forms bcfilosus and dis- caudatus, though presenting characters of very great interest, should be looked upon as races or varieties of the original type and not as separate species. And a nomenclature which retains such forms as varieties in direct connection with a central type, so preserving the idea of relationship and evolution, is not only truer to the actual facts, but adds a distinct and vivifying in- terest to the mere dry bones of classification. I have no note of the occurrence of any species of Acartia in fresh or brackish water except in one locality, Burgh Marsh, Cumberland, where I took the dcfilosus form abundantly many years ago. Hurytemora affinis occurred in the same pools and in equal abundance. The generic name Acartia was proposed by Dana in 1846, and was undoubtedly meant to cover the forms more lately assigned by Prof. Lilljeborg to the genus Dias, Having the claim of FRESH-WATER CYCLOPID AND CALANID A. Han priority, the term Acartia ought to be adopted in place of Dias. The drawings in Plate XIV. were made from specimens taken at Burgh Marsh. Brr~ioGRaAPHicaAL InpEx. The following list comprises most of the more important pub- lished works dealing with the subjects of this memoir :— telat Mutter, O. F., Entomostraca seu insecta testacea, quae in aquis Dani et Norvegise reperit, descripsit et iconibus illustravit. 1806. FERUSSAC, DAUDEBERT DE, Mémoire sur deux nouvelles Espéces d’ Entomostracés et d’ Hydrachnes (Cyclops Miilleri et Cypris reniformis). (Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat., VIZ.) 3. 1820. JURINE, L., Histoire des Monocles qui se trouvent aux en- virons de Geneve. 4. 1835-41.-Kocu, C. L., Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden, und Arachniden, ete. 5. 1846. Loven, S., Fyra ruga Arter af Sotvattens-Crustacéer fran sédra Afrika. (Kong. Vet. Akad. Handling. 1846.) 6. 1848-49. NicoLeT, Crustaceos in Gay, C. Historia fisica y politica de Chile, ete. (Zoologia, III.) 7. 1850. Barrp, W., Natural History of the British Entomostraca. (Ray Society.) 8. 1851-53. FiscHER, S., Beitraige zur Kenntniss der in der Umgegend von St. Petersburg sich findenden Cyclopiden (und Fortsetzung). (Bull. Soc. imp. Moscou. 1851. 18538.) 9. 1853. LitLgEBoRG, W., De Crustaceis ex ordinibus tribus; Clado- cera, Ostracoda, ét Copepoda in Scania occurrentibus. 10. 1855. Dana, J., Crustacea of the United States Exploring Ex- pedition. 11. 1855. Kine, R. L., On Australian Entomostraca. (Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Van Diemen’s Land, IIT.) 12. 1856. FiscuHer, 8., Branchiopoden und Entomostraceen, zn Mid- dendorff, Reise in den aussersten Norden und osten Siberiens Wahrend der Jahre 1843 und 1844, ete. 13. 1857. CLAus, C., Das Genus Cyclops, u.s. einheimische Arten. (Wetgmanns Archiv., 1857.) 14, 1857. Cuaus, C., Weitere Mittheil. iiber d. einh. Cyclopiden, (Ibid.) | bo 16A. 17. 18. 11@), 20. 21. 21A. 22, 22A. 1858. 1859. 1860. 1862. 1863. 1863. 1863. 1864. 1865. 1865. 1868. 1871. 1872. 1873. 1874. A REVISION OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF Cuiaus, C., Beitriige zur Anat. u. Entw. d. Cyclopiden. (Ibid., 1858.) Barrp, W., Description of several species of Entomostracous Crustacea from Jerusalem. (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., V5) Fiscuer, S., Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Entomostracen. (Abhandl. der Konig. Bayer. Akad. der Wissenschaft, VII.) LitLgEBORG, W., Beskrifning ofver twa arter Crustaceen of ordnigarna Ostracoda och Copepoda. © (Ofvers. af K. Vet. Akad. Forhandl., XIX.) CuAus, C., Die frei lebenden Copepoden mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Fauna deutschlands, der Nordsee und des Mittelmeeres. Lupsock, J., Notes on some new or little-known species of Freshwater Entomostraca. (Zrans. Linn. Soc., Lond., XXIV.) Sars, G. 0., Oversigt af de indenlandske Ferskvandscopepoder. (Videnskabsselsk. Forhandl., 1862.) Sars, G.O., Indberetning om eni Pommeren 1862-1863 fore- tagen Zoologisk Reise in Christianias og Throndhjems Stifter. (Nye. Magaz. for Naturvidensk, XII.) Borck, A., Oversigt over de ved Norges Kyster iagttagne Copepoder, henhorende til Calanidernes, Cyclopidernes, og Harpactidernes familier. (Forhandl. Videns. Selsk., Christiania, 1864.) Brapvy, G.S., Reports of Deep-Sea Dredging on the Coasts of Northumberland and Durham. Pelagic Entomostraca. (Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland and Durham, J.) Bravy, G.8., On the Crustacean Fauna of the Salt Marshes of Northumberland and Durham. (Nat. Hist. Trans Northumberland and Durham, Vol. III.) HELLER, C., Untersuchungen iiber die Crustaceen Tirols. (Bericht. des Med-naturwissensch. Ver. in Innsbruck ) Fric, A., Die Krustenthiere Bohmens. MARENZELLER, E., von, — Ueber Diaptomus amblyodon. (Verhandl. K. K. Zool. bot. Gesellsch. Wien. XXII.) Poccenpou, M. J., List of the Copepoda, Cladocera, and Ostracoda of the Environs of Moscow. (In Russian.) + A translation of the descriptions of species of Cyclops contained in this Memoir was given by Mr. Cragin in the Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science Vol. VIII. 1883, 36. 37. 38. 38A. 38B. 39, 40. 41, 1874, 1875. 1876. 1876. 1878. 1878. 1880. 1881. 1881. 1881. 1881. 1882. 1882. 1882. 1883, 1883. 1884, FRESH-WATER CYCLOPIDA AND CALANID/, 1138 Unsanin, W. N., Cladocera and Copepoda of some Lakes of Central Russia. (In Russian. ) Unsanin, W. N., Crustacea of Turkestan. Part I. (Reise in Turkestan von Alexis Fedtschenko.) (In Russian.) Horx, P. P. C., De Vrijlevende Zoetwater-Copepoden der Nederlandsche Fauna. (T%jdsch. d. Nederl. Dierkund., Vereenig IIT.) Forbes, S. A., List of Illinois Crustacea. (Bull. Illinois Mus. Nat. Hist., No. 1.) GruBer, A., Uber Zwei Siisswasser-Calaniden. (Promo- tionsschrift, Leipzig.) Brapy, G.S., A Monograph of the free and semi-parasitic Copepoda of the British Islands. Vol. I. (Ray Society.) ReHBERG, H., Beitrag zur Kenntniss der freilebenden Siiss- wasser-Copepoden. (Abhandl. Naturw. Ver. Bremen, VI.) Poppe, 8S. A., Ueber Eine neue Art der Calaniden-Gattung Temora, Baird. (Abhandl. des Naturw. Ver. Bremen, VII.) GIESBRECHT, W., Vorlaufige Mittheilung ans einer Arbeit iiber die freilebenden Copepoden des Kieler Hafens. (Zool. Anzéiger, No. 83.) Cxavs, C., Uber die Gattungen Temora und Temorella nebst den zugehorigen Arten. (Sitz. der K. Akad. der Wissensch. LXXXVIII.) GIEsBRECHT, W., Die freilebenden Copepoden der Kieler Foehrde. (Bericht der Commission der wuntersuch. der deutsch. Meere in Kiel. VII.) Forses, 8. A., On some Entomostraca of Lake Michigan and adjacent waters. (American Naturalist. XVT.) Herrick, C. L., Cyclopide of Minnesota, with Notes on other Copepoda. (Tenth Annual Report of the Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota.) WIERZEJSKI, A., Materyjaly do fauny jesior tatrzanskich. (Spraw. Komis. fizyjogr. Krakowie, X VI., 1881.) THomson, G. M., On New Zealand Copepoda, (Trans. and Proc. New Zealand Instit., XV.) Craain, F. W., A Contribution to the History of the Fresh- water Copepoda. (Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., Vol. VIII.) Herrick, C.L., A Final Report on the Crustacea of Minnesota included in the orders Cladocera and Copepoda. (Twelfth Annual Report of the Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota.) H 114 42, 1884, 424, 1885. 43, 1885. 44, 1888. 45. 1886. 46. 1886. 46a. 1886. 47, 1886. 48, 1887. 49, 1887. 50. 1887. BOA. 1887. 0B. 1887.- Bl. 1888. 52, 1888. A REVISION OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF Harroc, M. M., The Morphology of Cyclops and the relations of the Copepoda. (Trans. Linn. Soc., Lond., Series 2, Zoology, Vol. V.) KoeEsBet, C., Carcinologische, Sitz. d. k. k. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, XIX. Popps, 8. A., Die freilebenden Copepoden des Jadebusens. (Abhandl. Naturwissch. Ver. Zu Bremen, LX.) DApDAy, JENO, Monographia Eucopepodorum liberorum in Hungaria hucusque repertorum. (A. JZ. tud. Akadémia altal a Vitéz-alapbol, 1882.) Poppe, 8. A., Ein neuer Diaptomus aus dem Hirschberger Thal. (Ergebnisse einer rool. Exkurs. in das Glatzer-Iser und Reisengebirge.) Brapy, G. §., Notes on Entomostraca collected by Mr. A. Haly in Ceylon. (Journ. Linn. Soc., Lond., Zool., XIX.) VossELER, J., Die freilebenden Copepoden Wiirttembergs und angrenzender Gegenden. (Jnaugural-Dissertation der hohen Naturwissenschaftlichen Fakultét der Universitat Tiibingen.) Norpaquist, O., Bidrag till Kiinnedomen om Crustacéfaunan i nigra af mellersta Finlands sjoar. (Acta Societatis pro fauna et flora feunica, t. III., No. 2.) Poppe, S. A., Beschreibung einiger neuer Entomostraken aus norddeutschen Seen. (Zedtschr. fur Wéssensch., Zool., XLY.) RicHARD, J., Liste des Cladoceéres et des Copépodes d’eau douce observés en France. (Bull. de la Soc. Zool, de France, XII.) LittgEBoRG, W., On the Entomostraca collected by Mr. Leonhard Stejneger on Bering Island, 1882-88. (Proc. U.S. National Museum.) WierzeEvski, A. O., Krajowych skorupiaksach zrodziny Calanide. (Nozgrawn i Spraw. Wydz. matem. przyr. Akad. Unnej., XVI.) Tuompson, I. C., On some Copepoda new to Britain. (Pro- ceedings of the Liverpool Biological Society, Vol. I.) Norpauist, 0., Die Calaniden Finlands. (Bidr. till Kéinned. af Finlands Natur och Folk, heft 47. Finks. Vet. Soc., Helsing fors.) RIcHARD, J., Entomostracés nouveaux ou peu connus (Bull. de la Soc. Zool. de France, XIII.) 53. 56. 57. 58. 59. BOA. 60. GOA. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 1888, 1888. 1888. 1888. 1888. 1888. 1888. 1888. 1889. 1889. 1890. 1889. 1890. 1890. 1891. 1891. FRESH-WALER CYCLOPIDA) AND CALANIDZ. 115 LiniyeBorG, W., Description de deux especes nouvelles de Diaptomus du Nord de l’Europe. (Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, XIII.) Poppr, 8. A., Diagnoses de deux espéces nouvelles du genre Diaptomus, Westwood. (Lbid., XIII.) Dr Guerne, J., et RicHARD, J., Diagnoses de deux Diap- tomus nouveaux d’ Algerie. (Zbid., XIIT.) Dr Guerne, J., et Ricuarp, J., Sur la distribution géo- graphique du genre Diaptomus. (Compt. rend. Acad. Sc., Paris.) RicHARD, J., Cladoctres et Copépodes non marins de la faune francaise. (Revew scientifiques du Bourbonnais). Brapy, G. S., Description of a new species of Cyclops. (Sixth Annual Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland.) Scorr, T., A Revised List of the Crustacea of the Firth of Forth. (Sixth Annual Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland.) Canu, E., Les copépodes libres marins du Boulonnais. (Bullet. scient. de la France et de la Belgique, No. 1.) Dr GuERNE, J., et RrcHarD, J., Note sur les Entomostracés d’eau douce recueillis par M. Charles Rabot dans la pro- vince de Nordland Norvége septentrionale. (Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, XIV.) , VossELER, J., Die Copepodenfauna der Eifelmaare (Archiv. f. Naturgesch. 1889). Poprs, 8. A., Notizen zur Fauna der Siisswasser-Becken des Nordwestlichen Deutschland mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Crustaceen. (Abh. Natur. Ver. Bremen, X.) De Gurrne, J., et RrcHARD, J., Revision des Calanides d’eau douce. (Mémoires de la Société Zoologique de France, Vol. IT.) Ricuarp, J., Sur les Entomostracés et quelques autres animaux inférieures des lacs de l’Auvergne. (Revue des Sciences naturelles appliquées.) Bourne, G. C., Report on the Pelagic Copepoda collected at Plymouth in 1888-89. (Journal of the Marine Biological Association, Vol. I.) Poppe, S. A., Bin neue Diaptomus aus Brasilien. (Zoologischen Anzeigers, No. 368.) ScumeiL, O., Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Stisswasser-Cope- poden Deutschlands mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Cyclopiden. (Inaugural-dissertation der hoh. phil. facult. der Univ. Leipzig.) 116 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. SS fio 9 US) f= G2 $2 Sl Sp ho ES LS oe See YS b= EXPLANATION OF PLATKES. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Puate I. CYCLOPS ELONGATUS. Female seen from above x 60. Anterior antenna. Labrum. Maxilliped of second pair. Foot of fifth pair. CYCLOPS VICINUS. Male seen from above x 40. Labrum. Foot of fifth pair. Vulvar openings. Puate II. CYCLOPS STRENUUS. Female seen from above x 80. Posterior antenna. Maxilliped of second pair. Foot of fifth pair. CYCLOPS SIGNATUS. Female seen from above x 40. Prats III. CYCLOPS ABYSSORUM. Female seen from above x 50. Anterior antenna. Posterior antenna. Labrum. Foot of first pair. », second pair-—outer branch. », third pair. », fourth pair. » fifth pair. PLATE IY. CycLops SCOURFIELDI. Female seen from above x 80. Posterior antenna. Maxilliped of first pair. + second pair, Fig. Fig. Fig. Ss) Gl Gp S: is . a Go BN gS) 10. 1. 3. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. ale Foot of first pair. Second and third feet—last joint of inner branch Foot of fourth pair. » fifth pair. PLATE V. CYCLOPS BICUSPIDATUS. Female seen from above x 80. Maxilliped of first pair. Foot of first pair. », fourth pair. » fifth pair. CYCLOPS VIRIDIS. Female seen from above x 38. Labrum. Foot of first pair (male). Fee titthepanr. Appendage of first abdominal segment (male). PLatTE VI. CycLtorps THOMASI. Female seen from above x 80. Foot of first pair. », fourth pair. » fifth pair. CYCLOPS INSIGNIS. Female seen from above x 95. CYCLOPS SCOURFIELDI, VAR. Anterior antenna of female. Foot of fourth pair. », fifth pair. PLATE VII. CYCLOPS SERRULATUS. Female seen from above x 53. CYCLOPS MACRURUS. Female seen from above X 53. Cycniors KAUFMANNI. Female seen from above x 53. 118 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. CycLors EwARrtt. Male seen from side x. 54. Anterior antenna of female. Foot of fifth pair. Abdomen of female. SS) Ga oe Pirate VIII. CYCLOPS AFFINIS. Fig. 1. Female seen from above x 105 (Duddingston Loch.) 59 514 x 100 (Yetholm Loch). 3. Anterior antenna. 4. Foot of first pair. 5. oy HowURal soyemiee 6. », fourth pair. Puate IX. CYCLOPS FIMBRIATUS (= CRASSICORNIS). Fig. 1. Female seen from above x 80. CYCLOPS PHALERATUS. 2. Female seen from above x 80. DIAPTOMUS SERRICORNIS. Last three joints of anterior antenna of male. Distal angle of basal joint of posterior maxilliped. Fifth pair of feet of male. », of female. Posterior thoracic lobules and first abdominal segment (female). (Figs. 3-7 drawn from Loch Mulloch Corrie specimens.) 8. Right antennal appendage of male. 9. Inner branch, right fifth foot of male. 10. 35 », ciliated appendages, more highly magnified. (Figs. 8-10 drawn from Lerwick specimens.) NP gO PLATE X. CYCLOPS GQUOREUS. Fig. 1. Female seen from above x 136. DIAPTOMUS HIRCUS. 2. Foot of fifth pair of female. 3 a 1 of male. 4, Right antennal appendage of male. CYCLOPS LONGICAUDATUS. 5. Female seen from above x 80. 6. Anterior antenna of female. 7. One of the swimming feet. Fig. Fig. go SS Ge gs SS be. SOS Go 2S © EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 119 Prate XI. DIAPTOMUS CASTOR. Female seen from above x 40. Last three joints of right anterior antenna of male. Distal end of basal joint of posterior maxilliped. Foot of fifth pair of female. - Pree Oleniales Pp rn », extremity of left outer branch, more highly magnified. DIAPTOMUS GRACILIS. Abdomen and posterior thoracic angles (Wanstead Park). Basal joint of posterior maxilliped. Fifth pair of feet of male (Talkin Tarn). a. Setiferous papilla. PLATE XII. DIAPTOMUS GRACILIS. Female seen from above x 80 (Coniston). Last three joints of right anterior antenna of male (Floutern Tarn). a A . (Talkin Tarn). - a », (Lough Neagh & Wanstead Park). Fifth pair of feet of female (Wanstead Park). of female (Talkin Tarn). a », of male (Wanstead Park). Last thoracic segment and abdomen of male. 99 5) Puate XIII. EURYTEMORA CLAUSIL. Female seen from above X 55. Apical joints of right anterior antenna of male, Foot of fifth pair of male—left. ” ” op NEL a of female. EURYTEMORA AFFINIS. Female seen from left side x 55. Abdomen and last thoracic segment of female. Fitth pair of feet of male. Foot of fifth pair of female. 120 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Puate XIV. ACARTIA LONGIREMIS, var. bifilosus. 1. Abdomen of male. 2. Foot of fifth pair—female. 3. Fifth pair of feet—male. 4. Frontal tentacle. Fig. DIAPTOMUS SANCTI-PATRICII. Fifth foot of female. Pe of right side—male. 35 of left ,, 99 Apical joints of the same—more highly magnified. OI M DIAPTOMUS BACILLIFER. 9. Female seen from above x 40. 10. Last three joints of right antenna of male. 11. Angle of last thoracic, and side of first abdominal, segment. 12. Fifth foot of female. 18. Fifth pair of feet of male. (Figs. 10 and 13 are after De Guerne and Richard. ) ERRATA. p. 75, line 9, read Cyclops Scourfieldi, G. S. Brady (Pl. IV; Pl. VL, figs. 6-8). p. 75, line 10, read Cyclops Leuckartdi (20) p. 30 (not C. Leuckarti Claus). Plate IX., fig. 1. for C. cRAssIcoRNIs read C. FIMBRIATUS. PRESIDENL’S ADDRESS. NIL ADDRESS TO THE MEMBERS OF THE TYNESIDE NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB, READ FOR THE PRESIDENT, THE REV. CANON TRISTRAM, F.R.S8., ETC.,, BY THE HON. SECRETARY, AT THE FORTY-FIFTH ANNIVERSARY, HELD IN THE LIBRARY OF THE MUSEUM, ON FRIDAY, MAY 22np, 1891. Lapiss anp Grnriemun,—I deeply regret that, in resigning for the fourth time in the course of forty years the honourable position in which you have placed me as your President, I have to begin by confessing my repeated short comings during my term of office, and also to apologize for addressing you by letter from the middle of the Indian Ocean instead of appearing before you in the chair. I have, in the first place, to recall to the members of the Club the various excursions planned and successfully carried out dur- ing the year. As, on account of official engagements, I was unavoidably absent from many of the Field Meetings, I am much indebted for the following reports of these Meetings to our Hon- orary Secretaries. The First Fierp Merrrine was fixed for Friday, the 6th of June, and, there being every indication of a wet day, only a few members joined in this excursion. Leaving the Central Station by the 10.5 a.m. train they travelled to Darlington, and after a short stay for the Richmond train they soon reached Croft Sta- tion and crossed the Tees bridge to that pretty, unpretentious watering place in a pelting rain. But the party were not in- clined to sadness, and took advantage of the heavy showers to refresh themselves at the Spa Hotel, and by the time lunch was finished the weather had also improved, and arrangements hay- ing been made for dinner, the party sallied out, and, under umbrellas, began to explore and enjoy the floral beauties and the spring vegetation of this rural spot. The broom, the lilac, laburnum, and other spring shrubs and flowers appeared all the 199 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. gayer for the refreshing rain which had fallen, and the sun now bursting through the dense clouds that had seemingly accom- panied us on our journey, brightened up the village and whole country side, and gave additional pleasure in our ramblings to the different points of interest round Croft. A visit was first made to the New Spa Well, pleasantly situated by the side of a small stream, which, now swollen with recent rains, was hurry- ing on to the Tees. Here a long conversation took place about the quality and the analysis of the mineral water, its strength and virtues. Comparisons made with Harrogate and other York- shire Spas led to the conclusion that though Croft was not so gay, yet, for invalids requiring strong sulphur baths and quiet perfect rest, the little village was much to be preferred to the gay bustling towns further south. A very pleasant walk through fields and woods, where woodmen were busy cutting down small oaks and peeling off and piling up the bark, led us by a cireuit- ous course to the Old Spa Well, from which the water is con- veyed in pipes to the New Bath Rooms, to which there is much easier access from the village. In the woods, most of the spring flowers were in bloom, as Anemones, Stellarias, and early violets in profusion. Some of the party struck off for a longer walk to Hurworth, while the rest enjoyed the village gardens and the stroll by the Tees, watching the rapid flight of the Martins and Swallows, and other Avrundines, which had just returned from their Southern migration, and were unusually active in capturing the insect food which the warm rays of the sun had called forth. After enjoying the long country walk, ample justice was done to the excellent meal provided at the Spa Hotel. Under the guidance of the Rev. Mr. Moody, an exhaustive visit was made to the Church, embowered amid lofty and umbrageous trees. Much ecclesiastical lore, and long discussions on the age of some curiously wrought stone or piece of wood-work, were indulged in. An attempt was afterwards made to visit those celebrated ‘“‘swallow holes,” the Hell Kettles, as they are popularly called. Only one or two of the more active pedestrians were able to reach the locality. The margins of these pools are now surrounded with a dense growth of water and bog plants, and they have the gen- PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 123 eral appearance of ordinary ponds or pools. They are situated in a field near the road leading to Darlington. Many legendary tales have been narrated about the origin of these remarkable ‘‘swallow-holes,” and many lengthy papers written concerning them which need not be quoted here. These Kettles, or ‘‘swallow-holes,”’ have no doubt had the same natural origin as many others, especially those in the neighbourhood of Ripon, which occur near the outcrop of the Triassic sandstones resting on the subjacent Magnesian-limestone. The decomposing and removal of salt, or the formation of gypsum from anhydrite in these low-lying beds which, from their position, are subjected to the action of a great supply of water, or the removal of loosed marl beds through fissures in the rocks beneath, would under- mine the surface and eventually cause extensive subsidences, as we often see, in our own colliery district, when the props of shal- low, old pit workings decay, and enormous ‘‘ swallow-holes”’ are formed by the falling in of the unsupported roof. Large swallow- holes of this kind, and ofa large size, were, in former times, numerous on the highest part of Newcastle Town Moor, caused by the falling in of the unsupported roof of the old coal workings. The banks of the Tees at Croft are bordered, for the most part, by a flat piece of country, excepting here and there where re- mains of high-level beaches occur. Very few rock-sections are exposed, the most remarkable being the outcrop of red sandstone on which the buttresses of the Tees bridge are built, and small sections near the Spa Well. In other parts, a thick covering of alluvial deposits hides all trace of the underlying Triassic sand- stone. During the day’s ramble only one small boulder of Shap- fell Granite was observed, and that was placed at the corner of a road near the station. The Srconp Mrrrrine of this club was held at Kirkby Stephen on the 24th, 25th, and 26th June. After lunching together at head-quarters—the ‘‘ King’s Arms Hotel’’—on their arrival, the members present walked to Stenkrith Bridge to view the very interesting ‘‘ pot-holes’’ in the river Eden, where their formation may be seen in every stage of progress. Thence by the river side to Wharton Hall, once the seat of the notorious Duke of Wharton, 124 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. to Lammerside Castle and to Pendragon Castle, said to have been built by Uther Pendragon, father of King Arthur. Next day they drove over Nateby Common, where were seen some remark- able fissures in the limestone rocks, varying from a few feet to several yards in length and depth, while only one or two feet in breadth. Proceeding down the river Swale to Keld, they visited the numerous and beautiful waterfalls on that river, and were charmed with the luxuriant valley, varied by bold cliffs and rocks, wooded slopes, and rich haughs, all closely shut in by wild fells and limestone precipices. Most of the characteristic plants of the district were found, but none not already recorded. On the third day the party drove up the Mallerstang Valley to Hell Gill, through which runs the infant river Eden, while the twin river Ure or Yore runs parallel with it down the same hillside at a bowshot distance. Hell Gill may best be described as an English canon, being a deep fissure in the limestone cut out by the river. It is about half a mile long, from forty to fifty feet deep, and much wider below than on the surface, where, indeed, it may easily be leapt across in several places. Two of the party ventured down its hidden depths, and after an hour spent in various perilous scramblings down waterfalls, plunging into ‘‘ pot-holes,’”’ and swimming through deep pools, emerged to the great relief of the few members who had anxiously awaited their return to the light of day. A pleasant drive homewards between the rugged cliffs of Wild Boar Fell and the long bleak slopes of Mallerstang Common ended the excursion—one of the most enjoyable of the recent field meetings. The Tuirp Fretp Meerine was fixed for Thursday and Friday, the 17th and 18th of July. About ten members, including one lady, attended. Several of these travelled north by train on the preceding evening, others left Newcastle by the early train to Chathill, and then by conveyances to North Sunderland and Sea-Houses, as the fishing village is called, in time for break- fast. The morning was unpropitious at starting, and, before ar- riving at our destination, rain began to fall and continued with little intermission till mid-day. After breakfast, the majority of those present determined to carry out the programme, and visit PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 125 the Farnes, in the pouring rain. As soon as a boat could be floated in the harbour they left the shore, most of them wrapped up in oil-skins and other waterproofs and under umbrellas. Yet all enjoyed the passage to the Farnes, taken under somewhat unfavourable prospects; but the sea was calm, and the rain abated, and the voyagers were enabled to land at all the most interesting places and examine the breeding stations of most of the birds that frequent these islands. The members who remained ashore, umbrella in hand, spent the time in exploring the coast section to the north of the village and botanizing along the sea banks. (rlaux maritima and a few shore-loving plants were the chief species gathered. A large colony of Sand Martins occupied one portion of the cliffs, and several Rock Pipits were disturbed in their rocky haunts. Thin seams of coal have, in former times, been worked near to or under the sea, and we came upon an old circular shaft (now filled up with gravel) at some distance from the present coast line, shew- ing the rapid wearing away of land in comparatively recent times. A visit was also paid to Mr. McEHwan’s Fish-curing Establish- ment, and that gentleman kindly showed us the whole process of kippering Herrings which was then going on. The new har- bour is a somewhat fearful looking place, cut out of the cliff close to the village, and more like a dock for ships than a haven for boats. This Deep Hole was partly filled with decomposing and rotten seaweeds, the stench from which was intolerable. It must be hoped that this costly harbour confers all the benefits desired by the fishermen; but its construction seems clumsy and dangerous, and in every way unpicturesque and out of keeping with the surrounding coast. On the return of the party from the Islands an excellent din- ner was served at the ‘‘Castle Inn,’ and afterwards several of the members left for Newcastle. The rest travelled by Monkhouse and Bamburgh to Belford. The weather was now fine, and the evening drive along the coast most enjoyable, affording beautiful views of the distant Farnes. The commanding Old Keep ‘“‘ King Ida’s castle huge and square,”’ was seen to advantage from many points of view; and the neatly- 126 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. kept and flower-covered cottages, the Rectory and the Church, with the surrounding basaltic mounds in the distance, all im- bued with the warm rays of the setting sun, formed a continuous picture as we drove along skirting the shores of Budle Bay and Waren Mill, and enjoying the distant view of Holy Island, its Abbey and Castle, and the long stretch of sand and sand-hills near Ross, with the dark rugged sides of the Kyloe Hills form- ing a back-ground to the view such as can be seen in no other part of Northumberland, and associated with so much of legend- ary and historic lore. The morning of the second day was very unpromising, and shewed every indication of more rain, yet after breakfast a start was made for Holy Island. By conveyances, all proceeded to the Beacons along Ross Links. Most of the party preferred to walk and botanize among the Sand Dunes, and many interesting plants were observed, among which were fine specimens of Hry- threa littoralis and the Bog Pimpernel, Anagallis tenella, in full flower, and abundance of a dwarf Willow which spread itself widely over the grassy parts of the links. Rejoining the con- veyances on the shore, the tide being out, a direct route was taken to the Beacons. A boatman soon made his appearance, and the whole party were quickly ferried safely over to the Island and landed on the rocks under the Abbey cliffs. Large Mallows, covered with a rich profusion of flowers, decorated the cliffs above high-water mark, and Goatsbeard and other coast-loving plants were abundant. The Abbey first attracted the attention of the party, and a prolonged stay was made within the ruined walls. The ruin, to many of the party, had a changed appear- ance. Ona former visit, the entire floor and all the walls and wall-tops were beautifully ornamented with the fragrant wall- flowers, now eradicated and replaced by coarse cement rather plentifully plastered on, and the appearance of the ruin had been completely changed. It now indeed ‘‘showed where the spoiler’s hand had been,”’ but ‘‘the pillars carving quaint’’ and ‘the rounded angles of each tower’’ had been well nigh plastered up, and the wild beauty of the ruin had been tampered with, and, for a time at least, destroyed. Then a short visit was made to PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 127 the unique, historical, and beautiful little Church, which many of us had seen in bygone years, before the restoring rage had begun to efface the marks of time, and modern work had been made to replace the time-worn old and venerable. On account of the heavy rain and rising tide, we were de- barred from a visit to St. Cuthbert’s Isle or a search for some of the ‘‘ beads,”’ which are still washed out of a shaly cliff adjoin- ing the islet, where, according to the poet, ‘On a rock by Lindisfarne,” St. Cuthbert sits and toils to frame The sea-born beads that bear his name. The rain quickly drove the party to seek shelter and a luncheon at the adjoining Inns, the ‘‘ Northumberland Arms” and ‘‘ Iron Gates.’’ The rain still continuing, the other parts of the is- land were left unvisited. An umbrella procession was made to the shore in search of boatman and boat. We were soon seated under numerous kinds of covering, ferried across the strait, re- gained our conveyances and hastened back to Belford. Despite the rain which came on at mid-day every one was pleased with this short visit. After dinner at the ‘‘ Blue Bell’? most of the party returned to Newcastle; but one or two remained for another day’s excursion. Very few birds were seen, as most of them were away at their breeding station. A pair of Herons, which were disturbed on our way home, flapped slowly along over the shallow water, keeping in sight for a long time, and a flock of Dunlins, driven in shore by the flowing tide, were the only birds observed. One member, who had proceeded by way of Beal, and crossed in the early morning by the sands, missed our party entirely, and spent the first day in botanizing under an umbrella, and col- lected most of the rarer plants still growing on the island. No one who had the good fortune to join in the Bank Holi- day excursion to Wooler can ever forget the thoroughly enjoy- able incidents of that expedition. Let me in the first place express my gratitude, both official and personal, to our zealous secretaries for the perfect arrangements, elaborated with so much care and success, by which our whole programme was carried 128 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. out so successfully. It is only those who are a little behind the scenes who can fully appreciate the exertions and pains, too often thankless, of our secretaries in arranging the details of a two days’ expedition, The weather was all that could be desired, when, at daybreak on Monday, most of our party left Newcastle and journeyed on from Alnwick to Wooler by that most beau- tiful line of railway so admirably adapted, by its windings and leisurely progress, to give the tourist a glimpse of the charms of North Northumberland. We all appreciated the quaint old hos- telry where our quarters had been secured, and after breakfast drove or walked to Langlee Ford, where, in various detachments, we started to make the ascent of Cheviot. I can only report the progress of one party of which I was a member. The others took different routes, but did not reach the top of old Cheviot itself, though they had pure mountain rambles. One party went to the Scottish border, but did not see the Peregrine Falcon, which happily still exists there. We determined to face the east ascent of Cheviot, but near the top found ourselves enve- loped in a thick mist, which shut out all view, and the only proof we could offer of our having reached the summit was the abundance of the Cloud-berry, Rubus chamemorus, we gathered in fruit and the Alpine Club Moss. We were not fortunate enough to reach the N.W. end of the mountain. The habitat of the rare Cornus was concealed in the dense mist. We soon descended from the clouds, obtaining, occasionally, an extensive view over the lower hills of the Cheviot range. The wanderers of the various parties all found their way back to Wooler for dinner, after which some had to leave for Newcastle, while others remained to visit Flodden Field and Branxton Moor on the fol- lowing morning, which, still favoured by fine weather, was suc- cessfully accomplished. Enjoyable as was this trip, I cannot but feel that the primary object of our Club—the observations of the Natural products of the district visited—is not kept sufficiently in mind by many of our members. The Club has in days past contributed much to our knowledge of the natural history of the Northern Counties. May it never degenerate into a mere pic-nic club. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 129 On the second day, Tuesday, an accession of members arrived by first train, and after breakfasting a start was made in con- veyance for Flodden Field, Pallinsburn, Etal, and Ford, by way of Akeld and Millfield. The morning was splendid; and as the party drove along, the battle-mounds and border towers came in sight, and were pointed out by one or other of the party. Those huge buttresses of porphyry Humbledon, Akeld, and Yeavering Bell, as they came successively into view, beaming in the morn- ing sunshine, rising up in purple sheen over the abundant foli- age of the lower ground, gave unspeakable pleasure. At Akeld the road deviates to the right from the line of outburst of the porphyry, and the drive is continued along country lanes by Coupland Cas- tle and other border towers to Millfield, where a turn of the road westward led us through that little village to Flodden edge,. along narrow roads, and by the side of well-cultivated fields. No halt was made to examine historical sites till we arrived at the little church of St. Peter’s, at Branxton, and here the Presi- dent called for a halt, and a short visit was made to inspect the interior of the little church, some parts of which are remains of ancient date. From Millfield to Branxton we had crossed over two spurs of porphyry from the Northern part of the Cheviots, enclosing between them a large patch of Carboniferous-limestone, but, in this well-cultivated district, only one trace of outcrop of limestone was seen, at a distance from our route, and no trace of cliffs and scars were visible. The whole face of the country had, in Glacial times, been planed down, including the two long ridges of porphyry which extended from the west to the valley of the Till, and all covered with rich alluvial soil, and in a high state of cultivation. From Branxton our route lay by the King’s Stone and Pallins- burn, where a short stay was made to examine this classical spot, hallowed in church history, and much endeared to naturalists as the cherished home and breeding place of the Black-headed Gull, which finds here, with many other interesting water fowls, a safe and secure sanctuary to rear and nurse their young; and yet no stone wall, nor iron fence, nor lofty hedge row is needed to afford the necessary protection; on the contrary, there is only I 130 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. a low railing and wicket gates close at hand, and a well-kept footpath by the side of the pond, so that any pedestrian who wishes can easily leave the road and walk close to the haunts of these birds and observe them at leisure. At the time of our visit the gulls had left with their young and we saw only num- erous broods of Ducks, Water-hens, and Coots. From Pallins- burn we proceeded by Ford Bridge to Etal, where rest for all, for an hour, was determined on, enabling us to see, at leisure, the neat cottages and gardens of this model northern village, and time to examine the remains of the old border keep, once ivy covered, and formerly almost impregnable, which stands by the side of the dark dull Till, whose waters below seem almost stag- nant. The Wall-Pellitory, which grew abundantly on the old Keep at Etal, was the only plant observed in our day’s drive that need be recorded. Afterwards a short drive brought us to Ford, but time did not allow to do more than drive down this beautiful village and ob- serve, in afew minutes, the unique character of this sylvan spot: cottages embowered among fruit trees and flowers; a village school in the midst of it, with pear trees in front laden with fruit, under which the children sported and played; the huge castle, surrounded with its splendid garden, at the head of the village; and an elaborate drinking fountain close by; and at the other end an elegant Jubilee cottage for the residence of conval- escents from a distance who may require country air, erected by the Marchioness of Waterford. Our homeward route was by a pleasant road through the broad valley of the Till by Fenton and Doddington. Nothing could surpass the pure freshness of the westerly breeze coming down from the Cheviots, or the ex- quisite view of those mountain masses of porphyry bathed in blue and purple, which were ever present to our view all the day and from nearly all parts of our route. After an excellent dinner, served in time to enable us conveniently to catch the last train by which we were obliged to leave the splendid weather and our comfortable hostelry, we bid farewell to Wooler and the Cheviots. Though a fine morning ushered in the day fixed for the Wood- PRESIDEN'T’S ADDRESS. 13] burn Meeting, not more than a dozen members left the Central Station. They were met at Scots Gap by one of the secretaries. As no one was inclined for an extended walk by Sweethope Lake and Wanny Crags, it was decided to proceed on by rail to Wood- burn. After making arrangements for an carly tea, a start was made for the Roman Camp at Risingham, or Habitancum, one of the two important stations between Corbridge and Chew Green, the Ad Fines Camp of the Romans. Placed in a deep valley at the lower end of Chesterhope (the Hope of the Camp), and sur- rounded, as it no doubt was, in Roman times, by impassable marshes, and exposed to inundations of the river and encom- passed with natural woods, the site of this camp must have been most unhealthy. Strongly fortified, and raised above the sur- rounding swamp by massive stone walls above the general level of the valley, it was one of the most important stations between the Tyne and the Forth, and, if not destroyed by man for the sake of building material, would, probably, have presented its original features conspicuously until the present day. Considerable time was spent in the Camp. The interior is very irregular, from excavations that have been made from time to time in search of relics or for building material. Many of the walls of the adjoining farm houses and the stone fences have been built from dressed stones obtained from the Camp, and it was not difficult to find traces of ornamental work and Roman dressed stones in some of the gateways and stone fences close by. From this camp southward the old line of the Watling Street led straight across Chesterhope moor, from Habitancum to the Dun Cow Inn, where there is still visible the remains of the walls of a small legionary camp by the side of the old Watling Street. Traces of this road are still visible on Broomhope com- mon, flanked by deep fosses on each side. 2 From the Camp we ascended to the site of an old tumulus overlooking the station, from which an extensive view of the Redewater was obtained, and, passing by the picturesquely situated farm house at the Crag, walked by way of the old, dis- used Ironstone Quarries, extending more than a mile to the Steel Burn, where a short time was spent in search of fossils and exam- 182 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. ining the section from which the ironstone nodules were worked so extensively by the Redesdale Company, in former years, and, more recently, by the Elswick Firm. The weather was so fine, and the balmy west wind so invig- orating, that the walk through the old quarries was most enjoy- able; but most of our time was now spent, and a rapid return to Woodburn had to be made, across Broomhope to Park Head, to have a look at what remains of Rab of Risingham, on our way. Only the lower part of the effigy now remains; the lower part of the kilt and legs, and what appears to be a bow in one hand, and in the other some kind of game, as a hare or rabbit, cut on the side of a large block of stone perched on the slope of a hill-side, the work, probably, of a Roman mason or stone- dresser, ambitious to leave some memorial behind him. It was left to Sir Walter Scott, in later days, to clothe this rude figure with legendary lore— ‘‘ And near the spot that gave me name, The moated mound of Risingham, Where Rede upon her margin sees, Sweet Woodburn’s cottages and trees, Some ancient sculptor’s art has shown An outlaw’s image on the stone.”’ Rokeby. At Parkhead, we pass through the remains of a patch of na- tural wood of birk, oak, hazel, and Rowan tree, the latter covered with a profusion of bunches of the most brilliant scarlet berries. After an excellent tea at the ‘‘ Fox and Hounds,” a start was made for Newcastle by an early train, but not before every one present had expressed himself satisfied with this short visit to Redesdale. The Lasr Merrine was held at Ryhope Dene and the sea-coast towards Seaham. About 25 members and friends alighted at Ryhope Station by train leaving Newcastle at 10.35 a.m. For late autumn, the weather was remarkably fine, and under the vice-presidency of Dr. Embleton, the party proceeded to the ro- mantic and picturesque part of the dene situated nearest the sea. The upper part of the Dene, which is much more open, is now PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 133 cut off from the lower part by a broad turnpike road, and the Seaham railway, which did not exist at the time of the Clun’s first visit in 1849. Perpendicular and beetling cliffs, covered with ivy and other evergreens; water-worn caves, ornamented with marchantia and moss, the whole almost concealed under over-hanging trees and shrubs; a small trickling stream winding its way towards the sea, and forming here and there deep pools, are the chief characteristics of this as of many other of the beau- tiful denes, which cut through the magnesian-limestone, in many parts of the Durham coast—a unique feature in our local physi- eal geography—occurring in no other part of these islands, and peculiar to the magnesian-limestone. In former years, and on the first visit of the Club, the Harts- tongue grew in the greatest profusion and size, some of the fronds being more than 20 inches in length, but soon after the Club’s visit it was so entirely eradicated by fern-maniacs that not even a seedling was left. Although directly contrary to our Rule, it is to be feared that sometimes the meetings of our Club have, indi- rectly perhaps, led to the destruction of some of our rare plants, by pointing out and making known to the general public the places where they grow. Later in the day we were told that, though strictly protected, most of the Harts-tongue had been stolen from Seaham Dene, and this destruction has occurred in all the denes along our coast to which the public have free ad- mission. Most of the stations for the Harts-tongue, Sea Asple- nium, Black Spleenwort, and Wall-rue, which formerly grew vigorously and plentifully in the east of Durham, 40 years ago, are now more or less completely destroyed by the hand of man, or by the smoky atmosphere in some instances. One half of the party descended the steep banks of the Dene, near the Railway Bridge, and worked their way along the bed of the stream; others proceeded along the top and entered the Dene by its narrow outlet on the coast. The Black Bryony, the Privet, and the Juniper still grow on the sloping banks, and many of the common autumnal flowers were still lingering in bloom near the coast. Some of our rarer land shells and plants occurred here to the earlier explorers of the district. 134 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. On the arrival of all at the mouth of the Dene, a halt was made for lunch, sub Jove, and the day being delightful, and the sea smooth as glass, the party spread themselves on the sands and rocks to enjoy the beauty of the coast scenery. Along this coast, when it was wilder and more picturesque even than at present, wandered the poet Byron, who may have been impressed by such a scene as this with those imperishable thoughts— “Time writes no wrinkles on thy azure brow; Such as creation’s dawn beheld, thou rollest now.” At the present day, enormous heaps of shingle, composed of all kinds of rocks, native and foreign, a bewilderment of geo- logical formations, which have been cast into the sea as ballast, are rolled on to the shore, and spoil the beauty of the sands. Much time was spent in examining the accumulations of exotic materials, mixed chiefly with a few washed out of the boulder clay of the sea banks. Some botanizing along the banks was also attended to. Many interesting plants are known to grow there, as formerly recorded by the older botanists and confirmed by more recent research. Our Vice-president, the Rev. A. Bethune, met the party near Seaham Hall, and courteously conducted them through the church, the peculiar features and relative age of the different parts being pointed out. One member detected a Roman-dressed stone in the tower, a rather out of the way place to find Roman workmanship. We afterwards were shown the Marriage Regis- ters, particularly that containing the signature of Lord Byron and Judith Millbanke, who were married in the drawing room of the Hall adjacent. After a vote of thanks for the kindness of our Reverend and respected Vice-president, a short visit, under the guidance of Mr. Draper, was made to the Hall gardens, which were in splendid autumnal dress and in readiness for the visit of His Royal Highness the Prince of Wales, who was shortly ex- pected to visit Seaham. The party were shewn some fine speci- mens of Valeriana Pyrenaica, which had established itself in a neighbouring plantation, but has no right to be considered indi- genous, being only a garden escape. After thanking Mr. Draper for his obliging attention, the members hastened to Seaham PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 135 Harbour to secure a cup of tea before the 5 o’clock train started for Newcastle. Mr. Cobb, of Sunderland, led the party through Ryhope Dene, and did most of the botanizing that was possible at this late season. ; _ A joint Evenrve Merrrine of the members of the Club and of the Natural History Society was held in the Library of the New Museum, on the evening of February the 27th. The chair was occupied by Mr. J. F. Spence. After the election of two mem- bers to the Club, Dr. Embleton read a most interesting Memoir of the Life of John Hancock There was a good attendance of members of both Societies. This was the first meeting held by the Club in the New Building. Some members often complain that we have so few evening meetings during the winter months. If they would only kindly favour us with a few Natural History Notes, or some original paper on subjects which come within the scope of the Club’s proceedings, it would be possible to have these pleasant gather- ings more frequently, but, in the absence of such contributions, winter evening meetings cannot be held. During the last year, the second and completing part of Vol- ume X. has been issued to members. It is but bare justice to say that our Transactions not only sustain the character of the Club as a Naturalist’s Society, but they still carry out, to some extent, the original object of the founders of this Society—which was to form reliable catalogues of the natural productions of these counties. There are still many interesting subjects re- maining for future investigators, if such would only come for- ward and lend a helping hand towards the formation of a more complete set of catalogues of our local Fauna and Flora. There are still many large groups of organized beings whose local distri- bution requires working out. We have no complete list of the Diatoms, the Desmids, the Microscopic Alge, Fungi, and many of the minuter groups of Insects, Spiders, etc., have yet to be catalogued. Fifty years ago, without, or with very imperfect. microscopes, several of these subjects were almost unapproach- able, or were undertaken at great disadvantage; but, in the pres- ent day, it is earnest and enthusiastic workers that are the desid- 136 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. erata, and not microscopic appliances. But, without doubt, such researches require much time, patient and painful labour, and do not bring the honest worker into much notoriety, and, as a con- sequence, such subjects are rarely undertaken except by some se- cluded, unknown, and enthusiastic naturalist, to whom notoriety and public approbation are matters of no moment. But it is satis- factory to know that there are some workers, still in our midst, carrying out their unobtrusive researches in thorough earnest ; and that important contributions to our Transactions are still forthcoming. Prof Geo. S. Brady has kindly promised, and is busy with, a comprehensive paper on some minute families of the Ostracoda, a group of minute Crustacea, which will form part of the next volume of our Transactions. Mr. John EK. Robson, of Hartlepool, kindly offered, some years ago, to prepare a full and comprehensive catalogue of the Macro—and Micro-Lepidoptera of our district. Mr. Robson has recently informed me that his MS. is now nearly ready for the press, and that he only requires the opportunities, which he hopes a few fine summer months will afford, to verify a few doubtful observations and to confirm others. Thus we have material in readiness for future volumes, as Mr. Robson’s catalogue will extend to the size of a full-paged volume. To enable the Committee to issue these works without any un- necessary delay, it may not be out of place to mention here that it is very desirable that our members—those who live near and those who live at a distance—should forward their subscriptions to the Honorary Treasurer or Secretaries without delay, and this is the more desirable as we are at present without an ap- pointed collector for the Newcastle district. On this occasion we have to record, with much sorrow, the loss of several of our older contributors and more influential members. Though not a naturalist, Mr. John Clayton became a member of the Club in 1858, and, though seldom able to be present, except on the occasions of the Club’s visit to the Chesters and at some of our evening meetings in former years, yet he al- ways took a lively interest in our proceedings. On two or three occasions, when the members visited the Camp at the Chesters, Mr. Clayton acted as chief guide to the party, shewing them PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 137 through all the newly-formed excavations, and explaining all the points of interest, which he understood so well, in the most affable and obliging manner; and when the explorations of the Camp were finished, the hospitable mansion was thrown open for the refreshment of the numerous visitors gathered together at this favourite meeting place. By Mr. Clayton’s death, the Club loses another of its old and influential members—a loss which it will be difficult to replace. Early in the beginning of the present year, and very unex- pectedly, another of our older members was removed from us. Dr. Henry Bowman Brady, who died at Bournemouth, on Janu- ary 10th. Dr. H. B. Brady was elected a member of the Club in 1854, and contributed to the Transactions several papers on his favourite and special subject—the Foraminifera. His first Papers, which appeared in the Tyneside Club Transactions, were: Remarks on the Foraminifera. Vol. IV., p. 204. On the Foraminifera Dredging Expediticn, 1862. Vol. V., p. 291. On the Foraminifera Dredging Expedition, 1863. Vol. VI., p. 198. ' In the Transactions Northumberland, Durham, and New- castle-on-Tyne : Report on Foraminifera, 1862-4. Vol. I., p. 51. Catalogue of Recent Foraminifera of Northumberland and Durham. Vol. I., page 83. On Casts of Paleozoic Corals. Vol. I., p. 201. On Saccammina Carteri, a new Foraminifer from the Carboniferous - limestone. Vol. IV., p. 269. Dr. Henry Brady was elected President of the Club in 1872, and was appointed to represent the Club at the Meeting of the British Association which was held at Retiring in 1876 from business, he spent most of his winters in a warmer climate, and always in search of his favourite Forams. During this time his great work on the Foraminifera of the ‘ Chal- lenger’ Expedition, and numerous other Papers on the same favourite subject were written. Dr. H. B. Brady was a Fellow of the Royal Society, and many of the other learned Societies of Britain. - Another of our old members, Mr. Tuffin West, died at Fren- sham, on the 19th of March last. His connection with Newcas- 138 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. tle and our Club began while he was a pupil with Mr. Henry Brady, of Gateshead, at which time he was also a student at the School of Medicine in Newcastle. He soon abandoned the medi- cal profession, and became celebrated in Naturalist circles for his elaborate and careful engravings of minute and microscopic or- ganisms, which were represented with the greatest delicacy and faithfulness. One of his early works in 1858-9 was the Illus- trations to ‘‘ Blackwell’s Spiders’’—an important Monograph, published by the Ray Society. Many of the Illustrations in the earlier volumes of the Club were from his graver. He contrib- uted also to our Transactions the following Papers :— New Microscopic Algz collected by Thomas Atthey, T.N.F.C. Vol. IV., p. 321. On the Feet of Insects. Vol. [V., p. 17. -On the Seeds of Plants as Microscopical Objects. Vol. V., p. 163. A few years ago, on account of failing health and living so far away from Newcastle, he ceased to be a member, but he never forgot his former connection with the Club, and the many enjoy- able rambles he had with some of the members in his younger days. Also we have had, during the past year, to mourn the removal from our midst of the last of that distinguished band of natur- alists, who, 60 years ago, formed a galaxy which will ever give lustre to the city of Newcastle, as the mother and nurse of the votaries of Natural Science. In John Hancock, we mourn not only one of our original founders, but the man who, more than any other, for half a century, imparted to us a share of his own enthusiasm, and gave the Tyneside a prominent position among the Naturalist Societies of England. Well might it be so when we recall the illustrious band which supported him: his brother Albany, the gentle and lovable Joshua Alder, W. C. Hewitson, George Wailes, R. B. Bowman, and others, all devoted workers in their several departments. John Hancock still lives—and will live—rather by his works in your Museum than by the amount of his writings. Yet it is not the man who writes much, but the man who writes well on the subject of which he is mas- ter, whose fame will survive; and the volume of your Trans- PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 139 actions, which we owe to his pen, will stand long as the model and type of what a local Fauna should be. John Hancock was the typical field naturalist. Behind the naturalist’s eye he pos- sessed the artist’s soul, and this enabled him to ennoble the art of taxidermy. What I individually owe to him, it is difficult for me adequately to express. Considerably more than half a century ago, I recall the kindness with which he received the schoolboy and sacrificed a long afternoon, not merely in exhibit- ing his choice collection of eggs, but in explaining and enforcing the lessons in ornithology they taught, and in shewing how every environment of locality and position of the nest had a significance which illustrated the life of the bird. Who could watch John Hanzock as he described, with an artless eloquence, the feats and actions of a faleon—every motion of his body, and the glance of his eagle eye, almost reacting the scene he depicted —without feeling that he was listening to a master of bird life? This, indeed, he was, and your Museum attests that he was as true a poet as any who ever wielded the sculptor’s chisel or handled the artist’s brush. His sympathy was with nature, and his groups are ‘‘vitalized by one who felt the life of birds as something kindred with his own, and, inspired with this sympathy and la- bouring to utter it, he recreated life as it were within the grasp of death.”’ Nowhere has he shown his descriptive power more forcibly than in his description of a day’s bird-nesting on Prest- wick Carr, in those golden days when, even within reach of your city, there were nooks teeming with bird life as rich and varied as can be found in the wilds of Scandinavia. I feel very strongly that the life work of John Hancock claims from us some permanent recognition; and I venture to suggest that this may fittingly be done by the establishment of an annual medal for the encouragement of Natural History studies in such a manner as a committee of subscribers may decide. It is sometimes said that the day of Ficld Clubs has-gone by, and that there is nothing left for us to do on our soil, marched through and through for so many years; and that the naturalist is no longer needed, but must give place to the biologist; that the field-glass and the lens must be abandoned for the micros- 140 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. cope and the scalpel; and the studies of the laboratory superseda the observations of the field. I am too old to succumb to this latter day heresy. There is still room, I believe, for the worker in every branch of natural science, from the study and obser- vations of life and habits down to the investigation of muscles, and the analysis of brain tissue. But for the busy toiler of the great city, for the hard-worked professional and business man, there is no relaxation or refreshment that can rival the change of gaze from the ledger or the law book, to the gem-studded turf or the path of the bird in the air. We gather at our meetings to enjoy nature. The work of the Tyneside Club is not accom- plished till the enjoyment of nature by all its members is an intelligent enjoyment—till they have learned the story and the lesson of plant, bird, beetle, and butterfly; or have ceased to look on any of nature’s gifts with an ignorant indifference, or an unintelligent wonder. ‘©Q Lord, how manifold are Thy works; in wisdom hast Thou made them all. The earth is full of Thy riches.” The following gentlemen were elected members of the TynzE- stipe Naturauists’ Frerp Crus during 1890-91 :— At the Eventne Mererrine, Feb. 27th, 1891:—James Drum- mond, Bradford, Yorkshire; Mrs. W. B. Wilson, Thornley House, Trimdon Grange. The following places were selected for Frenp Meerrnes for 1891 :— MA BOSE eee ts eae eeentine Lambton Park. June 241TH and 25rTH...... Ripon and Fountains Abbey. Afisp ise. JUS siaae Aatinnaeracne ac Richmond in Swaledale. AT GUST wisiidccdachnstnditinies Jedburgh and Carter Fell. SEPTEMBEE 19TH ......... Embleton and Beadnell. OCTOBER OTH 6. .c00ccccecces Marsden. 141 TREASURER’S REPORT. LI OLS TL Q ctittrttresrsteeeesees oourreg ‘ e Ti. Gedecooocpaaseaeantoaoge solipung GG Ti (Ne = PPB aaa _[euInor ,, GG ye Me a an ere 09 8 11°R “£ GG J 2eeBevercsacnconosveoDunDN oSvuysog 66 er “+ yorsstmm0g Sg yay ‘soIdaY ‘SVYUVA ‘dL "001100 punoj pue pourwmexyy—"yy9 Avy ‘1681 19 0 LI OLIF hs “BOL 0 aay, oe cose eon ccesescverce suorjovsULL, 66 0 OL Lg @ecevccccvc ctv eseecce smorydimosqng 66 0 c Pek ae OSE IO eeee gouvleg OL, “uee “0681 1D GF ‘0681 1G ‘€N10 CTH SLSTIVGOLVN ACISANAL HO LNOQOOOV SAHaASVAGL LO LOVaLSaV 142 The following gentlemen we 1891-92 :— OFFICE BEARERS. re elected Officers of the Club for PRESIDENT. a Prof. Geo. 8. Brady, M.A., M.D., LL.D., F.B.S. Vicr-PRESIDENTS. Joseph Blacklock. D. O. Drewett. William Maling. Edward C. Robson. D. Embleton, Esq., M.D. Rey. Canon Tristram, F.R.S. Rey. Canon Norman, F.R.S. Rev. J. C. Bruce, LL.D. Rev. A. Bethune, M.A. EK. J. J. Browell, Esq., J.P. Rev. R. F. Wheeler, M.A. Prof. G. 8. Brady, F.R.S. Rev. J. E. Leefe, M.A. Rev. G. R. Hall, M.A., F.1.A. G. H. Philipson, Esq., M.D. Rey. R. E. Hooppell, D.D. A. 8. Stevenson, Esq., J.P. H. C. Abbs, Esq., J.P. Rev. J. M. Hick, B.A. John Philipson, Esq., J.P. Hon. TREASURER. R. Y. Green. © How. SECRETARIES. Richard Howse | Thomas Thompson. Faraday Spence. CoMMITTEE. T. W. Backhouse. Benjamin Barkus, M.D. E. J. J. Browell. Wm. Dinning. D. Embleton, M.D. John Glover. Rey. J. M. Hick. Rey. Wm. Johnson. G. H. Philipson, M.D. John Philipson. J. F. Spence. Col. J. R. Young. AUDITORS. J. S. Forster. T. P. Barkas, F.G.S. ’ LIST OF MEMBERS. 143 TYNESIDE NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB. LIST OF MEMBERS, 31st DECEMBER, 1891. Members are specially requested to inform the Secretaries of any change of Elected. O.M. 1858 1877 1875 1888 1882 1865 1886 1849 1876 1876 1877 1866 1891 1879 1859 1861 1874 1885 1884 1876 1851 1889 1867 O.M. 1872 1886 1858 1876 1849 1891 1865 Adamson, C. M...............6-08 Adamson, Horatio............... Adams, W. E. Addison, John George eecccerccece Allison, Rev. J. W. ............ Angus, W. M., Lieut-Col. .. PAE t one PAC IMI cere ssteseloloiolseisise= Archer, Mark Armstrong, George Armstrong, J. F., M.D. Armstrong, T. J. Arnison, W. C., coerce eoe Backhouse, T. W. ......... Bainbridge, G. B. ......... Barker, Thomas B. Bannesiidi.: Wass-wsees seve tenure st address. eoecee eoorccrece soe res coesseresscosce an ecce seccce feces wee ecoreerece Barron, Thomas W., M.B. ... Barwick, John S. ......... TRIN do Util te tenetoneaaaonass Beck, W. E. Benson, Js Gracy scecccecccerem oe Bewick, T. J., F.G.S. .... Bidwell, Edward BirdgRewi ©. astiec.caes Blacklock, Joseph......... Blair, Robert Bone, W. J. Booth, George R. ......... Bowden, Thomas - | @acccreeren eeeccceeeres coe Brady, Prof. G. 8., F.R.S. .. IBA, JL IS cdaoasoacbogs00qc0000 Branford W. E..........200++ ... oe eee seccce eocces eoccee Crag Hall, Jesmond, Newcastle. 99, Howard Street, North Shields. 32, Holly Avenue, West Jesmond, N/C 17, North Bridge, Sunderland. 36, Grey Street, Blyth. . Fenham Hall, Newcastle. 12, Elvet Bridge, Durham. Farnacres, Ravensworth, Gateshead. Amen Corner, Newcastle. 23, Victoria Terrace, South Shields. Hawthorn Terrace, Newcastle. 4, Fenham Terrace, Newcastle. West Hendon House, B’pwearmouth. Claremont House, Newcastle. Westoe, South Shields. Messrs. Backhouse & Co., Durham. 10, Old Elvet, Durham. The Cedars, Sunderland. 4, Tankerville Terrace, Newcastle. Slate Yard, Gallowgate, Newcastle. 12, Grey Street, Newcastle. . Iddesleigh Mansions, London, 8. W. 1, Trigg Lane, Upper Thames Street, London. Chollerton, Hexham. 11, Summerhill Terrace, Neweastle. Ocean Road, South Shields. 61, Linskill Terrace, North Shields. 50, West Sunniside, Sunderland. Sheriff Mount. Gateshead. . 2, Mowbray Villas, Sunderland. 7 99 90, Grey Street, Newcastle. 144 Elected. 1878 1867 1850 1872 1871 1860 1877 1854 O.M. 1890 1872 1860 1868 1880 1871 1370 1881 1865 1860 1869 1885 1889 1887 1869 1868 1862 1865 1858 1860 1864 1867 O.M. 1865 1858 1879 1889 1865 1860 1891 1868 1881 LIST OF MEMBERS OF THE IDEATION, WEEE SoAncconscqonoqa69 90, Grey Street, Newcastle. IBROWL SEL ds (Ch soccscaanosonnaecqn0¢ 14, Lovaine Place, Newcastle. Browell, B. J. J. .....0c0+.--00s East Boldon, Newcastle. Brown, Rev. Dixon ............ Unthank Hall, Haltwhistle. IBIROS IN dio do seosanssbeax000 Silksworth, Sunderland. TROT, DOWN oontecsoaaso eodbec 69, Blenheim Street, Newcastle. Brown, M. Walton............... Westmorland House, Gateshead. Bruce, Gainsford, M.P.......... 2, Harcourt Buildgs, Temple, London Bruce, Rev. J. C., LL.D.,DC.L. Framlington Place, Newcastle. Bryant nC. Hecgee tosses. cence. 19, Wentworth Place, Newcastle. Burnup, Edwin .................. 60, Maple Street, Newcastle. JEON, AKO) cocsaccoussusoocasde 2, Devonshire Terrace, Newcastle. Charlton, Richard ............... 20, Claremont Place, Newcastle. Clarks Geonseperaseee canes 22, Belgrave Terrace, Newcastle. Clark, isaac) ececraneseerortone Blaydon-on-Tyne. Clarke; SH. co .nesneetss sarteennckee 24, Dockwray Square, North Shields. Clarke, Miss 5.2.2... go Secreted Chirton Cottage, North Shields. GClayeo Wallasey sa.cse-chos-h 2 Abbotsford Terrace, Newcastle. Clephank Riv Chess e-neccueeceeee High Bridge, Newcastle. CobbyJioseplieescasetessseeeetee Union Street, Sunderland. Collins sRalplive-sseeeee eee Northumberland Sqr., North Shields. Conradi, Thomas M.......... .. Roseville, Bensham, Gateshead. Cooper, William ............... 11, Ridley Place, Newcastle. Corder, Alexander............... 1, Carlton Terrace, Sunderland. Corderyhrancisuecesessesseeaeee Princes Street, Sunderland. Cowen, Lt.-Col. J. A. ......... Blaydon Burn, Blaydon-on-Tyne. Cowen, Joseph ............ pee Stella House, Blaydon-on-Tyne. (Clov:¢ Ws.) #” nocnesdocesosenaadacbes 33, Fawcett Street, Sunderland. Daolsshwycase: rrpeeorneat sede Rothley Lake, Cambo, R.S.0. Dances Wrercasecascescceaaee Shipeote Villa, Gateshead. Davison bl dyyinl Oaes-neeaseer 23, Park Place, Sunderland. Dees; RiGRs2 scpcstactmeseaetese Pilgrim Street, Newcastle. Dickinson la Greeseceeetacces. Nat. Prov. Bank, Newcastle. Dinmimos Willi fyeneepsiraceess 43, Eldon Street, Newcastle. Dobson ames ase.s-sces-ceee 17, Frederic Street, Sunderland. Dodd;) Matthew, Hi-..(.2..->.. >. Holly Avenue, Newcastle. Dod day Havin beesecereettececse Low Fell, Gateshead. Drew ett) ve. scencaeacdss see Riding Mill-on-Tyne. Drummond, Jas. J. \...:.0-..--. Bradford, Yorkshire. Donne eniGyarereste sees: =e 2, Marianople Street, Newcastle. Dunn, Septimus............0.+0+ Quayside, Newcastle. TYNESIDE NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB. 145 Elected. 1879 1883 1891 1870 O.M. 1890 1887 1881 1861 1861 1860 1890 1850 1884 1858 1860 1868 1883 1888 1865 1884 1891 1851 1870 1881 1881 1872 1867 1885 1881 1878 1864 1874 1867 1862 O.M. 1854 1872 1877 1884 Eccles, Edward .......s00csseeee South Close, Gateshead. Ellis, Richard, M.D............. 100, Rye Hill, Newcastle. Ellison, Rev., W.F.A., B.A.... Tudhoe, Spennymoor. Elsdon, W. B. ....escseceeeeene Grey Street, Newcastle. Embleton, D., M.D. ............ Claremont Place, Newcastle. Embleton, T. W. ......s:0000es The Cedars, Methley, Leeds. Emley, Fred .......s0ss0sce00s00 Ravenshill, Saltwell, Gateshead. Faweett, William ............... (Faweett & Waugh), Quayside, N/C Featherstonehaugh, Edward... 13, Park Place West, Sunderland. Fenwick, George ............66 Percy Gardens, Tynemouth. Fenwick, John ..............0008 63, Howard Street, North Shields. [nail AAbaRadl Sosceqscesnounsdends 8, Esplanade, Whitley, R.S.0. Forster, J. 8S. ...... sdoobespougeDdat 8, St. Mary’s Place, Newcastle. ORME NEUE csahecs etcoiiectsce's Finney & Co., Mosley Street. Roster, G. Bo MA. ...0.5-..00. North Jesmond, Newcastle. HOStetssRODELE Vsecnc.--osa--a0- The Quarries, Clifton Rd., Newcastle. Fothergill, J. M. ......secseeeee 1, Norham Place, West Jesmond, N/C Hoxestueyen Elo Evee-ccesraesec-+= South Bailey, Durham. Franklin, Rev. Canon ......... St. Mary’s Cathedral, Clayton Street Fraser, Donald ...........:.. ... Forth Goods Station, Newcastle. Garwood, Edmund J. ......... Tynemouth. Gayner, Francis........... ....- Beech Holme, The Cedars, Sunderl’d. Gibb, C. J., M.D. .........--+.- Westgate Road, Newcastle. Gibson, Charles............65 «+ 16, Stanwick Street, Tynemouth. Gribsarba Hie warwactsscasssmeacasses 28, Northumb’land Sq., North Shields. Gilhespy, William............... 24, Cambridge Street, Newcastle. (Gris, d@ 0a)” Gopressoneenceoboeooc Westoe, South Shields. Gillies, Alexander ............... 9, Ravensworth Terrace, Gateshead. Giremaig), 10h ocaonososueoconsocaoucod 3, West Avenue, Gosforth. Glendenning, G. H. ..... ...... 9, Grainger Street, Newcastle. Glendenning, William ......... 9, Grainger Street, Newcastle. GHOver ION serccteso.-tcnensoe 20, Holly Avenue, Newcastle, (GUREGED AVG d Rh voneeoaeeDoseCDOnee Fellside House, Whickham. Grahams Ohm seer. sep erisent cae 1, John Street, Sunderland. Greemebdward) .-.cscon-ceeese. Beverley Terrace, Cullercoats. erreema he Vag seshccacescsseteeee 11, Lovaine Crescent, Newcastle. Green, William .................. Dendron Lodge, Lillington Avenue, Leamington, Warwick. Enrearngy) (Ch inicosoducanoonnenccosde Oakfield, near Gateshead. Greenwell iGaCsit.csscccs eosese Elmtree Cottage, Duftield, Derby. Greenwell, Winship ............ Bothal, Morpeth. K 146 LIST OF MEMBERS OF THE Elected. 1877 Hadaway, George ...........066 21, Washington Ter., North Shields. 1865 Hall, Rev. G. Rome ............ Birtley, Wark-on-Tyne. WSS LENNE JENES, “Sasasqenoahond:agA5a0 Palmer, Hall, & Co., Quayside, N/C. WGA) THEME LGN nossoncassonncaccqonon6s Ellison, Place, Newcastle. 1880 Hardie, William ............... Osborne Road, West Jesmond. 1882 Harkus, George..............005 9, East Parade, Newcastle. 1859) Haswells Hi Ry eess.sccseonsnert 77, Tyne Street, North Shields. 1859 Havelock, Michael............... Akenside Hill, Newcastle. 1886) “Hedley. Re Or ectioveds-naseedcse Cheviot, Corbridge-on-Tyne. 1876 “Hedworth, To Hooves sense Dunston, Gateshead. 1889 Henzell, George C. ... ......... Colwell, Barrasford-on-Tyne. NsWfs} 1BkaarerbaeR 8b, 13%) cgobodoouroosanos Nat. Prov. Bank, Gateshead. 1877 Heslop, George, Jun. ......... 1, Rectory Terrace, Sunderland. 1868 Heslop R. Oliver ............... The Crofts, Corbridge-on-Tyne. 1874 Hick, Rev. J. M. ..........:.... Vicarage, Trimdon Grange. 1859 Hodgkin, Thomas, LL.D....... Collingwood Street, Newcastle. 1864 Hodgson, W. ..........s0sees0ee Elm Croft, Darlington. TSE VEO RL) dis LN. condandoccwoneae% Clive House, Tunstall Road, Sun- derland. o.M. Howse, Richard .................. 12, St. Thomas’ Crescent, Newcastle. 1875 Hudson, Thomas ............... Thrift Street, South Shields. USL 1skeialgls, Ss do socococsoconosa nce West Street, Gateshead. 1858 Humble, Mrs...................06 Ashburn, Scarborough. ISL LB GRDTNREIeS Bly Vivo“ eboongocnecacaoq0n 24, Bewick Road, Gateshead. 1876, Hutchinson, Henry ............ 1, Wylam Road, Newcastle. 1867 Hutchinson, Joseph ............ The College, Durham. 1880 Hutchinson, William............ Roseworth Villa, Gosforth. WS) [sina ON i65csos0epabsdbosande Eden Vale, Castle Eden. Were) IBIetiWeraS dJq ekooundeesenedoopndocad Claremont Place, Newcastle. ISB) LB lenniayo ANS (Clonscondocsnonepepbecne North Hetton Coal Co., John Street, Sunderland. 1861 Irving, George ......cescececeees Central Station, Newcastle. 1878 Jackson, Joseph ......cssseeree 25, Leazes Terrace, Newcastle. 1860 Jackson, Thomas .. ............ 2, Camp Terrace, Tynemouth. 1865 Jackson, Thomas, Jun. ...... Perey Villas, Tynemouth. 1871 Johnson, Rey. A. ........... +.» Healey, Riding Mill-on-Tyne. ieee. dolmerin, AMe We sbsanscncadooa0e: 1, Elysium Place, Gateshead. 1875 Johnson, Rev. John ............ Hutton Rudby, Yarm. 1875 Johnson, Rey. William......... 9, Richmond Terrace, Gateshead. 1877 Joicey, James, M.P......... ... Longhirst, Morpeth. ISSl ones eUROMAS Murda wncseeies Durham. Elected. 1885 1891 1867 1869 1869 1871 1876 1859 1865 1859 1887 1852 1880 1863 1865 1871 1877 1870 1867 1881 1888 1879 1846 1862 1884 1876 1860 1860 1879 1881 1879 1877 1867 1858 1853 1872 "1860 1865 TYNESIDE NATURALISTS’ FINLD Chup. 147 Kelly, Bruce ......::escesessoees 2, Collingwood Street. Cena IN sc eriisladsisienaiesjamitcteniives 19, King Street, Dundee, N.B. Kardsonh SONN <<, ..ecncsesenneeses 66, John Street, Sunderland. Kirkby, James W...........0006 Kirkland, Leven, Fife. Deitolls (07 « @eonnsecenceno sono: ble Northumberland Street, Newcastle. Lebour, Prof. G. A. ... ........ College of Physical Science, N’castle. ILO, AOI sob5ecrossoscoscnbena60c 269, Westgate Road, Newcastle. Lowrey, Edward ............... Lombard Street, Newcastle. Lowrey, Richard ............... Lea Villa, Riding Mill. Lyall, George, F.G.S. ......... 48, East Winchester St., South Shields Wla@ke@y, Wi [Goobsonsep bebecseedoacoen 8, Milton, St., Shieldfield, Newcastle. Miaiinnes, (C AN; coossoocotasceav00500 Ellison Place, Newcastle. Maling, John Ford ............ 25, Eslington Terrace. Miceli oA pH Avnertsewslelseictcterit-t John Street, Sunderland. Malimexe William .s.s6-.% +0 Granville Road, Newcastle. Maughan, Rey. J. A.C. ...... The Vicarage, Prudhoe-on-Tyne. Mean ssl Ee co cacstiee seer esiescms Bewick Road, Gateshead. Wiehe, dd {Sh cadena weaadocasboanas 60, Percy Park, Tynemouth. Meymalle Bedi ccpcicoescmsacacce Durham. Mills, Leighton ..............6005 71, Lovaine Terrace, North Shields. Mofiitt, Charles 22... ...260+--+00 Winlaton Iron Works. Wiloore, dl. (Chesensesdunaetonaepescnos Newcastle Journal Office, Sunderland WI@ORD, J@N scoceatoodenosnseosne Beckenham, Kent. IWIGOWE, de AiG» Sexenacsosenboooseoos Market Place, South Shields. AYoulti, dI@aa “spnoe0nn009 abocon6n 3, Gladstone Terrace, Gateshead. IN@ilsorm, 12, (Cn cpcnpocdonnepsosboucn 19, Roker Promenade, Sunderland. Noble, Capt., C. B., F.R.S. ... Jesmond, Newcastle. Norman, Rey. Canon, F.R.S. Burnmoor Rectory, Fenee Houses. Oliver, Thomas, M.B. ......... 7, Ellison Place, Newcastle. Ormond, Richard ............... 24, Grainger Street West, Newcastle. Oswald, Septimus ............... Bright Side, Granville Road, N’castle. TPS), AIG pcoxconegnsaenooo900ds00 4, Alexander Crescent, Newcastle. TPailk. iss 1D cooootsancodaedeequsonsr Bigg Market, Newcastle. Pattinson, John...............+6 The Side, Newcastle. Peacock, Septimus............+.. Sunderland. Pearman, George W............. Mayfield, Sunderland. Temi, V8. flo WIID)S scomaosenso0560 22, Dockwray Square, North Shields. Peckett, J. C...... sseseeee Renee Sunderland, 148 LIST OF MEMBERS OF THE Elected. 1874 1860 1877 1852 1854 1866 1861 1880 1891 1883 1865 1861 1877 1879 1877 1867 1879 1876 1880 1849 1864 1872 1863 1873 1874 1865 1875 1881 1889 1860 1870 1872 1877 1874 1876 1880 1889 1855 1859 1876 Peter Geargereccdawescc setae Shotley Bridge. Penibertony i. Ws) eeencar- near Hawthorn Tower, near Seaham. Revenleyahiab.ueseseceseseessees 9, Akenside Hill, Newcastle. Philipson, G. H., M.A., M.D. Eldon Square, Newcastle. Tanking sO) DOIN conoesipsnensobeo 9, Victoria Square, Newcastle. Philipson, Joseph A...... ...... 15, Pilgrim Street, Newcastle. Pilkington, Edward ............ 6, Humbledon View, Sunderland. Pinkney, Thomas ..... ......... John Street, Sunderland. Potter, M. G., F.L.S., M.A.... College of Science, Neweastle. Potts, John, M.D. ............... Sunderland. Proctor, Matthew .......c..++.0 Osborne Terrace, Newcastle. PunshonwNe cscscsetcccsssecise Oldstead, Oswaldkirk, Yorkshire. Vey OWES, Wo WW coabooandsioppoRboacce Post Office Chambers, Newcastle. Redpath, Robert.............06 0 Linden Terrace, Newcastle. Reid, Edwin O. ............. ..... 4, North Terrace, Newcastle. LNETO ED \iVieu) Beadamasnbansenbobodachbe Leazes Brewery, Newcastle. Rhagg, Adamson ........ 6. 0. Haldane Terrace, Newcastle. Rich sh SW. tacueoeceueseetays 5, Eldon Square, Newcastle. TRO sia, 18 Gesadocnasnnehedsor ane 2, Esplanade, Sunderland. Robson, E. Capper............+6 2, Esplanade, Sunderland. Ropsons Hired eevee eesare Dean Street, Newcastle. Robson, John E.......... ....00 Sea View, Hartlepool. RODSOMM IS Salyseneetestenaressenee 13, Claremont Terrace, Sunderland. Robson, Shafto ........c0cesse00 Bewick Road, Gateshead. Robson, Stephen E. ............ 8, Woodside, Sunderland. Robsons WaC.0 feessmerareecaccoe. 166, Rye Hill, Newcastle. Rogers, Rev. Canon ............ Simonburn, Humshaugh. Rogerson, JOhN v....eseeseesseeee Croxdale Park, Durham. Le, TROWEEE coasne0c0 aneconabe0n Ravensworth Crescent, Low Fell, Gateshead. Sample, Thomas...........0s0000 Bothal Castle, Morpeth. Scortield bi Si -cusesecseeceeece Quayside, Newcastle. Scott, George ........sseeeeeseeres Westoe Terrace, South Shields. ScoptaaWalterissensmmmesesecanseeee Holly House, Durham Rd., Sunderl’d. Shaw, Benjamin, M.A.......... Clayton Park Road, Newcastle. SHO VA 2 EL. seco sahieonsennener 5, Avenue Terrace, Sunderland. Shewbrook, Edward ............ 6, Lovaine Crescent, Newcastle. Simpson, Alfred........csscssesee 244, Westgate Road, Newcastle. SPIE dio 335 gnodoeep: ooboosbc Hedgefield House, Blaydon-on-Tyne. Simeys Ral phicwsvecssscersestocss 1, John Street, Sunderland. restart imal Ole Ue h anendeecbeadeene no: 18, John Street, Sunderland. TYNESIDE NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB. 149 Elected. 1879 1873 1867 1871 1858 1860 1881 1874 1861 1865 1882 1875 1869 1851 1870 1877 1890 1868 1865 1859 1858 1891 1867 0.M. 1869 1855 1889 1878 1858 1861 1883 1850 1889 1879 1865 1866 1866 1879 1888 1853 Sopwith, H. T. ........s.ssse8e0 Tankerville Terrace, Newcastle. Southwell, Charles .........+++ Gurry Lodge, Kilburn, London. Spence Cis, ele .cceuanestctesness North Shields. Spence, Farad ay.........ssceveees Grey Street, Newcastle. SOONG, dio JS coansdgsosocnopbonone Chirton Cottage, North Shields. Spence, J. F., Jun. ............ Chirton Cottage, North Shields. SyOS: NAS), ty ol Nelinsnosoberedgrcsouoned West Cramlington. Spencer, G. B. ...ccessesesseenes 8, Victoria Street, Newcastle. Spencer, Thomas ..... ......... The Grove, Ryton. Steele, Thomas ............sc000 John Street, Sunderland. Stephens, Rev. Thomas......... Horsley Vicarage, by Otterburn. Stephenson, James......... ..... 84, Aline Street, South Benwell. Stephenson, Thomas............ 3, Framlington Place, Newcastle. Stevenson, Alexander S. ...... Tynemouth. Storey, Samuel, M.P. ......... Sunderland. Storey, John, Mrs, ...........0+8 76, Lovaine Place, Newcastle. SHTAKONGIM, 1, UNG soocseocdedscconoe 16, Ivy Road, Gosforth. Straker, Joseph H................ Stagshaw House, Corbridge. Smilnerleymal, 18, dj, coasosnacesosoo Sandhill, Newcastle. SND, dla Wo, “scovocdscnns aoteoonc Bromley, Kent. Mate Niarcsecievceseecsecosesced 20, Camden Street, North Shields. avloveieniy; Br Guides to Museum sold ........cssssesseessesectsereeens 6 9, Sundries, per J. Wright.....0.0. sscsccsecsecseoeseerenss 0 ese TREASURER’S REPORT. WITH THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 1890, TO 301m JUNE, 1891. 1891. June 30. PAYMENTS. Bo ls SALARIES AND WAGES— By PRLS HO Wise scatcscenscesosiesseetindensess 200 0 0 Pe OSE PLN Wil Si itbiea-racesiesilssescieeestatces 90 0 0 PRM OMACK SOM EE neeisetteirececscasccuertre 78 0 0 a) Vit, \YOLlipoooscagooccvopnenenavaso0co00006 62 8 0 spy AUURES AMASTIMEOM tconcapconpnceonsb00 enouD 20 16 O INCIDENTAL EXPENSES— Ponies Aner aval Neate at ali, 519 4 3 GIONS) angHodeoBobejadeLecanoonBocouec seCcenOS 22 2 8 VIEL TSEC EO eee torn mec ac aeee enna 5 12 10 > Gurney & Jackson «...........cceeeeeee 110 0 ap ROOM 0 (COs concde cenoannoKoS eudesan 5 11 6 op (ee Gio LbenGUer coonossonopsc0snoonpespon00 a 7 oy LOCKS 65 IOI! crctoosadde sandeoasdbooeDDG06 me) IL 9, Mawson & Swan .......c.ccecseseereeeee 5 6 8 no WEIR E Cs (SOI, eoanososdaccouedasquc6on6s AO @ oo WK iSriaell, soe INNeINVEScongososno09b00H0 oC @ ig) 6 »> J- Smart, for Glass ........s0ceseeeeres @ ¢ il », Corporation, for Drains ............... 6 0.0 PE MUNGIICS Der AOSa WL ONts tesdsaeresceecoae-acnnen's a, OINSTOLHOG “aconoenagnoco0n sposnovanacancouNeOenoEDO 5p JEAIETNED TM JAVA poocoaonndnnndand0HOne Séad500500000000 I. G. DICKINSON, 168 Cr. Loss ds 52 19 10 2712 8 £857 7 7 Hon. TREASURER. JOHN. D. SCOTT, E. 0. REID, } AUDITORS. 164 TREASURER’S REPORT. THE HONORARY TREASURER IN ACCOUNT ELECTRIC LIGHTING FUND 1891. - RECEIPTS. fo psi June 30. To Subscriptions to Electric Lighting Fund re- COLV CU tnate renee. innetneranar sans seaaoaeene seme 320 4 0 £320 4 0 MAINTENANCE FUND 1891, RECEIPTS. Pa ib (b To Balance-trom last; yearns. sncessseenesaceetee sarees 25) 9) 2 sy) Mrs: Barnes, Whithorn is. ...c eds sceasceeeee reece 10 0 O », Dr. Embleton ..... JcopocE qpEdoooapnanronsban Aenean 1010 O £45 19 2 TREASURER’S REPORT. 165 WITH THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 30TH JUNE, 1891. 1891. PAYMENTS. fy (Ob June 30. By Paid to Electric Supply Co.— op LTS IVENTIOT, coosagcooncoononeaenoo0ee .. £189 17 6 5 DIGG HEKG IDINBEERY coogndoncs099 connboeod 2915 3 —-—-._ 219 12 9 PURE EL OTUSOM, SLONCMVWOLK aes ssaseeessicedacsleassetrcecs 517 6 xq LIRIENIYO®’ coosaoadccoobagc00egb00cq00G00 00de0D50d000000600 94138 9 £320 4 0 I. G. DICKINSON, Hon. TREASURER. JOHN D. SCOTT, AUDITORS. E. 0. REID, 30TH JUNE, 1891. 1891. PAYMENTS. es Gl _ June 30. By Cash in Messrs. Lambton & Co.’s Bank, Grey Street, as per Maintenance Fund Account .... 45 19 2 £45 19 2 I. G. DICKINSON, Hon. TREASURER. JOHN D. SCOTT, AUDITORS. E. O. REID, 166 TREASURER’S REPORT. THE HONORARY TREASURER IN ACCOUNT CAPITAL ACCOUNT, 1891. RECEIPTS. £ June 30. To Invested in 33 per cent. Newcastle Corporation Stock, as per last Capital Account ............. ~ 2000 »» Invested in River Wear Commissioners’ 43 per cent. Stock, as per last Capital Account ...... 500 », Donations and Balance of Maintenance Fund, Alst jiteied Menlc /AVein) coposaansonqsononaoboaosoosnen000 45 £2545 s. d. TREASURER’S REPORT. 167 WITH THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 30TH JUNE, 1891. 1890. PAYMENTS. Con saad June 30. By Invested in 84 per cent. Newcastle Corporation Stockman na venshiataureecwses uu ctiues duacweatarukingdains 2000 0 0 », Invested in River Wear Commissioners’ Stock Alli Ze HOE (CBU. oocpocoannoabppo5qnone6onoceosOoceocCN: 500 0 0 », Balance of Maintenance Fund, as per Bank JN@ BOM iopocos00 s0oobeoedaqonoab OboHSGsDObEcacBoqHCo0000 45 19 2 £2545 19 2 I. G. DICKINSON, Hon. TREASURER. JNO. D. SCOTT, AUDITORS. EK. O. REID, 168 OFFICERS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. OFFICERS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, 1891-92. The following Gentlemen were elected Officers of the Natural History Society for 1891-92. PRESIDENT. The Rt. Honorable Lord Armstrong, C.B., F.R.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. The Rt. Honourable the Earl of Ravensworth. Sir W. M. Ridley, Bart., M.P. Sir Lowthian Bell, Bart , F.R.S. The Worshipful the Mayor of Newcastle. Lieut.-Col. Addison Potter, C.B. T. W. Embleton, Esq. R. R. Dees, Esq. D. Embleton, Esq., M.D., F.R.C.P. J. A. Woods, Esq. George Hare Philipson, Esq., M.D., | PeRACsR MEAG. DEC li: Thomas Bell, Esq. John Daglish, Esq. John Rogerson, Esq. J. W. Swan, Esq. Capt. A. Noble, C.B., F.R.S. Joseph Blacklock, Esq. John Coppin, Esq. D. O. Drewett, Esq. Wm. Maling, Esq. H. N. Middleton, Esq. Rey. Canon Lloyd. HON. TREASURER. I. G. Dickinson, Esq. HON. SECRETARIES. Wm. Dinning. A. H. Dickinson. COMMITTEE. Mr. C. M. Adamson. Mr. H. T. Archer. Mr. Benj. Barkus, M.D. Mr. E. J. J. Browell. Mr. R. Y. Green. Mr. N. H. Martin. Prof. G. A. Lebour, F.G.S. Rey. Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., Mr. John Pattinson. [F.R.S. Ald. J. F. Spence. Mr. A. S. Stevenson. Mr. Thos. Thompson. AUDITORS. John D. Scott. E. O. Reid. OFFICERS OF THE NATURAL HISLORY SOCIETY. 169 HONORARY CURATORS, 1891-92. ZOOLOGY. VERTEBRATA. D. Embleton, M.D. C. M. Adamson. Samuel Graham. Thos. Thompson. INVERTEBRATA. Rev. Canon Norman. N. H. Martin. C. M. Adamson. W. Dinning. Wm. Maling. Prof. Jayme Batalha-Reis. BOTANY. Rev. Henry Fox, Durham. C. E. Stuart. Rey. Wm. Johnson, Gateshead. M. G. Potter. GEOLOGY. E. J. J. Browell. J. W. Kirkby. J. Daglish. Prof. Lebour. W. Dinning. Jno. Pattinson. E. J. Garwood. | CURATOR. Richard Howse KEEPER OF THE MUSEUM. Joseph Wright. 170 LISL OF DONATIONS LIST OF EXCHANGES AND DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM AND LIBRARY OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, FROM JULY Isr, 1890, TO JUNE 30TH, 1891. AMERICAN SOCIETIES. Boston :—American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Proceedings, Vol. 16, New Series. May, 1888—May, 1889. F alt a May, 1889—May, 1890. The Academy. Boston :—Society of Natural History. Proceedings, Vol. 24, Parts 3,4. 1889—April, 1890. Memoirs, Vol. 4, Nos. 7, 8, 9. The Society. Cambridge :—Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College. Bulletin, Vol. 16, No. 9. ¥ oy AOS INOSG IA 2h), The Natural History Society shall have one hundred copies, or such additional number, at cost of produc- tion, as may be required for distribution to its members; and shall contribute towards the expenses of the Transactions in proportion to the number of copies obtained for this purpose. It shall also defray the cost of all copies now presented, or here- after agreed to be presented, to societies, public bodies, and distinguished individuals; and shall likewise contribute Ten pounds for extra illustrations. The cost of copies of catalogues and other papers, presented to the authors, shall be borne equally by the two societies. 8. A joint meeting of the committees of the two societies, or a sub-committee appointed at such joint meeting, shall deter- mine what papers shall be read at the meetings, and which shall be printed in the Transactions; and shall also arrange all matters respecting the co-operation of the two societies. 9. All papers so approved of by the committees shall be read at joint meetings of the two societies, to be convened in the evenings during the winter months. But this shall not preclude the reading of all such papers at the Field meetings, if the com- mittee of the Club shall so determine. Tea and coffee shall be be provided at the evening meetings, at the joint cost of the two societies; a small charge, however, may be made at the door to defray the expenses, if it shall be thought desirable by the joint committee. The expenses of calling the joint meetings to be equally borne by the two societies. WEA BA DAN aU 1599 TERMS OF ARRANGEMENT, . ETC. 183 10. One of the presidents of the two societies, if either be present, shall take the chair at all such meetings; if both are absent, then one of the vice-presidents of either society shall preside; and in the absence of both presidents and vice-presi- dents, the meeting shall elect a chairman. 11. The secretaries of the two societies shall co-operate in transacting the business at all such meetings; and shall jointly edit the Transactions; or such one or more of them as they shall determine. 12. The address of the President of the Club, list of officers, and members, and the Treasurer’s accounts, shall as usual be printed in the Transactions; and likewise the Report of the Natural History Society, together with its Treasurer’s accounts, list of officers, members, etc. 13. The whole arrangement to be terminable by mutual agree- ment, or by six months notice in writing on the part of either society to the other. 184 NOTES ON AGROTIS ASHWORTHII, X.—WNotes on Agrotis Ashworth. By Lurwxtyn S. Brapy. Tre moth which forms the subject of this paper must be put down as one of the most interesting of its kind to those who are interested in the study of Lepidoptera. Though there are upwards of 6,000 species known to occur on the continent of Europe—or rather in what Dr. Staudinger in his Catalogue calls ‘‘the territory of the fauna of Europe,” this including part of Asia and Africa—only 2,000 of these are to be found within this ‘half-starved corner of the universe,’’ as the British Islands have been called; and thus it is a pleasure to find at least one moth which shows good enough taste to make our islands its exclusive home, and such is the case with Agrotis Ashworthi, the insect under notice. Even within these limits it has been very fastidious in its choice of a resting place, and, so far as is known, only occurs in two or three very restricted localities in North Wales. Running in a northerly direction through Shrop- shire, Denbighshire, and Flintshire to the sea is a range of Carboniferous Limestone hills, and it is on and about the cliffs which constitute certain parts of this range that th of an inch—which pass into the intes- tine and are expelled with the contents of that canal. The ova eannot hatch except in water, but if this is reached they at once give rise to small embryos which, being ciliated, swim about freely for a few hours, ultimately dying unless they find access to the body of the intermediate bearer, Limnea truncatula, a common fresh-water snail. Attaching itself to the Zimnea, the embryo bores into the tissues of its host, and enters the body 208 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. cavity or pulmonary sac, at the same time losing its cilia and developing on its interior one or more secondary embryos called ‘“‘rediz.’’? The redia, when mature, is set free from its envelop- ing cyst, bores again into the tissues of the mollusc, and produces a number of tertiary embryos of different kinds called ‘‘cercari’’ and ‘‘daughter-rediz.”’ The cercaria is a curious tadpole-like creature, with a long tail and an anterior and posterior sucker and a distinct mouth and gullet. Having worked its way once more out of its host, the cercaria leads for a time a free life, swim- ming actively in the water. Then, attaching itself by its suckers - to some piece of grass or herbage it casts off or loses by absorp- tion, its tail, and becomes enveloped in a horny capsule or cyst. In this condition it may of course be readily eaten by a browsing sheep, and when taken into the body of that animal speedily assumes its adult form. Dr. Cobbold states that in the season of 1830-81 ‘‘ the estimated deaths of sheep from rot were between one and two millions, representing a money loss of something like four million pounds sterling,”’ and that ‘‘in the neighbour- hood of Arles alone, during the year 1812, no less than 300,000 sheep perished, and at Nimes and Montpellier 90,000. In the inner departments, during the epidemic of the years 1853-54, many cattle-breeders lost a fourth, a third, and even three- fourths of their flocks. * * * On the estate of Mr. Cramp, of the Isle of Thanet, the rot epidemic of 1824 ‘swept away £3,000 worth of his sheep in less than three months, compelling him to give up his farm.’ Scores of cases are on record where our English farmers have individually lost three, four, five, six, seven, and even eight hundred sheep in a single season; and many agriculturalists have thus become completely ruined.” These statistics refer chiefly to the first half of the present cen- tury, and since that time much has doubtless been done, by drainage of swampy land, to remedy the evil, for on dry ground it is apparent that the disease cannot maintain itself. To follow this part of our subject further would try your patience and carry me far beyond the limits of my allotted time. Much remains to be done in tracing out the life-histories of the PRESIDEN’S ADDRESS. 209 various enteric parasites, especially amongst the lower vertebrates. Scarcely any animal is exempt from some peculiar entozoon of its own; even birds have their tape-worms: whence do they come? and what animals act as their intermediate hosts? There is a little round-worm, Ascaris nigrovenosa, which passes its adult life in streams, but in a less mature condition, inhabits the air-passages of the frog. How many similar ‘‘romances of Natu- ral History”’ remain to reward the researches of a painstaking investigator ? As long ago as the year 1675 the presence of bacteria in various parts of man and other animals was made out, and the organisms admirably described by the Dutch microscopist, Leu- wenhoek. And the idea that these bodies were the real cause of diseases was eagerly seized by many pathologists. This idea, in fact, was never entirely lost sight of, and a vast amount of work was done amongst the monads by numerous observers, among whom may be especially mentioned Plenciz, O. F. Miiller, Spallanzani, and Needham. But it was not until a much more recent date that the true fertilising impulse was given,—chiefly by the wonderful researches of Pasteur and Sir Joseph Lister, — to the study of Bacteriology, the first great research of Pasteur resulting in a thorough comprehension of the nature of pébrine, —a silk-worm disease which at one time threatened utterly to destroy the great silk-industry of France; while the brilliant experiments and observations of Sir Joseph Lister may be said to have almost revolutionized the art and science of Surgery, and to have conferred inestimable benefits upon the whole human race. The ultimate effect of these researches, continued and supplemented by a host of able workers all the world over, it is impossible as yet to forecast, but it is safe to say that the sister science of Medicine must eventually reap as rich a harvest of good as has already fallen to Surgery. It may be interesting, before attempting to discuss the more recent advances of Bac- teriology to notice briefly the classical research of Pasteur as to the nature of pébrine. One of the earliest, if not quite the earliest, of researches into the life-history of morbific microbes was that undertaken by 210 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. Pasteur in 1865, as to the origin and best means of prevention of the silkworm disease called pébrine. This disease, which first came prominently into notice in the year 1853, was one which threatened by the alarming proportions which it assumed, to ruin the silk-industry of France and even of the world. In that year (1853) the quantity of silk manufactured in France was computed at 26,000,000 kilos of cocoons,—in 1865 at only: 4,000,000 kilos, this reduction being entirely attributable to the ravages of pébrine. The amount thus lost to France and Italy in thirteen years is estimated at no less than £120,000,000 sterling. It would be a mistake, however, to suppose that the disease exerting this baneful effect was by any means a new one, for M. Pasteur found that the oldest specimens which he could procure from museums and elsewhere contained the germs of the disease, and that animals even from Japan, in which country the breed remained in a practically healthy state, were likewise tainted. There can, in fact, be no doubt that the highly artificial conditions of silk culture in Europe had so far debili- tated the constitution of the moth as to make it an easy prey to the morbific germs. The disease shows itself in the form of black spots on the larva of the moth, the eggs of which do not hatch out well. The larvee themselves may die off, or if not the resulting moths are weak and the next generation still worse, the silk of the cocoons being at the same time poor both in quantity and quality. A disease affecting so important an in- dustry had naturally attracted the attention of naturalists, and in 1849 M. Guérin Méneville observed in the bodies of the affected worms minute organisms which he described as “ vibra- tory corpuscles.”’ These were also noticed and described more fully by Signor Cornalia, but nothing resulted from the re- searches. It was not until 1865, when M. Pasteur accepted from the French Government a commission to investigate the nature of the disease, that the true nature of the microbes became known. He shewed conclusively that these corpuscles were not only a symptom but were the actual cause of pébrine, that they were parasitic organisms, and that they were commu- nicated to successive generations of insects by direct contact or PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 21] by their consumption of infected leaves. He found also that worms originally infected retained sufficient vitality to produce a cocoon of good silk, but that the next generation became worthless, the disease being infallibly transmitted and thus deteriorating the offspring. The conclusion was obvious ;—the larvee were to be examined and no infected specimens were to be used for breeding purposes. This precaution, together with the substitution of a more natural condition of life by breeding in the open air, has been found sufficient to re-invigorate the stock and to keep it in good condition. No wonder, then, that this splendid achievement of M. Pasteur gave an immense 1m- petus to the investigation of microbes and of their share in the causation of disease. A new literature devoted to the subject soon sprang up and we became familiarised with many minute organisms found to be co-existent with various kinds of disease ; but it was still uncertain whether those organisms were the real cause of disease or only concomitants of the diseased processes. Tt was not until the quite modern methods of Bacterium-culti- vation were perfected—chiefly through the laborious researches of Professor Koch—that we were enabled to say ‘‘ with no shadow of doubt whatever’ that Bacteria were really the fons e¢ origo mali—not of a few diseases only, but probably of a very large proportion of the ills which flesh is heir to. The minute monads known as Bacteria present a considerable variety of form and size, and there was, up to a quite recent period, considerable doubt as to their place in nature,—whether ‘animal or vegetable. It is, however, now generally admitted that they belong to the vegetable kingdom and to the group Schizomycetes or ‘‘fission-fungi.’””? This conclusion has been arrived at chiefly from the character of their reproduction, which closely coincides with that of the fungi. Though so extremely small—varying from about 1-6,000th to 1-25,000th of an inch in diameter, their reproduction is extremely rapid, and it has been estimated by Cohn (fide Woodhead) that a single bacterium, if placed under favourable conditions, might in the course of three days produce a mass of similar organisms weigh- ing no less than seven thousand five hundred tons, the number 212 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. of individuals being 4,772 billions. It is fortunate that-the conditions favourable to such extremely rapid development are rarely or never found. Still, it would be a mistake to look upon Bacteria as altogether noxious beings. They are indeed the great scavengers of nature, seizing speedily upon dead and effete mate- rial, and by the various fermentivye and putrefactive processes which they set up reducing the highly complex constituents of organic beings to their primitive inorganic elements. Without the help of bacteria it wonld seem impossible that the cyclical changes inseparable from the course of nature could go on — that there could be that never-ceasing decay and rejuvenescence which are inseparable from life itself. This has been put very emphatically by Duclaux: ‘whenever and wherever there is _ decomposition of organic matter, whether it be the case of a herb or an oak, of a worm or a whale, the work is exclusively done by infinitely small organisms. They are the important, almost the only, agents of universal hygiene; they clear away more quickly than the dogs of Constantinople or the wild beasts of the desert the remains of all that has had life; they protect the living against the dead; they do more: if there are still living beings, if, since the hundreds of centuries the world has been inhabited, life continues, it is to them we owe it.’’* To make sure that the Bacteria found in any particular disease are the actual cause of it, it is necessary to separate the suspected species from all others,—for many forms are often found living together—to cultivate it, and by inserting these cultivations into the body of some animal, to ascertain whether the disease in question can be so produced. And it is only within quite recent years that we have been enabled to fulfil these require- ments. To avoid sources of error which would be constantly arising by the entrance of germs from the external air, it is indispensable that the apparatus and material used should be sterilised by boiling or by other exposure to sufficient heat, and cf course that all tubes or apertures leading into the air should for the same reason be hermetically sealed or sufficiently plugged. Several methods of cultivation are in use, but the most general * Woodhead: Bacteria and their Products, pp, 68, 69, PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 2138 is that of inoculating with the bacillus slips of prepared gelatine, which affords a suitable nidus for the growth of the organisms. The variety of form presented by Bacteria is very great, and it was at one time believed by not a few observers that these varia- tions indicated only phases of the life-history of a small number of species, or even that the whole series represented embryonic conditions of the higher Algee or Fungi. The reproductive pro- cess in some of the Bacteria has now, however, been sufficiently observed, and there can be no doubt that they are really mature organisms, that there are large numbers of species, and that though the same species is often capable of adapting itself to varied conditions, their vital requirements are yet very diverse. Thus some forms need oxygen for their nourishment, others live and multiply entirely without it: some are destroyed by small traces of acid in their nutrient fluid, others require the presence of acid: the products of their vital activity are also, chemically, very various, and are doubtless in many cases the chief cause of their deleterious effects on the animal organism. The repro- duction of the Bacteria, apart from growth by fission which is constantly going on with extreme rapidity, consists in the for- mation of a spore which becomes encased in a tough and dense envelope, and is thus enabled to resist adverse conditions such as drought and heat, which would speedily destroy the parent form. It has been proved that spores will, at any rate in some cases, resist temperatures of 100°, or even 130° C. (212°—266° Fahr.). But it appears that the formation of spores does not occur so long as the environment is favourable to the growth of the Bacteria; when these conditions fail and there is a prospect of death and extinction before the adult, then the case-hardened spores begin to be produced; and the fact of their great resisting power as to heat and other agencies is a sufficient explanation of the apparent success of many experiments in what has been called ‘‘ spontaneous generation.” The classification of Bacteria presents very considerable diffi- culty, many systems haying been proposed, based upon the form of the organism, its mode of reproduction and nutrition, or the products of its vital action, It will be sufficient here to state 914 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. that the various forms may be referred roughly to four typical genera, Merococcus, a spherical cell; Bacillus, a short rod-like form; Leptothriz, a long, slender thread; Spirillum, a spirally coiled thread. But in addition to these there are numerous forms of intermediate or doubtful position. Perhaps the most generally accepted primary division of the group is that indicated above, dividing it into four corresponding families under the names Sphero-bacteria, Micro-bacteria, Desmo-bacteria, Spiro-bacteria. That alcoholic fermentation is the result of the vital activity of the ‘‘ yeast-fungus” was clearly made out long ago, but it is no less certain that changes of a somewhat similar nature are brought about by the purely chemical action of certain “fer-_ ments.’’ Such is the action of diastase and ptyaline upon starches, converting them into a soluble ‘‘ grape-sugar,’’ and of pepsine upon the various proteids, turning them into soluble peptones. So that, although the suspicion was strong that many diseases might be produced by the vital action of microbes, there was yet room for the belief that simple chemical changes were the more common cause of morbid manifestations. Modern researches, however, clearly show that the organic chemical poisons,—tox-albumens and the rest—which are so hurtful to the animal economy, are themselves produced for the most part by the growth of microbes. One of the simplest and most in- telligible forms of bacterial disease is the ordinary decay or caries of teeth. It has long been known that various kinds of non- pathogenic Bacteria may be found in the mouth, teeth and gums. Some of these produce lactic acid from the sugars of the food, and this acid, acting upon the teeth, softens them and allows of the penetration of certain thread-like forms (Leptothrix) which by their growth rapidly disintegrate the tooth. Still more recent researches have proved to demonstration that many diseases—such as have been called ‘‘ zymotic,” as well as others—are caused by the attacks of special microbes, each disease having one peculiar to itself. These microbes have, in many cases, been separated, cultivated, and shown to be capable of producing their special diseases when introduced into the animal economy. Among the diseases which have been shown PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 215 to depend upon such agency, are Asiatic cholera,* typhoid fever, tetanus, anthrax, tuberculosis, leprosy, and diphtheria. Such being the case the very interesting and important question arises: How is it, the germs of these organisms being so subtle and so easily diffusible, that more of us do not fall victims to their attacks? In answering this question we must remember, in the first place, that the morbific organisms cannot live and multiply except under certain strictly limited conditions. Some of them, as for instance the typhoid bacillus, are killed by exposure to light, others by contact with acid or alkaline fluids, and all of them, probably, are subject to very rigid limitations as to environ- ment. Secondly, an extremely interesting series of observations by Metschnikoff and others have shown it to be probable that, in the healthy condition of the body, the tissue cells are capable of destroying,—eating up, as it were, and assimilating,—any bacteria that may obtain a lodgment about them. And not only this,—by the irritant action of the parasites, the healthy tissue cells are stimulated to extra growth, throwing out round the affected centres numerous active “‘ phagocytes,’’ which thus form a sort of advanced guard rendy to attack any fresh battalions of the enemy. And in this way, supposing the assaulted organism to possess sufficient vigour for an unwonted cell-proliferation, the attacking force is destroyed and driven out.. But, on the other hand, if the system is enervated at the outset, its cells below par in point of vitality, and especially if the invading host be too numerous,—then the phagocytes become an ineffective force, they die or degenerate, incapable of coping with their antagon- ists, and the fortress may have to surrender at discretion. And though the observations on which these ideas are built still need repetition and confirmation—though they may indeed be proved to be to a considerable extent erroneous, it seems nevertheless likely that they contain germs of truth. They at any rate enable us to understand how it is that a body in vigorous health is able to repel the attacks of infectious Bacteria, and how, when the microbes have effected a lodgment, perfect rest of body and the maintenance of animal heat constitute the most important * This is disputed, however, by Dr. Klein. 216 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. aids to recovery, inasmuch as they lessen organic waste, and so minimise the drain of nutriment, leaving more of it available for that cell-proliferation which is essential to the destruction of the invading microphytes. One of the most interesting points brought out by the study of Bacteria is connected with the causation of the formidable disease known as tetanus or lock-jaw. It is well known that Bacteria of various kinds exist abundantly in earth, and especi- ally in the superficial layers of soil: among these is found a peculiar species of ‘‘drum-stick’” shape, which has been shown to be the active cause of tetanus. This bacillus occurs most abundantly, it is said, in woods and cultivated gardens, but appears to be somewhat capricious in its distribution. It is one of the ‘‘anerobic’’ bacilli—that is to say, it grows only when excluded from contact with the air; and artificially it can be cultivated only in an atmosphere such as that of hydrogen gas. That tetanus can be produced by the insertion of particles of bacilliferous soil beneath the skin of various animals has been abundantly proved, and it has long been known that, in the human subject, the injuries most likely to result in tetanus are deep, penetrating wounds produced by such bodies as rusty or dirty nails, or wounds into which foreign matters have been roughly conveyed. In the one case the deep character of the wound sccures the absence of air, thus allowing the growth of the organism; in the other, the suppuration produced on the surface of the bruised and disorganised tissues protects the materies morbe by its purulent film from aerial contact. With this information it is easy to account for such cases as the fol- lowing—of which I have had personal knowledge :—A person in paring the edge of a toe-nail produces an apparently trivial wound between the side of the nail and the overlapping skin: neglecting the ordinary precautions of cleanliness, and going about as usual, the wound shortly inflames, tetanic symptoms appear, and the patient dies. Again, a man is thrown violently from a trap, alighting on his hands at the side of the road; the palm of one hand is greatly bruised and lacerated, and the earth of the road is inextricably driven in among the torn tissues, PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. BAT Here also fatal tetanus supervened. It surely is not too much to hope that with our present knowledge of its pathology cures may be effected, at any rate in some of the less severe cases of this dreadful complaint. It seems certain that the poisoned arrows used by savages owe their lethal effects to an earth- poison, and that the symptoms they produce are usually tetanic in character. Bishop Patteson and Commodore Goodenough died in this way, and Dr. Ledantic gives the following interesting description of the arrows: ‘‘ They are about three feet in length ; the shaft is made of a reed, then comes a middle portion com- posed of hard wood, and lastly a point which is usually composed of a fragment of human bone, which is carefully sharpened to a very fine point, and is so fixed that it readily snaps off on the slightest shock. With a sticky substance obtained from an in- cision made in the bark of a tree, the point composed of the fragment of bone is smeared. This fluid, on exposure to the air, becomes thicker and of a more viscid consistence. Thread is then wound in a spiral direction round and round the sticky point. A quantity of soil from the edge of a mangrove-swamp is taken in a cocoa-nut shell, or some similar vessel, and into this the arrow-head is plunged. It is then carefully dried in the sun, after which the thread is removed, when a roughened point covered with a film of dry mud and dust is left. In this mud there are probably both septic vibrios and tetanus bacilli; the former, however, are rapidly killed by exposure to the sun, whilst the tetanus bacillus of Nicobaier, which developes a well- formed spore at one extremity, may remain active for months and even years, although, as the savages well know, the poison generally becomes more and more attenuated, until old arrows are known to become entirely inoffensive, except as mere me- chanical weapons of warfare or hunting.’’* | To bring before you, even in the most superficial manner, anything like a complete account of recent researches amongst Bacteria, or even to epitomize the more interesting amongst such observations, would lead me far beyond the limits which can be allowed to this already too long address. * Woodhead; Bacteria and their Products, pp. 294, 295. 218 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. The practical outcome of the matter’is that, although we can scarcely hope at present to compass the complete destruction of bacilli within the human body, we may at any rate do very much to prevent their dissemination and to destroy them outside of the organism. And it is possible that the practice of inoculation, on which Pasteur’s treatment of hydrophobia depends, may be found applicable in other diseases. Hydrophobia has not indeed been proved to depend upon the presence of a microbe, but the general course of the disease leads to the belief in such an origin; and it seems certain that it is not the mere presence of the microbes, but the presence of morbid products produced by their growth which is really the proximate cause of disease and death. Such is certainly the case, for instance, in diphtheria. And it has been found that pure cultures of bacilli grown out- side of the human body, lose gradually in the course of genera- tions much of their poisonous character. Acting upon this knowledge Pasteur begins his treatment of hydrophobia by in- jecting in the first place a weak culture of the hydrophobia virus—whatever that may be—gradually increasing the strength of the injection, time after time, until, as it is supposed, the system acquires a tolerance of the poison, and in this way any ill effects which might have resulted from the previous bite of a rabid animal are nullified. Whether the treatmeut has been actually successful does not appear to me quite certain. It is a matter which from its very nature must be difficult of proof, while the possibility of inoculating a patient with so dreadful a disease is a thing almost too hideous to contemplate. Leaving the subject of disease, it is interesting to note that Bacteria seem also to be the cause of the colour-stains which frequently make their appearance in decaying substances such as bread, milk, and gelatine; and that they are probably to a large extent the active agents in the phenomena of phosphorescence. NEW MEMBERS. 219 The following gentlemen were elected members of the Club during the year 1891-2 :— At the Anniversary Murtine, May 22nd, 1891 :—Henry E. Taylor, Whickham, Newcastle; L. 8. Brady, Mowbray Villas, Sunderland; Francis Guyner, Beech Holme, Sunderland; M. C. Potter, F.L.S., Durham College of Science, Newcastle; Rev. W. F. A. Ellison, B.A., Tudhoe, Spennymoor; G. B. Bainbridge, Claremont House, Newcastle. At Marspen Mertine, October 15th :—R. N. Kerr, Secretary, Dundee Naturalists’ Society, Dundee. At Eventne Merrine, April 5th, 1892:— Arthur Herbert Hoffman, L.R.C.P., Linden House, Humshaugh, North Tyne; Wilfred Lawson, 1 Durham Street, Elswick Road, Newcastle. The following places were selected for Firtp Murrtnes, 1892: URUNE GTM san ds cee +e Embleton and Dunstanbro’. JUNE 23RD AND 24TH...... Knaresborough and neighbourhood. die PUTLEHR 6 aie Cerone eee Hedgeley and the Breamish. JNUCUSE DUNGY oreo nieieitoon Barnard Castle and Bowes Museum. SEPPEMBER QUST, 0.25... Lanchester and Creencroft. WOMOBUR Tees ae os vie os aca Tynemouth. TREASURER’S REPORD. 220 “AMLSAOT “S “£ “petsig ‘J09IT0D PUNOT puL SLOYONOA YIM porvdu0gV—'ZEsT ‘YoIVPL STS i) NL ILM Gy 3 z G9 eee trees eee Rs 972) (29 9 I 9 0 PUiniictral mehoutailcitelk=plotiallo Maite setzpung c FI I eel eleioMslielcMaleliuiie O06 990480 q a 91 G vooaad coOOooO ROO ° TWOTSSTULULO/) QO fej 9° POPES ES AYN) yf AUATNOLP py OMG SOL stool e & ZL “OG8T ‘sosuodxa sotmejoro0g Ag og “UG “og ce 66 66 (x5 (13 4 “TS “09d “T68T 8) IL Uy bh aie hig SMOTJIVSUBIT, Jo apeg “* a eee suorydriosqng ce goon onto ob abo OO “+5 gouureg oy, ‘une ‘L681 INQOOOV SANT) CTA SLSTIVAOLVN AGISHNAL £0 UAUASVAUL AO LOVELSAY OFFICE BEARERS, 221 The following gentlemen were elected Officers of the Club for 1892-93 :— PRESIDENT. Brot Gi. Os brady, MeAy MED, 1i.D:, Eons. VicE-PRESIDENTS. Joseph Blacklock, Esq. D. O. Drewett, Esq. William Maling, Esq. EX-OFFICIO. D. Embleton, Esq., M.D. Rey. Canon Tristram, F.R.S. Rey. Canon Norman, F.R.S. E. J. J. Browell, Esq., J.P. Rey. G. R. Hall, M.A., F.I.A. G. H. Philipson, Esq., M.D. A. 8. Stevenson, Esq., J.P. Rev. J. M. Hick, B.A. Prof. G. 8. Brady, F.R.S. John Philipson, Esq., J.P. Hon. TREASURER. R. Y. Green. Hon. SECRETARIES. Richard Howse | Thomas Thompson. Faraday Spence. CoMMITTEE. Rev. Wm. Johnson. G. H. Philipson, M.D. John Philipson. Edward C. Robson. J. F. Spence. Col. J. R. Young. T. W. Backhouse. E. J. J. Browell. Wm. Dinning. D. Embleton, M.D. John Glover. Rev. J. M. Hick. AUDITORS. J. S. Forster. | Arthur Tranah. 222 REPORT OF THI} COMMITTEE. NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF NORTHUMBERLAND, DURHAM, AND NEWCASTLE- UPON-TYNE. ANNUAL MEETING, 28TH SEPTEMBER, 1892. REPORT FOR 1891-1892. Tur Committee, in presenting their Report for the past year to the members of the Natural History Society, have to mention in the first place that the general work of the Museum and the increase of the collections—the number of members and the financial position of the Society—the attendance of the general public and the amount of fees taken at the door for admission— have been much the same as in the preceding year. The amount of fees for admission is £196: 18: 10, which is a slight decrease from the receipts of last year. This deficiency occurred at Whitsuntide, when owing perhaps to the remarkably fine weather at that time, and also partly to the long-continued strikes in the neighbourhood, the receipts for the week shewed a decrease of £14 compared with the receipts for the same week in former years. The total number of admissions from June 80th, 1891, to June 25th, 1892, was about 30,000. This num- ber compares favourably with the attendance in former years, though it indicates the attendance of a greater number of young people. The permanent installation of the electric light into all the rooms of the Museum was mentioned in the last report, and a RRPORT OF THE COMMITTEE. 223 list of subscribers to the Electric Lighting Fund was given in full, as also the recommendation of the Committee to continue the opening of the Museum on Saturday evenings from 7 o’clock to9p.m. This has been continued through the year with the following result :—The cost of lighting for two hours is about 18/6. The fees taken for admission vary from 1/3 to (on one occasion only) 17/10, the average being 6/3. The loss for the Saturday evenings during the year amounts to about £18 : 0: 0, excluding the heavy charge of £14: 0: 0 for the annual rental of the transformers. Having regard to the continued loss on the evening lighting of the Museum the Committee feel that they cannot recommend its continuance during the coming winter. Mention was made in the former Report of a recommendation by the Committee and other officers of the Society to erect a Mural Tablet to the Memory of John and Albany Hancock in the Entrance Hall of the Museum. This resolution was formally endorsed and approved of at the last General Meeting of the Society, when it was agreed that the design for the Hancock Memorial Tablet should be left in the hands of the Sub-com- mittee previously appointed to report on this subject. The following is the Report of the Sub-committee appointed to consider the details of the Memorial Tablet. Report read 2nd December, 1891 :— ‘‘The Sub-committee appointed 7th February, 1891, to con- sider and report on the details of the proposed Hancock Memorial, beg to say that they first consulted Mr. R. J. Johnson respecting the form of the Memorial Tablet and received several designs from him, one of which, with modifications of the style of orna- mentation, they have agreed to recommend for adoption. They found it also desirable to have the advice and assistance of Mr. Craggs on various points of their enquiries, and he has furnished them with a full-sized drawing of the proposed Tablet with the style of ornamentation recommended. They consulted him also on the kind of stone to be used; and he has undertaken to submit to the Committee a full-sized drawing of the lettering and the inscription. 224 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE. The Sub-committee recommend that the full-sized design now presented be adopted, and that the Tablet be made of clear Sicil- ian marble and the ornamental frame of variegated alabaster. They also recommend that the Tablet be supported on two corbels of sandstone similar to the walls of the building, and that the inscription be in plain letters, cut in and gilt. Finally they recommend that Mr. Cragg’s estimate for £100 be accepted and that the commission be given to him to carry out.”’ This report was formally adopted by the Committee. They also decided to accept Mr. Cragg’s estimate for the execution of the same, which, with the approved alteration in size of the Tablet, amounts to the sum of £100. After mature consideration, and the expression of a wish on the part of many members of the Society to subscribe to a Fund for the erection of a Memorial Tablet, it was determined to issue a circular to all the members. The sum already subscribed amounts to £154: 8 : 6, which has been readily contributed by the following members :— LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS TO THE HANCOCK MEMORIAL. 2 Be Gl a See W. L, Anderson............ He OO Brought up......£50 2 0 BL, 105 2RENOP ooaasyocoasan00 0 10> 65)) hos’) Bradys -o-.) seeceeesees 010 0 Lord Armstrong, C.B., do (Ob JARO Geccodconoban0- 2 2 0 RGRSauncteceeetecera 10) (080) | Edad. Browellepa-teeee ee ew Lady Armstrong ....-.... 10 0 0} Si B.C. Browne ......... 2°2 0 Wm. Watson-Armstrong. 1 0 0O| L. Brunel..............-..e00 iL ail @ E. M. Bainbridge ......... 5 0 0} John Burnup ............... Th Wen) Thos. H. Bainbridge....... 1 0 Of Adam Carse ...........0000 010 O Benj. Barkus, M-D. ...... 1 0 0) R. C.Clephan .-.---. 05-0106 Mrs, Barnes ........0-.s+000 10 0 Oj} Wm. Cochrane ............ 0 Sir Lowthian Bell, Bart., John Coppin «:2.....s.c0 TE La TOLLE ostqcoccogotgecs0c 5 O O| BR. RB. Dees «....c.ccecccensns 2 0 -0 AUTO, IGM coccoosbéonancan0b 010 6] I. G. Dickinson............. eile 0) Joseph Blacklock ......... 1 1 0} Wm. Dinning...........+:0. L0G ZK BY (0) Carried oversee £65 2 REPORT eRe al Brought over...... £65 2 Sir Raylton Dixon......... 1 il Waynman Dixon ......... fl oil Edwin Dodds............... 0 10 Mrs. Drewett .. ..........5. iL @ Capt. Carr-Ellison. ....... 1 0 D. Embleton, M.D. ...... 5 0 Thos. W. Embleton ...... 10 10 Geo. A. Fenwick ......... 2 0 Geo. Freeman............... 1 il A Friend, per W. D....... 0 10 Uo Sb LORIE S6eacono06e8000 1 0 CaJeGipbs MD) ..3.5.5. 1 1 Sam]. Graham ............ 0 10 Re YRGreenis cc scsdsseciesse nO) Miss A. Hancock ......... Lyk Chas. J. Hancock ......... 3 John Hancock ............ al John H. Hancock ......... A T. A. Hancock .........++ Sigel John Harvey «-+.-...0....5 i il Miss Harvey .....-......0+ iL. il Armorer Hedley............ 0 10 Thos. Hodgkin, D.C.L.... 1 0 W. H. Holmes ............ i @ Richd. Howse.............+ 0 10 James Joicey, MP. ...... D2 Aolna, JPEN d.coscoseecedeco o6 ea Rey. Canon Lloyd, D.D.. 1 1 Richd. Luckley ............ 0 10 \A/it, NY EN ORR Rape eS Let Ilo 181, Wilendnitth coooeee eopoeds i. i Mrs. Mawson ...........0.68 £113 16 0 | OF THE COMMITTEE. ecooaoacooaoeoeanoococoeoocooaesaocoooscoseeo eee fF oF &: fy Ok Brought up... £113 16 0 JEG It, Wile scoocoone800 bl 0 H. N. Middleton ......... a & (0) C. W. Mitchell ........... 5 lh i © Thos. Morgan...........066 1 10 Capt. Noble, C.B., F.R.S. 10 0 0 John Pattinson .... ....06 tit © M. J. Pelegrin ........6+5 1 1 0 | G. H. Philipson, M.D. ... 2 2 0 | WioBieRetdisrccassescnscceac 1 an!) Miss 8. A. Richardson... 1 0 0O Robert Robson ............ L a @ | John Rogerson ............ i @ © W. J. Sanderson ......... 1 1 0 Henry Scott ......:00.cee0. i i © | John D. Scott ... ........ 010 6 | Miss Shaw ..........scceeees i il @ | Prof, Somerville............ Ne leen | J. EF. Spence ......... Gacces iC Ik © [EE (Sivas ccooasoaooonns 010 0 JBl, a ShWDNbonsoccsqcanbo000 1 1 0 John G. Swan ........060. 1 i © Jos. W. SWan........-see0es 3 3 0 Jolnn Wey scnoooesb0000n0 2 B @ Thos. Thompson.. ......... 5 0 0 | John D. Walker............ 010 6G lenHe Be Wretsoni.seict.ee faces i it © Mrs. Watson ......s.sseeees toi @ ds fob \AVEHISOMN cooscocopopna0e 1 1 0 | RichdS Welford). e-:..--. 010 6 | Chyatt, WS TRING “eons i O © John A. Woods ............ 220) Col. Young s..s..s. veeesees 22) .0 £166 8 6 In order further to perpetuate the memory and recognize the skill and labours of Mr. John Hancock, the Rev. Canon Tristram proposed to the Committee the desirability of establishing a Hancock Prize or Medal, to be awarded periodically by the Natural History Society for original memoirs or essays on some 226 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE. local subject connected with the Natural History of this district. The Reverend Canon undertakes to obtain the amount necessary to form a Fund for this purpose, if the Committee will under- take the duty of awarding the prize by appointing a Sub-com- mittee of its members or others to adjudicate on any essays that may be communicated. The Committee have cordially endorsed Canon Tristram’s proposal, and as this matter is still in course of arrangement, it need only be mentioned at present that the sum of £60 has already been promised for this purpose. Since the date of the last Report an arrangement has been made with the Council of the College of Science for the temporary use, by the Professor of Agriculture, and the Demonstrator in Biology and Botany, of the Lower West Corridor and one of the work- rooms. These have been fitted up by the Council of the College in accordance with an agreement with this Society. The lectures and demonstrations connected with both these departments of the College have been conveniently and satisfactorily conducted in these rooms during the last two sessions. During the year the Society has had to mourn the loss of another of its older and influential members, John Coppin, Esq., of Bingfield, Northumberland. Always a lover of Natural His- tory and an encourager of others in the same pursuits, Mr. Coppin at all times gave his warm sympathy and generous assistance towards the objects the Society had in view. So much so was this a matter of importance with him, that he has with much foresight and noble generosity bequeathed the sum of £2,000 to the Trustees of the Society to form a Fund towards the main- tenance of an efficient Curator for the Museum. Several important and valuable donations have been made during the year to the Museum collections, which call for special mention in this report, and the thanks of the Society. The Ornithological collections have been further enriched through the generosity of Frederic Raine, Esq., formerly of Durham, who has lately presented his most valuable and exten- sive collection of the eggs and nests of British and European birds contained in five large cabinets. Only a few years ago My. Raine presented his splendid collection and Cabinet of British REPORT OF THE COMMITTER. 227 Lepidoptera. These Cabinets will be all arranged in the Upper West Corridor, and will form Cabinets of Reference for students and others engaged in active Ornithological studies. For many years the Society has been much indebted to Mr. Chas. M. Adamson, one of the Honorary Curators of the Museum, for the gift of a collection of Foreign Lepidoptera from Upper Burmah, collected by his son, Major Adamson. These specimens were not only presented but mounted and arranged in the cases in the Zoological Room by the same gentleman. Mr. Thomas J. Bewick has obligingly presented a large case and specimens illustrating the process of washing and dressing lead-ore and the manufacture of lead, which will shortly be placed in one of the corridors. A remarkably large and fine specimen of Hematite or Kidney Iron-ore from the Whitehaven district has also been presented by the same gentleman. Mr. George Allan, a former donor to the collections, who is at present travelling in South Africa, has recently presented an in- teresting collection of Antelope Horns from Swazieland, and a few implements and articles of dress and other curiosities from the same district for the Ethnological collections. A few months ago Hugh F. Boyd, Esq., of the Temple, Lon- don, on behalf of the executors of his late sister, Miss Julia Boyd, offered to the Society a large collection of native imple- ments, carvings, and manufactures from New Zealand and other _ islands of the South Seas, and a collection of corals, minerals, and plants collected by Miss Boyd, who expressed a wish that — her collections should find a resting place in the Newcastle Museum. The collection has now been accepted. It contains a fine series of some of the rarer New Zealand Bird-skins, large fragments of rare Maori carving, a collection of New Zealand plants, chiefly ferns, some interesting minerals from the Volcanic district of Tarawera in the North Island, and a large collection of native mats, cloth made of the bark of trees, flax, etc., and also a large assortment of corals and shells. A detailed account of these will be found among the general donations, a list of which will be appended to the Report. 228 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE. The Hon. Treasurer’s Financial Report shews a balance in hand at the end of the year of £139 : 11: 10. This Lalance compares favourably with former years when it is shewn that some large items have been paid for the painting of the outside of the building and for cases for the gallery of the Central, Bird Room. The Committee regret that the Hon. Treasurer, Mr. I. G. Dickinson, who has lately left this city to reside in the South of England, has in consequence been obliged to resign the office which he has so advantageously held for the benefit of the Society during the last four years. Twelve new members have been elected during the year. The Society has lost five by resignation and five by death, leaving a total of. 821 members. The following were elected members between June 80th, 1891, and June 30th, 1892 :— Barkas, Charles, Grainger Street. Brady, Dr. G. 8., M.D., F.R.S., etc., 2, Mowbray Villas, Sunderland, ~ Gillespie, J. J., Eskdale Terrace, Newcastle. Gillespie, Thos., Winton House, Morpeth. Laidlaw, Percy Oban, 1, Portland Terrace. Milling, E., 14, Framlington Place. Morrison, James Gordon, 212, Portland Road. Richardson, James Alaric, South Ashfield. Robinson, N. Johnson, Preston Tower, North Shields. Sisson, James A., Ascog Villa, Ryton. Somerville, Dr. William, Durham College of Science. Spence, C. J., South Preston Lodge, North Shields. REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE. 229 ABSTRACT OF MINUTES. J. F. SPENCE, Esq, CHAIRMAN. The Hon. Secretary read the Committee’s Report for 1891-2. Moved by the Chairman and seconded by Mr. J. Pattinson :— “That the Report now read be adopted.”’ In the unavoidable absence of the Hon. Treasurer the Secre- tary read the Financial Reports, pp. 230-235. Moved by Mr. G. R. Brewis and seconded by Mr. J. Philipson : “That the Financial Reports be adopted.” Mr. K. O. Reid moved and Mr. H. T. Archer seconded :— ‘‘That the following gentlemen be elected officers of the So- ciety for 1892-3.” (See List of Officers, page 236). Moved by Mr. J. Philipson and seconded by Mr. R. Y. Green: ‘‘That the thanks of the Society be given to the late Hon. Treasurer, I. G. Dickinson, Esq., for his valuable services to the Society, and that he be elected a Vice-President of the Society.” Carried by acclamation. The following resolution, proposed by Mr. J. Pattinson :— ‘‘That as Lord Armstrong had expressed a wish that the ex- periment of keeping open the Museum on Saturday evenings should be continued, his Lordship’s wish should be agreed to.”’ A vote of thanks, moved by Mr. J. Pattinson and carried unanimously, was given to the Chairman for his services in the chair. 930 TREASURER’S REPORT. THE HONORARY TREASURER IN ACCOUNT Dr. CURRENT ACCOUNT FROM 301x JUNE, 1892. RECEIPTS. £) send: June 30. Lo Balancevof last Account o-ee-e---e-c-e--eeeeeeeee at a 5, Members’ Subscriptions ..... ..csseccoee sosseoseenes 327 8 0 sa Admission Lees ccenameweeeesseeohaceeesees ses eceeeene 196 18 10 5, Interest on Stock :— Newcastle Corporation, £2,000, 33 per cent. Stock, less Income Tax.. £68 5 0 Wear Commissioners, £500, 43 per cent. Stock, less Income Tax ... 2118 8 90 3 8 », Guides-to Museum sold> .............cscccssernesenene 414 0 ,, Donation, Durham College of Science ............ 25 0 0 s £902 12 0O TREASURER’S REPORT. 231 WITH THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 1891, TO 30rn JUNE, 1892. Cr. 1892. PAYMENTS. és Gk, “23 Be Gls June 30. By Salaries and Wages :— Richard Howse .........essssseeeeeeee 200 0 O Jose phi Waehtiewcscsmceecsearseceres 10 © © NOM ACKSONMesrmeaceeccscereaceeeees 8610 0 Wit aVOutiiccoteccecsscceanasces sects 65 8 0 Mrs se Aisi NSOMsaneecsenecinenseeecisae 24 4 0 466 2 0 », Incidental Expenses :— Bowes & Co., Coal ............s000es 6 7 6 GasiCom Cokelrnnssteccsaeecnsss ees: 2G 2B @ Rae ea ay acsssce eatin otiss ie ied Water Com Wateliasccc-css-eceaemeeces 610 4 Electric Supply Co................066 BO 9N 2 SETTING Bsbaceoo \soberjodadedacesacanGaco 23 3 0 Taxes—Income, Land, and House 416 0 Advertisements ......... secssesceeses 2 8 106 12 9 », Lradesmen’s Accounts :— John Bell & Co., Printing.,....... 28 0 O Robson & Son, Cabinet Work ... 42 3 Gurney & Jackson, Books ......... 110 0 Wilkinson & Simpson, Chemicals 410 2 Walker & Son, Hardware ......... iat @ Dinning & Cooke...........c.cseseeee Wey 7 G. G. Laidler, Painting........... 73 0 8 Sopwith & Co., Cases ...........000 25 4 0 Ferguson, Cartage ........csserssee 8 010 158 2 6 », Joseph Wright, Sundry Accounts .. ............0 21 12 11 x oe (ERENT? ‘cponcodoononnsenodsa6ns600000 10 0 9 PU CHEQUCHBOOKS® 1c sscusssesdersdineecaseeclesneacwaere recess 010 0 a5 JSD Tn IBEMNS —Gagovoocanbononpcc006ond000060000900000 139 11 10 £902 12 0 I. G@. DICKINSON, Hon. TREASURER. 24th September, 1892. Examined and found correct, 30th Sept., 1892. JNO. D. SCOTT, AUDITORS. E. O. REID, Q 232 TREASURER’S REPORT. THE HONORARY TREASURER IN ACCOUNT ELECTRIC LIGHTING FUND, 1892. £s. d June 80. To Balance from last ACCOUNt .....csccecesecvscecesscees 9413 9 5» Microscopical Society, for lighting .....0ss.ssersere 011 0 FF SUDSCHIPLLON, Pel dey Wl St) te cemseases en selene ener 1 SVG £96 6 3 HANCOCK MEMORIAL FUND, 1892. 8. June 30. To Subscriptions received .......ssssccesssersessercereeses 132 2 TREASURER’S REPORT. 933 WITH THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 30TH JUNE, 1892. 1892. & & 6b June 30. By Electric Supply Co. ..........seceeceees ecco 28 IE) O t aoG oh AAR VENTS 0k OR et 8 1316 8 I) 15 », Dinning & Cooke, Gas Fittings ..........c0s.seeeeee 69 2 10 99. BRNRTEBocqe0G00000000080000 no0o00D0Va00nDD0B0000R00000N000008 Qo ® £96 6 3 30TH JUNE, 1892. 1892. £ os. d. June 30. By Advertisements ......-.sscssscssessescersesssseeceeses 310 8 mp ERVIN Ti JPATIR ognoseqsopaoosaq5cq0anq000nb40D0q05000 128 11 10 £1382 2 6 I. G. DICKINSON, Hon. TREASURER. 24th September, 1892. Examined and found correct, 30th Sept., 1892. JNO. D. SCOTT, AUDITORS. E. O. REID, 234 TREASURER’S REPORT. THE HONORARY TREASURER IN ACCOUNT CAPITAL ACCOUNT, 1891. £° 9d. June 80. To Invested in 33 per cent. Newcastle Corporation Stock, as per last Capital Account ............ 2000 0 0 »» Invested in River Wear Commissioners’ 43 per cent. Stock, as per last Capital Account ...... 500 0 0 » Balance of Maintenance Fund, as per Bank IN@GCOLNN Facoadoonaccosd0cqonno0oB20bNR000C00R000000000000 45 19 2 £2545 19 2 MAINTENANCE FUND, sao: To Balance trom lastayear -eqssslacnssecseaeoles-iesseacesecee ee nteaeenne 4519 2 TREASURER’S REPORT. 935 WITH THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 30TH JUNE, 1892. 1892. £ June 30. By Invested in 33 per cent. Newcastle Corporation Stockiecmecssecdeccsscecsseendecdeccnescodscee feon000 2000 0 0 », Invested in River Wear Commissioners’ Stock Bs Ges TUBE GBB, oooseadnansgonondovoaKqHeNS “oN000, uH00e0 500 0 0 », Balance of Maintenance Fund, as per Bank ACCOUNtscbedeseeesseseceeseessle Parecienecnmanscamaetess 45 19 2 £2545 19 2 I. G. DICKINSON, Hon. TREASURER. Examined and found correct, 30th Sept., 1892. JNO. D. SCOTT, AUDITORS. _E. 0. REID, 30TH JUNE, 1892. 1892. oe al June 30. By Cash in Messrs. Lambton & Co.’s Bank, Grey street, as per Bank Book «....2.....0..sseee-roe 45 19 2 I. G. DICKINSON, - Hon. TREASURER. 24th September, 1892. Examined and found correct, 30th Sept., 1892. JNO. D. SCOTT, AUDITORS. E. O. REID, 236 OFFICERS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. OFFICERS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, 1892-93. ) The following Gentlemen were elected Officers of the Society for 1892-938. PATRONS. His Grace the Duke of Northumberland. The Right Rey. the Lord Bishop of Durham. The Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of Newcastle. PRESIDENT. The Right Honourable Lord Armstrong, C.B., F.R.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. The Right Honourable the Earl of Ravensworth. Sir M. White Ridley, Bart., M.P. Sir Lowthian Bell, Bart., F.R.S. The Worshipful the Mayor of Newcastle. Lieut.-Col. Potter, C.B. T. W. Embleton, Esq. Capt. A. Noble, C.B., F.R.S. R. R. Dees, Esq. Joseph Blacklock, Esq. D. Embleton, Esq., M.D., etc. D. O. Drewett, Esq. J. A. Woods, Esq. Wm. Maling, Esq. G. H. Philipson, Esq., M.D., ete. H. N. Middleton, Esq. Thomas Bell, Esq. Rev. Canon Lloyd, D.D. John Daglish, Esq. Alex. S. Stevenson, Esq. John Rogerson, Esq. C. M. Adamson, Esq. J. W. Swan, Esq. I. G. Dickinson, Esq. HON. TREASURER. Thomas Thompson, Esq. HON. SECRETARIES. Wm. Dinning. | A. H. Dickinson. COMMITTEE. Mr. H. T. Archer. Prof. G. A. Lebour, F.G.S. Mr. E. J. J. Browell. Rey. Canon Norman, F.R.S., ete. Mr. Robt. C. Clephan. Mr. Frederick Page. Mr. Samuel Graham. Mr. John Philipson. Mr. R. Y. Green. Mr. John Pattinson. Mr. N. H. Martin. Mr. J. F. Spence. AUDITORS. John D. Scott. | LE. O. Reid. OFFICERS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 237 HONORARY CURATORS, 1892-93. ZOOLOGY. VERTEBRATA. D. Embleton, M.D. C. M. Adamson. Samuel Graham. Thos. Thompson. INVERTEBRATA. Rev. Canon Norman. N. H. Martin. C. M. Adamson. W. Dinning. Wm. Maling. BOTANY. Rev. Henry Fox, Durham. C. E. Stuart. Rev. Wm. Johnson. M. G. Potter. GEOLOGY. E. J. J. Browell. J. W. Kirkby. J. Daglish. Prof. Lebour. W. Dinning. Jno. Pattinson. E. J. Garwood. | CURATOR. Richard Howse. KEEPER OF THE MUSEUM. Joseph Wright. 238 LIST OF DONATIONS LIST OF EXGHANGES AND DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM AND LIBRARY OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, From JULY 1st, 1891, ro JUNE 307u, 1892. AMERICAN SOCIETIES. Boston :—Society of Natural History. Proceedings, Vol. 25, Parts 1,2. May, 1890—Dec., 1890. _ The Society. Cambridge :—Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College. Bulletin, Geol. Ser., Vol. 2; Whole Ser., Vol. 16, No. 10. A) Vol. 21, Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5. ee 5) 22, Nos. 1, 2, 8, 4. Ae 5, 28, Nos. 1, 2. Memoirs, Vol. 17, No. 2. ‘5 », 14, No. 2. Annual Report of the Curator. 1890-91. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Mineapolis :—Minnesota Academy of Natural Science. Bulletin, Vol. 3, No. 2. The Academy. New York :—Academy of Science and Lyceum of Nat. History. Annals, Vol. 5, Nos. 1, 2, 8, extra. February, 1891. The Academy. Philadelphia :—Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings, Parts 2,3, 1891; Part 1, 1892. The Academy. Philadelphia ;—American Philosophical Society. Proceedings, Vol. 29, No. 135. ; 7 a »» 29, 5, 186. July—Dec., 1891. ” 9, 30, 5, 137. Jan., 1892. List of Members, 1892. The Society. Rochester :—Academy of Science. Vol. 1. Brochure 2. 189]. The Academy. Salem :—American Association for the Advancement of Science. Proceedings, 39th Meeting, Indianapolis. 1890, The Association. Springfield :— Geological Survey of Illinois. Geology and Palxontology, Vol. 8. Mr. Alexander Batters. TO THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 239 Trenton, New Jersey :—New Jersey Natural History Society. Journal, Vol. 2, No. 2. Jan., 1891. Washington :— Smithsonian Institution Bureau of Ethnology. Omaha and Ponka Letters. J.O. Dorsey. 1891. Catalogue of Prehistoric Works East of Rocky Mountains, by Cyrus Thomas. 1891. Contributions to American Ethnology, Vol. 6. 1890. Algonquian Languages, by J. C. Pilling. Washington, Smithsonian Institution. Annual Report, 1889, 1890-91. Contributions to Knowledge (No. 801), Vol. 27. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, Nos. 594, 663, 785. The Institution. Washington :—Smithsonian Institution, U.S. National Museum. Proceedings, Vol. 18. 1890. Bulletin, 41, 42. Report of U.S. National Museum. 1889. The Institution. Washington :—United States Geological Survey. Bulletins 62, 65, and 67-81. 10th Annual Report, Vols. 1,2. The Director of U.S. Geol. Survey. Washington :—Department of Agriculture. N.A. Fauna. No. 5. The U.S. Department of Agriculture. BRITISH SOCIETIES. Berwick-upon-Tweed :—Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club. Vol. 12, No. 8. 1890. » 13, No.1. 1892. The Club. Cardiff :—Naturalists’ Socvety. Report and Transactions, Vol. 22, Part 2. 1890. as is zoe 1891. The Society. Dublin :— Royal Society. Scientific Proceedings, Vol. 6, New Ser., 10. a an saat lis 0 Parts, 1, 2. Transactions, Vol. 4 (Ser. 2), Parts 6, 7, 8. The Society. Edinburgh :—Botanical Society. Transactions and Proceedings, Vol. 19, pp. 89, 190, and 191-231. The Society. Edinburgh :—Geological Socvety. Transactions, Vol. 6, Part 3. 1892. - - - The Society. 240 LIST OF DONATIONS Edinburgh :—Meteorological Society. Journal, 8rd Ser., No. 8. 1890. Essex, Buckhurst Hill :—LEssex Field Club. Essex Naturalist, Vol. 4, No. 2. rs ‘ » 5, Nos, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 12. 33 4 op (85 INORG tl, By, Zs Bt The Club. Glasgow :—Natural History Society. Proceedings and Transactions, Vol. 8, New Ser., Part 2, 1889-90. The Society. Liverpool :—Naturalist Field Club. Reports, 1867, 68 ; 70, 72-77; 79, 80. Per R. Y. Green, Esq. Leeds :— Naturalists’ Union. Transactions, Parts 10-16. 1885-90. The Union. London :—British Museum, Cromwell Road, Kensington. Catalogue of Birds, Vols. 19, 20. 7 Fossil Birds. List of British Oligocene and Eocene Mollusca. The Trustees of British Museum. London :—Ealing Microscopical and Nat. Hist. Society. Proceedings for 1891. The Society. London :— Geologists’ Association. Proceedings, Vol. 12, Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. The Association. London :—WNature. From June 30th, 1891—June 30th, 1892. The Publisher. London :—Natural Science. Vol. 1, No. 2. April, 1892. The Publisher. London :—Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal, Vol. 4, 2nd Ser., Nos. 29, 30. The Club. London. Rhopalocera Exotica, Parts 17, 18, 19, 20. Purchased, London :—Zoological Society. Proceedings, Parts 1, 2, 38,4. 1891. “3 Part 1. 1892. Transactions, Vol. 18, Parts 1, 2, 3, 4. Index. 1881-90. The Society. TO THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 241 Manchester :—Literary and Philosophical Society. Memoir and Proceedings, 4th Ser., Vol. 4, Nos. 4, 5. 1890-91. 9 A %) Vol. 5, No. 1. 1891-2. The Society. Manchester : - Microscopical Society. Transactions and Report. 1891. The Society. Newcastle-on-Tyne :—Institute of Mining & Mechanical Engineers. Transactions, Vol. 88, Part 6; Vol. 40, Parts 2,3,4; Vol. 41, Parts 1, 2. The Institute. Plymouth :—Plymouth Institute. Report and Transactions, Vol. XI., Part 1. 1890-91. The Institute. Northampton :—Northamptonshire Nat. Hist. Soc. and Field Club. Nos. 30-48. June, 1887—Dec., 1891. The Society. COLONIAL SOCIETIES. AUSTRALIA. Sydney, N.S.W. :—Australasian Assoc. for the Advan. of Science. Report of 2nd Meeting, Christchurch, N.Z. Jan., 1891. The Association. Sydney, N.S.W.:— Australian Museum. Report of Trustees for 1890. Records, Vol. 1, Nos. 7, 8, 9, 10. Index to Contents, Feb., 1892. Bs NOs Catalogue of Birds—Part 3, PSITTACT. Cat. No. 12. Descriptive Catalogue of the Nests and Eggs of Birds found breeding in Australia and Tasmania, by A. J. North, F.L.S. Catalogue of Marine Shells of Australia and Tasmania, Part 1. The Trustees. Sydney, N.S.W. :—Royal Society. Journal of Proceedings, Vol. 24, Part 2. 1890. The Society. CANADA. Halifax, Nova Scotia:—The N. S. Institute of Natural Science. Proceedings and Transactions, Vol. VII., Part 4. The Institute. Montreal :—Natural History Society. Canadian Record of Science, Vol. 4, Nos. 6, 7, 8. 9 9, No. 2. The Natural History Society, Montreal. 242 LIST OF DONATIONS Ottawa ;—Geological and Nat. Hist. Survey of Canada. Contributions to Paleontology, Vol. 1, Part 3, 4to. The Fossils of the Devonian Rocks of the Mackenzie River. Annual Report, 1888-89, Vol. 4, New Ser. 1890. Contributions to Canadian Micro. Paleontology, Part 3. The Survey, per Dr. Alfred R. C. Selwyn, Director. EUROPEAN SOCIETIES. Vienna. AUSTRIA. Verhandlungen der K. K. Zool-Botan. Gesellschaft in Wein : Jahrgang, 1891, Band XLI., Quartal 1, 2, 3, 4. The Society. BELGIUM. Brussels :— Société Royale Malacologique de Belgique. Annals, Tome 25, 4th Ser.; Tome V., Armée, 1890. Proces-verbaux. Sept., 1890, to June, 1891. The Society, Copenhagen. DENMARK. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Naturhistoriske Forening i Kjobenhavn for Aaret 1891. The Society. Bergen. NORWAY. Bergens Museums Aarsberetning, 1890. The Director of the Museum. Christiania: La Sociétié des Sciences. Fordhandlinger i Videnskabs-Selskabet. 1890. Nos. 1-9. The Society. RUSSIA. . Helsingfors, Finland :—Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica. Acta III, 1886-88; IV., 1887; VI., 1889-90; VII., 1890. Meddelanden, Hiift 14, 1888, and Haft 16, 1888-91. The Society. Kieff:—Memoirs of the Society of Naturalists. Tome X., Parts 3 and 4; Tome XL., Parts 1, 2. MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS, evc. Buller’s Birds of New Zealand, 2nd ed., 2 vols., 4to. The Executors of Miss Julia Boyd. Three large Photos of Palms from Colombo (shewing Ceylon vegetation). Edward C. Chaston. Miniature of William Charnley, a friend of Thos. Bewick. F.C. T. Challoner, Esq., London, The ‘‘ Naturalist,’ a Journal of Natural History for North of England. Three volumes, 1887, 1888, 1889. Dr. Embleton. Willughby’s Ichthyologia. In exchange for Yarrell’s Fishes, 1st ed. Type Fossils of the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge. The Director of Woodwardian Museum. 1891. July 31. Sept. 12. sy ile sate Apr. 18. June 16. » 21, eo: 1891 July 13. TO THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 243 MAMMALS. Common Bat, Vespertzlio pipistrellus, near Ross. Mr. F. V. Wallis, Coughton House, Ross, Herefordshire. Lesser Horse-shoe Bat, Rhinolopus hipposideros, near Ross. Mr. F. V. Wallis, Coughton House, Ross, Herefordshire, Two Arctic Foxes, Canis lagopus, Linn, jun., 2 from Iceland. Major E. Anne, Blenkinsopp Castle. Common Fox, Canis vulpes, young. Mr, Thos. Thompson, Winlation. Norwegian Lemming, Myodes lemmus, Linn., from Norway. Rev. Canon Norman, Burnmoor Rectory. Skeleton of Homo sapiens, female. D. Embleton, Esq., M.D. Skull of Homo sapiens, found in sand-bank at Tynemouth. Mr. Wm. Dinning. Two Skulls of Homo sapiens. Mr. J. H. French, Gateshead. Three specimens of the Bank Vole, Arvicola glareola, from Kirk- gamzyon, Kirkeudbrightshire, and six Field Voles, Arvicola agrestis, from Loch 0’ Lowes, Selkirkshire. Mr. G. Deans Ritchie, Clover Hill, Biggar, N.B., and Dr. W. Somerville. Porcupine, Hystrix cristata, Linn. Purchased from Travelling Menagerie. Horns of Chamois, Rupicapra tragus, Gray. Mr. G. R. Rome, Eldon Street. Field Vole, Arvicola agrestis, Archbank, near Moffat, Dumfries. Mr. Geo. Irving. A live Coati, Nasua sp. ?—from America. Mr. John Hesketh, Arnside House, Grosvenor Road. Skull of young Otter, Lutra vulgaris. Major E. Anne, Blenkinsopp Castle. One Bat. Jaw of Lizard ? The Executors of Miss Julia Boyd. BIRDS. Young Corn-crake, one from a nest of seven caught in a hay- field near Newcastle, July, 1891. Mr. John Jackson. Young of Golden Pheasant hatched in Newcastle. Mr. Bolton, Northumberland Street. Guillemot, Lomvia troile, Linn., var. ringuvia, beginning to change from summer to winter plumage. Mr. F. P. Johnson, Eldign, Dunvegan, Skye. 1891. Aug. 22. 99 98. Sept. 5. ao: Nova, 0s Dec. 10. 3) 26. 1892. Jan. 10. my ols. becnealig Feb. 16. yy) 22. a 20: NOG: 1, 26. Mar. 9. 10. LIST OF DONATIONS Nest and three Eggs of Kestrel from Haltwhistle. Mr. W. M. Pybus. Two Piebald Rooks, Corvus frugilegus, var., 5, shot on the Cathedral Banks, Durham, 21st May, 1891, by Mr. Richard- son Peile. Mr. Richardson Peile, Durham. Two Lesser Black-backed Gulls in first plumage. A Ringed-Dotterel, shot at St. Mary’s Island, Sept. 4, 1891. Mr. John Duncan. Two Herring Gulls, one, 2 changing plumage, the other in first plumage, shot near Kyloe, Northumberland. Mr. John Duncan. Sparrow Hawk, mature male, Sniver Wood, Wass, Yorkshire, 12th June, 1888, skinned by Mr. John Hancock. Miss M. J. Hancock. Buffon’s Skull, Stercorardus longicaudatus, Brisson, found dead at Shotley Bridge. Mr. John Jackson. Skin of Cape Pigeon, Daption Capense, and a Black-bellied Storm Petrel, Zhalassidroma melanogaster, Gould; Indian Ocean. Capt. Sergent, Lovaine Place. Tawny Owl, Syrnium aluco, Linn., 2 from Herefordshire. Mr. F. V. Wallis, Coughton House, near Ross, Hereford. Two Shieldrakes, 6 and 2 immature, from Dumfries-shire. Purchased. Sparrow Hawk, 4 immature. Mr. J. D. Watker. Leach’s Petrel, found in Dumfries-shire, Dec., 1891. Black-headed Gull, immature 6. Mr. John Duncan. Skins of Birds and Animals from Uruguay. Mr. Douglas Dickinson. Two Willow Grouse, Lagopus salicett, & 2 in winter plumage, from Norway. Mr. R. C. Clephan. Golden Pheasant, young male, 8 months old, bred and presented by Mr. Bolton, Northumberland Street. Black-throated Diver (for skeleton). Mr. J. Duncan. Nest of Longtailed Tit, Aymestry, Wilts. Mr. S. Graham. Two specimens of Tetrao tetrix, & immature, 2 mature, and two of Perdix cinerea, 8. Norway. Mr. R. C. Clephan. A large collection of British and European Birds Nests and Eggs formed by Mr. Frederic Raine, formerly of Durham. Mr. Frederic Raine, Hyeres, Var., France. Specimen of Canada Goose, Anser Canadensis, & from the Leazes Park. Corporation of Newcastle, per Mr. J. Wilson. 1892. Mar. 30. April 29. May 9. Ret. rae 18: Ba 19) June 1. ae 1G: me alle LG: PaanliG: » 16. June 18. TO THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 245 Australian Piping Crow, Gumnorhina tibicen (for skeleton). Mr. J. Duncan. A fine specimen of Vultwr monachus, Linn., and two of Larus gelastes, & 2 , shot in Spain, May 8th, 1883. Mr. Abel Chapman, Sunderland. Two Herring Gulls, Larus argentatus, immature, near Culler- coats, May 7, 1892. Mr, John Duncan. Two Nests of Thrush, built close together in a shrub one foot from the ground, close to a house in course of erection at East Bank, Corbridge, four eggs in each. Mr. Wm. Turnbull, jun., Corbridge-on- Tyne. Snowy Owl (for skeleton), died in Menagerie at Gateshead. Presented by the Proprietor. Two Black-headed Gulls, Larus ridibundus, & near Stam- fordham. Mr. John Duncan. Nest and Eggs of Thrush built in a Tree in front of 19, Clare- mont Place. D. Embleton, Esq., U.D. Head of Small Hornbill, Lophoceros nasutus, shot on the river Gambia, S. Africa, 400 miles from the mouth. Mr. Wm. Cooper, Baltic Chambers, Quay. Starling in first plumage, Cross House, Leazes. Mr, E. O. Reid. Five Silver Pheasants and five Common Pheasants, young, bred in Newcastle. Mr, Alfred Hume, Burdon Terrace. Young of Golden Pheasant, 10 days old. Mr. Bolton, Northumberland Street. Two Lories from Malekula, New Hebrides. Surgeon D. McNabb, R.N., Newcastle-on-Tyne. Specimens of New Zealand Birds— Three Owl Parrots, Stringops habroptilus. Two Brown Parrots, Nestor meridionalis. Three Owen’s Kiwi, Apteryx Owenit. One Apteryx australis. Two Wekas, Ocydromus australis. Two Fruit Pigeons, Carpophaga Nove-Zealandie. One Starling, Sturnus vulgaris, introduced into N.Z. One Orange Wattled Crow, Glaucopis cinerea. Two Kingfishers, Halcyon vagans. Two White Herons from Tonga. One Bittern, Botaurus peciloptilus. ~ Two Black Oyster-catchers, Hematopus unicolor. Two Pied Oyster-catchers, H. longirostris. 246 April 14. May 7. oe June 18. LIST OF DONATIONS Four Tropic Birds, Phaeton rubricauda, from Kermadec Islands. One Gannet, Dysporus serrator. One Sooty Petrel, Procellaria fuliginosa. Two Caspian Terns, Sterna Caspia. Two Paradise Ducks, Casarca variegata. One Blue or Mountain Duck, Hymenolamus malacorhynchus. Two Crested Grebes, Podiceps cristatus. One Crested Penguin, Hudyptes chrysocomus. Four Swamp-hens, Porphyrio melanotis. Bones of Moa. Three Eggs of Tropic Bird, P. rubricauda, Kermadec Islands, 1891. One Egg of Penguin, sp. ? Two Eggs of Wideawake Tern. Two Eggs (very small) laid by common Hen Pullet, five months old, Auckland. The Executors of Miss Julia Boyd. FISHES, ETc. Jaw of a large Ray (foreign). Mr. N. H. Martin. Specimen of the Tope, Galeus canis, Willughby, 2 from the Trawlers, North Shields. Prof. M. G. Potter, M.A. Specimen of Trifurcated Hake. Mr. E. H. Birchall, North Shields. Specimen of Scorpena ————?, from Trawl] Boats. Mr. F. H. Philips, Eldon Street. Part of a Rabbit Fish, Chimera monstrosa, 2 . (Two specimens of this species, d and £, were taken out of the stomach of a Ling about 12th March, brought to the ‘Tyne by a Trawler). Purchased. Bloch’s Topknot, Zeugopterus punctatus, from the Trawlers, North Shields. Mr. F. H. Phillips, Eldon Street. Large Spotted Dogfish, Scyllium canicula, Linn. Mr. James Read, North Shields, per Ald. J. F. Spence. Californian Toad, Phrynosoma cornutum. Mr. Alex. Batters, Gillespie, Lil., U.S.A. MOLLUSCA. A large collection of Marine Shells from New Zealand, Fiji, ete. Nautilus, two sp.; Argonauta tuberculata, etc., etc. Helix Hockstetteri, near Picton, and a variety of Helix (Pary- phanta) Busbii. The Executors of Miss Julia Boyd. 1892. June 380. June 380. 1884 to 1892. Feb. 26. June 21. TO THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 247 CRUSTACEA, xtc. Two Cocoa-nut Robber Crabs, Burgo latro, from Tahiti ; two Prawns; two Scorpions; one Waking-stick Insect. The Executors of Miss Julia Boyd. CORALS AND SPONGES. About forty specimens of Corals from the South Sea Islands—a few specimens of Gorgonia; Huplectella aspergillum, and a few other small Sponges. The Executors of Miss Julia Boyd. INSECTS, rre. A Locust from Constantinople. Mr. Robert Scott Blair. Scorpions, Beetles, and other Insects from Bechuanaland. Capt. Ralph H. Carr-Ellison. Two Insects—Sawfly, Szrex juvencus, and Longicorn Beetle, Ebchester. Mr. John Duncan. Three boxes of European Butterflies containing about 95 Species (1286 specimens) from South of France. Collected and presented by Mr. Frederic Raine, Hyeres. Collection of Butterflics, chiefly from Burmah, collected by Major C. H. E. Adamson, Madras Staff Corps. Mr. C. M, Adamson. Intestinal Worms from Stomach and Intestines of the Lesser Dogfish from the English Channel. Prof. M. G. Potter, M.A. Two Butterflies and two Sphinges, from the New Hebrides. Surgeon D, McNabb, R.N., Newcastle-upon-Tyne. FOSSILS AND MINERALS. A few specimens of Upper Cambrian Trilobites from North Wales, and several Rock specimens. Mr. EL. J. Garwood. Branch of Lepidodendron Sternbergii from the roof-shale of the Yard-seam, Deckham Colliery, Gateshead Fell. Ee 3 Purchased. Collection of Marl-Slate Fishes from the shaft sunk at Deaf Hill, Trimdon, Pygopterts and Paleoniscus in fragments. Mr. Thos. Bell, Durham. Three specimens of Stldite and one of Mesole or Faroelite, and one of Spherostilbite on Mesole, from the Faroe Islands. R 248 Oct. June 10. 24. LIST OF DONATIONS A Coral (Cladocora dichotoma) from the Upper Chalk (Danian), Faxoe, Denmark. Shells from the raised Beach of Santa Catalina Las Palmas, Grand Canary, Canary Islands. Oysters, etc., from the Kitchen Middens of Meil- gard, near Grenad, Jutland, Denmark. Miss Caroline Birley, Sudley Terrace, Pendleton, Manchester. Collection of Carboniferous Footprints from Otterburn and Coal- measure Fossils from Newsham, being a portion of Mr, Ald. Barkas’ Collection, containing several types of Fossils named and figured by him in his Illustrated Guide to the Fish, ete , remains, of the Northumberland Carb. Strata, 1878. The Executors of the late Ald. T. P. Barkas, F.G.S., per Mr. Chas. Ed. Barkuas. Proximal portion of Tusk of a Mammoth; large specimen of Malachite and Azurite from the Burra-Burra Mines, South Australia. Mr. N. H. Martin. Specimen of Rock Salt from Cordova, Spain. Mr. M. J. Pelegrin. Three Fossil Fishes from Carboniferous Strata, Burdie House, and Waliford, N.B., and one from Trias, Mass., U.S.A. Mr. Wm. Dinning. Specimen of Lsastraa Murchisont from Lower Lias (Infra Lias, Judd), Skye. Prof. G. A. Lebour. Hazel Nuts dredged out of bed of the Tyne, 30 feet below Low Water. Quay, near the Milk Market. Id. Wm. Geo. Laws. Hazel Nuts, covered with Pyrites and fragments of wood, from the Silver Nut Well near Otterburn. Mr. G. E. Crawhall. Collection of Rock Specimens of Minette, Skiddaw Slate, Dolerite, Saccharine, and Altered Limestone, from High Teesdale and Weardale. Mr. E. J. Garwood. Sundry Fossils from the Silurian, Carboniferous, and Coal-: measures of U.S., America. Mr. Alex. Batters. Case of specimens of Lead Ore, shewing the processes of dress- ing ore, ete. Messrs. Bewick & Partners, Lim., London. A large specimen of Hematite from the neighbourhood of White- haven, Cleator Moor. Mr. Thos. J. Bewick. Several specimens from the Whinsill at Embleton, and of Plump- ton Grit, S. of Knaresboro’. Mr. Richd. Howse. Rock specimens from Guadarama, and fragments of large Fossil Oysters, Spain. Mr. M. J. Pelegrin, TO THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIRTY. 249 June 30. A large series of specimens from the volcanic district of Taupo, 1892. Jan, 21. the North Island, N.Z.; Silica, Sulphur and specimens from the Mud fumaroles ; Obsidian and Rock specimens from the same district ; Opaline Quartz with Jasper, Otago; Coal from near Auckland—Quartz— Crystalline Limestone. Specimens of Coal (Cretaceous) from near Auckland, New Zea- land, Gold Quartz, Jaspery Quartz, a large series of speci- mens from the Pink and White Terraces, also of Obsidian and Lava from Tarawera district, Pumice from Lake Taupo district, and Sulphur specimens from White Island, ete. Collected by the late Miss Julia Boyd, 1891. The Executors of Miss Julia Boyd. BOTANY. Portion of the fructification of Cycas revoluta grown at the Cedars, Methley, Leeds. Mr. T. W. Embleton, per Dr. Embleton. June 80. Four Portfolios of Plants from South of France ; European and 1891. July 31. Dec. 12. 1892, Feb. 17. May 31. June 21. British Ferns ; American Flowering Plants and Ferns; and Yorkshire Plants chiefly from Arncliffe. Small Book of Fijian Ferns. Bundles of New Zealand Ferns and Flower- ing Plants unarranged: Swiss Plants mounted and un- mounted, and some unarranged European Plants. Tooi Grass; Bark and Cone of Kauri Pine. Kauri Gum, two Cocoa Nuts; Vanilla from Tahiti; Pods of Silk Cotton, Tahiti; Paper Mulberry Bark; part of Tree Fern from the Hut near Sophia’s House, Wairoa, destroyed by eruption of Tarawera, 1886. Baskets made of Palm Leaves. The Executors of Miss Julia Boyd. ETHNOLOGY. A Cingalese Surf-Boat from Colombo, Ceylon. Mr. Edward C. Chaston, Heaton Grove. Flint Arrow-head found near Haltwhistle. Mr. Joseph Elliott, High Town, Haltwhistle. A Moorish Gun, or Espingarda, taken from a Moor killed in war with Spain. Mr. M. J. Pelegrin, Indian Pipe, from the White Cloud Agency, U.S.A. Mr. Alex. Batters, Gillespie. Ill., U.S.A. Figure of a man with human Skull modelled on a frame of wood with clay, ete.; Image formed ont of Rhizome of Tree 250 1892. June 30. LIST OF DONATIONS Fern, Model of a man carved in wood ; five Masks for con- cealing the face ; two modelled Heads fastened on the top of long sticks ; Skull of native from Mulikula, New Hebrides. Surgeon D. McNabb, R.N., 19, North Terrace, Newcastle-on-Tyne. Collection of Ethnological specimens from New Zealand, Fiji, and other South Sea Islands, collected by the late Miss Julia Boyd, in 1891-2, containing the following South Sea Implements, Clubs, Manufactures, ete. :— CLUBS, Etc. 1, Ra Turaga’s Club, captured at Nubu Tau Tau, Colo, in mountain war under old Fiji government. 2. Club belonging to Na Daki Bitu, Quali Tala Ba Mountains, Fiji. 3, 4. Na Malumu Clubs, Fiji. 5. Kea Kavu Club, Fiji. 6. Sumi dra, Drink blood Club, Fiji. 7. Ai-ula, Hand Club. 8, 9, 10. Small Hand Clubs for throwing. 11, 12. Long Spears from Fiji. 13. Wooden Pillow from Vau-vau, Fiji. 14. Kali, Pillow of Bamboo cane, Fiji. 15. Stone Axe (handle new). 16. Kava Bowl, 30 in. diam., Fiji. -17. Small Kava Bowl, from Samoa. 18, 19. Wooden Pestle and Mortar, Fiji. 20-26. Stone Axes, unmounted. 26B. Wooden Implement for stirring Kava. 27, 28. Santo Clubs, Samoan Clubs. 29. Hand Club, Samoan. 30, 81. Malicoso Clubs, Pentecost Isld. 32A. Drinking Cup, half Cocoa Nut, inlaid, Santa Cruz, Solomon Islds. 32B. Four Drinking Cups, Santa Cruz, Solomon Islds. 32c. Half Cocoa Nut. 33. Bundle of Bows and poisoned Arrows, Solomon Islds. 34. Long Spears (poisoned), Solomon Islds. 344. Two Combs (Ad Serw), 35. Gourd Bottle, New Caledonia, 36. Old Paddle. 37, Model of Canoe ? ”? TO THE NATURAL HISTORY socinury. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44, 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 53. bo Or — Cannibal Fork from Fiji. Chief’s Neck Ornament, Whale’s Tooth, Fiji. Lime Bottle (gourd), Solomon Islds. Ditto (Bamboo-stem). Jade or Nephrite Mere, N.Z. One Paoz, Stone Pounder, N.Z. One Stone Implement. Stone-sinker (Maz), Piha, Auckland. Stone-beater (Tukt Muka), Piha, Auckland. Part of broken Mere (basalt), N.Z. Cutting end of Stone Chisel (Whao), Piha, Auck- land. Stone Adze found at Marshland by Edward Chater, Esq. Club, a stone disc on long stick. A Chief’s Bowl, inlaid with pearl shell, Solomon Islds. . One Wooden Beater, used in making Tappa cloth, Tonga, Friendly Islands. One Body Band, Santa Cruz, Solomon Islds. 534. War Ornaments, Flying Fox Teeth, New Guinea. 54, 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. Circlets made of Cowry Shells, New Guinea. Necklace, banded black and white, Santa Cruz. Child’s Rattle, Santa Cruz. Ten Wreaths of Land Shells, Tahiti. Beads of Red Seeds of leguminous plant, Friendly Islds. One Basket for brains, Fiji. One earthen Pot (Kuro), Fiji. Glazed Pottery without handle ? Seven pieces of Maori Carving :— 1. Carved Stern of War Canoe, Rapa. 2. Carved Prow, Tete. 3, 4. Two Carved Wooden Figures, Teko teko. 5,6, 7. Three Carved pieces of Wood, Pataka, ete., used in Native Houses, from New Zealand. Small Canoe from Tahiti. Drawing of Maori House by Miss Julia Boyd, 1891. Japanese Sword (bought in Fiji). MANUFACTURES. 1. War Jacket and Leggings of Cocoa-nut fibre, Fiji. 2. Tappa Cloth, dark brown (triangular pattern) ,, 252 LIST OF DONATIONS, ETC. 3. Tappa Cloth, red parallel lines, Fiji. 4. Tappa Cloth, white, plain, i 5. Grass Basket, long handles, 30 6. Fly Whip, made of Cocoa-nut fibre, ,, 7. Basket, made of grass and flax, 50 8. Hat, made of a na si 9. Three (Cooking) Fans, oF 10. Female Dress (Zzko), black colour, _,, 11. Female Dress, with Shells, 3 12. Grass Waist-band, ay 13. Specimens of Flax and Bark, ‘ . Flax Mat, Whakatipu, rare, N.Z. . Thin Shawl of fibre, brown colour, N.Z. . Two Flax Petticoats (Maori), aa . Two Maori Native Sleeping Mats from Oranuz, Taupo district, N.Z. . Maori Kit (flax), from Orokokoraki, Taupo district, N.Z. . Tapore Mat for covering, N.Z. . Flax Shawl, 2 . Maori Flax Cloak (Korowaz), N.Z: . Flax Bag, Santa Cruz, Solomon Islds. . Mat and Tappa from Atiu, Harvey Group Islds. 4, War Belt, Santa Cruz, Solomon Islds. . Neck-band (grass), a . Wreath of Grass, Bs . Head Dress, Santa Cruz, ., . Tappa Cloth, is Abs . Three pieces Tappa Cloth, Samoa, Navigators’ Islds. 30. Tappa (best, diamond pattern), Samoa, 0 3l. Kit or Basket (flax), Nalua, Bank’s Group Islds. Sundry Antiquarian Remains, including Three Celts, Pottery Fragments of Roman period, etc. Net Sinker, from Lac Bouget, Savoy. Turned Pottery ,, 5s <5 Three Celts from Briene, Cote du Nord. Two Celts, Wm. Henry, Lake George; U.S.A. Four Celts, Yorkshire Wolds. Wooden Spoon from foundations of Sherburn Hospital, near Durham. Ete. The Executors of Miss Julia Boyd. INTRODUCTION. 258 XV.—A series of five lectures given in the Museum of the Natural History Society on Saturday evenings, commencing Feb. 4th, 1893, by D. Emstzron, Esq., M.D., Prof. M. C. Porrer, M.A., Dr. Wu. Somervitte, B.Sc., F.L.S., etc., Prof. G. S. Brapy, F.R.S., ete., and H. De Havitanp, Esq., M.A. ‘The second lecture, given extempore by the Rev. Canon Tristram, on the Migration of Birds, cannot unfortunately be included. Intropuction sy D. Emsterton, Esa., M.D. Wirtz an earnest desire to encourage the study of Natural History in Neweastle and neighbourhood, and at the same time to utilize the stores treasured in our Museum, it has been thought by the Committee of the Natural History Society advisable to offer to the members of their society, to those of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, and to the juvenile public, a few popular lectures descriptive of objects in the Museum. The first of these lectures itis my privilege to deliver thisevening. Had the financial posi- tion of the Natural History Society been equal to it, we might have had a professor of natural history of our own who would give regular yearly courses of lectures. Let us truly hope that some future committee may be enabled to offer such an advan- tage to the community. At the commencement of this, the first of a course of lectures, chiefly intended for the young, a few words of introduction may not be out of place. The study of natural history is one of the best and most agreeable educational exercises for the youthful mind; it awakens new interests, enlarges and strengthens the faculties ; it is healthful and productive of many advantages and of the purest pleasure. Itis, like every other study, at first some- what arduous, but gradually the difficulties lessen, the pleasures augment, and a habit of study, of correct observation, judgment, and memory is eventually established, and the brain becomes a store of varied knowledge which is experience. The question is still sometimes asked—what is natural history ? To this it may be answered it is the history of nature, or natural 254 INTRODUCTION. things from the highest to the lowest; it consists of the descrip- tion of the life, the structure and functions of all things in nature, from man to the simplest protoplasm, of minerals, vegetables, as well as animals, of the earth itself, the sea, and the sky. The study of a small portion only of any one of these divisions is work enough for most men of talent, though some have dis- tinguished themselves by the intellectual grasp they have taken of the greater part of the realm of nature. Who that knows anything of natural history has not heard of the great names of John Ray, Linneus, Lamarck, De Blainville, and Cuvier, and their more recent successors in England—Owen, Huxley, Dar- win, and others, men who have spent long lives in the study of nature, and achieved world-wide distinction and honour. The ranks of science have lost all these great men and many more, with the exception of Huxley. Only quite recently the vener- able anatomist, Richard Owen, has been followed to the grave by the elite of the scientific men of England. These men are to be held up for the imitation of the rising generation of naturalists. For the successful pursuit of natural history a student can hardly begin too early in life, and ought to be imbued with a love of nature for its own sake, a love like that which possessed and impelled the founders of the Natural History Society and our late lamented friends, Albany and John Hancock, to whose deserved memory the elegant tablet in the vestibule of our Museum has been recently erected. It is to the labours of John Hancock, and his kindly influence over the honoured benefactors of the Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne, that we owe this, our stately Museum building, and the greater part of its ornithological contents, which together form one of the glories of our city, and the envy of other societies and other cities. A student should choose that branch of our great subject that is most suited to his powers and his love, and must expect to pass years of steady work in the open air and the cabinet before he can know all that is known in his chosen branch of the subject. When he has accomplished this, he will have done much to advance himself and promote his own happiness; but if the INTRODUCTION. 955 successful study of the known be ‘‘a continual feast of honeyed sweets where no crude surfeit reigns,” how much greater will be his delight, his abiding satisfaction and profit, if he can, out of the dark unknown, discover some new fact or facts which may advance his science and augment the welfare of mankind ; that of itself will be a sufficient reward for all his toils and labour of love. Natural history studies whilst they educate the mind, refine it, keeping it in association with the goodness, truth, and beauty, everywhere to be seen in Nature, and will lead their devotee to a due admiration and correct appreciation of the goodness and power of the Author of this immeasurably wondrous universe. ‘“* For wonderful, indeed, are all His works, Pleasant to know, and worthiest to be all Had in remembrance always with delight : But what created mind can comprehend Their number, or the wisdom infinite That brought them forth, but hid their causes deep.” It is not the science, falsely so called, of which St. Paul speaks, that we labour to elucidate; it is no chimera of the imagination that we strive to understand—it is the truth of nature that we search after to bring to human cognizance, and the truth in nature is the truth of God. I appeal to my fellow- students in corroboration of the truth of the lines of the poet of all time, who sings— “That this our life, exempt from public haunt, Finds tongues in trees, books in the running brooks, Sermons in stones, and good in everything.” Lecture 1.—On the Hyg. By D. Ewsieron, M.D. But we must pass on to the subject of this evening’s lecture, which is ‘‘ The Egg.”” As the Romans believed that at their feasts it was of good augury to begin with an egg and to end with an apple, to pass ab ovo ad malum, so we also may not inappropriately begin our short course of intellectual food with an egg—the commencement of life, and end it with an apple or some other form of vegetable life. 256 ON THE EGG. The word egg is of Northern origin—it was hatched among the Teutonico-Scandinavian hordes in ancient days, perhaps before they came to their present homes. It is the same word egg in Icelandic, Danish, Swedish, and Anglo-Sax., with a little differ- ence in spelling. In Ger. and Flemish it is e7, and in Early English e7, ay, eve, egge. In Southern Europe the name is—in Gr. @6v, or dvov, one, a hen laying commonly one only each day ; in Latin ovwm perhaps related to avis, a bird ; in Ital. wove, Sp. huevo, Port. ovo, old Fr. wef, pl. oes, mod. euf, pl. eufs. The Northern and the Southern names are really the same. The object we call egg has been from the earliest times, one of universal and absorbing interest, and that for various reasons, religious and other. It has always been regarded as a wonderful ——miraculous thing (which indeed it really still is), mysterious, apparently inscrutable, and with a halo, even of divinity about it, and these feelings were transferred to the author of the egg —the cock and the hen. They were all, indeed, in early ages worshipped or were sacrificed to other idols. Socrates, before his death, reminded his friends that they owed a cock to Aiscula- pius. Various were the superstitions and legends current among the ancient, and still are, even among modern nations, that have clustered around the egg, which, if collected from various quar- -ters, would fill volumes, and form subjects of great interest and considerable value. The world was an egg to the ancients. The mundane egg was represented on a coin of Tyre, surrounded and protected by the serpent, which also was an object of worship, and was considered typical of the wisdom and power of the Supreme Being. The hen of the fairy tales that lays the golden eggs rerepresents the mythical sky which day by day gives birth to its egg—the sun. The Easter, Paschal, Paste egg was a sym- bol of the celestial egg, of abundance, of the sun, of the spring time, etc.; but since the Christian era began has been an emblem of the Resurrection, and of Him who died and rose again from the dead. But we have no time this evening to go further into the subject of the mythological egg, and so must proceed to consider the physical properties of the hen’s egg. In size, eggs in general vary a good deal; if the Avifauna, in ON THE EGG. 257 far remote ages, when the now extinct colossal birds roamed over certain islands of the Pacific Ocean and laid eggs there of the magnitude of the casts on this table, were now living, the aver- age size of birds eggs would be much greater than at present. At the present time the biggest egg is that of the ostrich, and the smallest that of our own dear little golden-crested wren, which is less than the eggs of the smallest humming bird in our collection. Perhaps a good sized hen’s egg may not be very far from being an average egg as to size. How dreadfully thought- less and improvident were these savage Maori who deprived the world of such eggs as these casts represent. It was really a calamity to man when the last pair of the Moa, or, as Professor Owen named them, Dinornis, were speared and eaten. After that sad event, and in consequence of it, or as some would say, as a punishment, the savages were compelled to take up the horrid habit of cannibalism. The cast of the egg of the piornis of Madagascar measures in long circumference 2 ft. 11 in., in short or transverse circumference 2 ft. 5 in., in long diameter 13 in., short diameter 9 in. The Dinornis or Moa’s egg has a long diameter of 83 in. and a transverse diameter of 63in. The Ostrich’s egg has a long diameter of 5 in., short diameter of 43 in., long circumference 16 in., short circumference 143 in. The Cassowary’s egg has a long diameter of 5} in., a short diameter of 343;in. The Rhea’s has a long diameter of 5} in. and a short diameter of 3} in. The Emu’s has a long circumference of 144 in., a short circumference cf 11} in., long diameter 5 in., short diameter 33 in. A Humming bird’s is in length half an inch, in breadth 2 of aninch. The Golden-crested Wren’s is in length half an inch, breadth 34; of inch. Of the common Hen, the length is 24 in., breadth 13; long circumference 62, transverse circumference 53. The weight of an ordinary hen’s egg is about _two ounces. ; The form of an egg is one of beauty and strength. The terms, oval, ovate, and ovoid are derived from the Latin ovum. The egg -shape for ages has been imitated by architects and decorative artists. The cornices of buildings and rooms were and are beau- tiful with the egg and tongue or the egg and arrow device. The 258 ON THE EGG. lantern on the tower of our Cathedral of St. Nicholas stands on intersecting arches which subtend the form of the sharp end of ahen’segg. Many so-called Gothic windows terminate above in an egg-shaped arch. Our drains for sanitary purposes are made not square-bottomed as formerly, but egg-shaped, with the sharp end downwards so as to allow of sewage being carried down more rapidly and completely—an unsavoury but eminently use- ful adaptation of form and beauty. In writing correctly the letters of the alphabet, the form of either end of the hen’s egg is the model to be imitated. The copper-plate copy-heads for schools have all their letters formed on the model of an egg. The original form of all creatures is that of an egg. Harvey, the great discoverer of the circulation of the blood declared and with truth, more than 270 years ago, Omne vivwm ex ovo. Fur- ther, the bodies of mammals, birds, insects, mollusca and many of the still lower animals, are more or less egg-shaped in whole or in part. Of plants likewise, in some cases the whole plant, in most, the leaves, the fruit, the seeds, participate in exhibiting more or less of the same beautiful form. We may safely carry this investigation further, and even to individual parts of the external and internal organization of man and animals. Many of our own external organs present in their general outline a form more or less exact of an egg, for example, the head, the face, the eye, the ear, the tongue, the hand, the foot, and so forth. The same can be said of the internal organs for example the heart, the two lungs taken together, the glands, and other internal parts. In short, this curious form pervades the whole of nature. Now, birds’ eggs present almost innumerable modifications of the form we are considering, from the almost round or orbicular egg of the ostrich, and sparrow hawk, to the elliptical eggs of the emu, rhea, and cassowary, which are rounded at each end alike, and to the markedly pyriform ova of the plovers and other wading birds and guillemots. The colour is one of the properties of eggs that excites con- siderable interest, and which, in its beauty varies greatly. Whilst the eggs most in use and estimation are white,—though there ON THE EGG. 259 are some white eggs that are not eaten—others have a uniform ground colour of blue, green, yellow, pink, red, orange, or brown, or, in short, of almost any shade of colour but without any spot- ting or marking. Others again, whether white or of any ground colouring, are variously spotted or streaked or blotched. Now, these colours are exactly the same as we sce on our own skins that have been violently bruised with effusion of blood; for ex- ample, witness what occurs in case of a black eye in its course towards recovery,—at first it is ‘black and blue” and may be bloody, and by degrees passes through the same series of colour- ing that may be observed in a series of coloured eggs of birds, ending in the faintest yellow,—a succession of colours known to the fighting school-boy. As these colours in the human skin are due to blood effused from ruptured blood-vessels, to the inflam- mation or congestion caused by the blow, and to the changes undergone in the blood and serum effused, during their absorp- tion, so the colours of the eggs of birds are due to the inflam- mation or congestion of the mucous membrane of the oviduct and to the effusion of blood from ruptured blood-vessels upon the plaster covering, or shell of the egg. We now come to the making up of the egg of a hen or other bird. The parts immediately concerned in this process are the ovarium and the oviduct. The ovarium is a most delicate trans- parent membranous bag attached to the spine of the bird, and is full of yellowish-orange coloured cells or globules of different sizes, or ova in different stages of development. ‘These are in- cipient yolks of future eggs, and in each ovum when mature there is to be found a very small vesicle, but one much larger than the rest of the globules with which the coloured yolks are filled. In this small vesicle is another still smaller. The former is named the ‘‘ germinal vesicle,’’ the latter the ‘‘ germinal spot.” These are the essential—the living parts of the egg in which evolution commences. Below the ovarium and attached to it is the top of the oviduct, which is a starlike opening into a rather tortuous tube, extending to the posterior part of the body, where it ends in a dilatation that leads to the exterior. The oviduct is a muscular contractile tube, lined by delicate mucous mem- _ 260 ON THE EGG. brane richly supplied with blood-vessels and nerves, and per- forms a truly remarkable part in the process of egg-making. It _ is divided, but functionally only, into three parts, continuous with each other, each giving out a distinct and peculiar secre- tion as the egg passes down it. The little globular ova in the ovarium, which are really the seeds of the bird, enlarge, develop, and ripen one after another at the rate of one, or sometimes even two, in twenty-four hours during the laying season. When one has become mature, it bursts the general wall of the ovary, and drops into the expanded upper end of the oviduct, which receives, embraces, and presses it on gently into the tube. The nerves and blood-vessels of the oviduct become excited, the nervous impressionability is heightened, more blood rushes into the part, and the whole oviduct becomes largely swollen, reddened, and prepared for action. Now, the ovum, which is the yolk of the future egg, is no sooner fairly lodged in the oviduct than it is flooded over by an albuminous liquid rushing out from the ex- cited walls of the oviduct. This is the white of the egg, and it is laid on in successive strata. The ovum thus enlarged distends the oviduct. This excites contraction of its muscular wall, which drives the ovum onwards to the second part of the duct. There, a different secretion is poured out by the mucous membrane, and which is scanty as compared with the previous one. It resolves itself into minute filaments, which are interlaced in every direc- tion, forming a fine fibrous membrane, which completely encloses the white. A first layer being thus finished, another, exactly like it, is laid oyer it, and the two constitute what is called the membrana putaminis, or shell-membrane—a first defence of the fluids within, and a platform on which the shell may be safely laid down. This rougher, and quasi-foreign body, excites the mucous membrane, which had produced it, to rouse the muscular wall to contract and push the more than half made egg further down, and into the third division of the oviduct. There the excited mucous membrane gives out a third secretion, which is copious, covering over the shell-membrane, and consisting almost altogether of a solution of carbonate of lime. Layer after layer is given forth till the supply is exhausted; this being so, and ON THE hGG. 261 the plaster having thoroughly and firmly set, the shell is formed and the egg is completed, and is thrust down into the receiving pouch beneath, and is ready to be laid. Now, it is during the third part of this truly wonderful pro- cess—the egg-forming—that the coloration and the exact form of the exterior of the egg are determined. The shell is generally smooth on the surface, but the cormorant’s white eggs are rough, and long and narrow, When the egg is smooth and slender, and the oviduct moderately excited and vascular, the egg may pass easily down the oviduct and be laid pure white. Some few are quite as if polished. The uniform ground colour of eggs, whether these are spotted or not, is owing to the state of the circulation and innervation of the mucous membrane of the ovi- duct at the time the egg is passing down the third part of the oviduct. If that part be congested at the time, the liquid plaster may be tinged more or less deeply with blue—pale as in the egg of the heron and kingfisher, darker as in that of the hedge- sparrow, thrush, and starling. If more congested or inflamed, the plaster may get a yellow tinge as in the egg of the grebe; a green in the emu, or a pink tinge; in a still higher degree of congestion the egg may be stained less or more with red, and blood be effused in varying quantity, forming spots or blotches in some cases almost covering the whole surface of the egg, and patches assuming even a black colour, as in most of the eggs of the Falconide. If in addition to the quasi-inflammatory state (which is evanescent) of the mucous membrane, if the egg be bulky and the blood vessels numerous and turgid, and the grip of the egg by the muscular wall of the oviduct be tight, one or more of the blood vessels may be wounded, and the blood escap- ing, must fall on the abrading part of the egg, giving rise to one or another form of spotting or streaking or blotching. And this may occur either with white eggs or with those of any eround colour, as we find in nature. Spots that are round have been deposited when the egg was not moving, streaks when the egg has been moved by the contraction of the muscular wall in various directions, and it is apparent that, from the evidence to be gathered from some eggs, as those of the crane, snipe, sand- 262 ON THE EGG. piper, and others, the course of the egg down the lower part of the oviduct is spiral. The spots, streaks, and blotches are as a rule much more commonly found at the big end of eggs—the part that offers the greatest resistance to expulsion. Caps of black blood and rings of the same are every now and then found, as on the eggs of the titmouse, robin, and especially the razorbills, guillemots and gulls and others, which are of varied ground colour and much spotted. - The sharp end is occasionally marked more than the big end. Whichever end is very much more spotted or blotched than the rest of the egg is that which passes first down the oviduct. The big end being far the most marked end, passes therefore most commonly first down, and it is first born or laid. Now there seems every probability that the big end of an egg is the male end, and we know that in the higher animals—the Mammalia, it is the head which is the part first born. Sometimes under the superficial layer of the shell bloodstains and blotches can easily be detected. At one end of the egg, most commonly at the big end, there is a cavity formed by a division, or separation of the two laminze of the shell membrane. One continues to the end of the egg, lining the shell; the other crosses the interior, bounding the white and separating it from the cavity. This is provided for containing air, which is to serve for a short time the respiration of the embryo before it is hatched. The air contained in it is said to contain more oxygen than the air external toit. This however has not been confirmed. An egg, then, coloured or not coloured, consists of shell, shell- membrane, white, and yolk. The last is the principal or essential part of the egg, the others only accessory, and which in the eggs of some of the lower animals, as fishes, etc., are wanting. The shell is composed almost altogether of carbonate of lime, mostly smooth, and is porous, allowing of the passage of air. The shell membrane adheres to both shell and white, and is beautifully fibrous. The white is composed of concentric layers, which can be shown by careful boiling when they become coagulated and may be separated. It is entirely composed of albumen, which ON THE EGG. 263 is tasteless. In the midst of the white lies the yolk, suspended at its poles by twisted membranous filaments, called chalaze, formed from the albumen, and twisted by rotations of the yolk. The yolk is composed mainly of a series of cells or globules filled with oily nutritious matters for the sustenance of the embryo. The edibility of eggs: Hunger must first of all have impelled man in his quest for food to break an egg. The most of birds’ eggs are edible, but all are not agreeable. Which are the best ? Those of the common fowl; and of them, those that are large, long, and fresh. How good these are at table who will deny ? Next to them are the eggs of the pheasant, the partridge, the quail, the turkey, the guinea fowl, and pea fowl; the pigeon (tame and wild), the duck, the goose, the plovers, and the guil- lemots, Doubtless the eggs of the Apiornis and Moa were delicious, judging from the clean feeding of the birds. The eggs of the various races of Sz/kworms vary in colour and shape, being round, elliptical or oval. (Darwin, ‘‘ Variation of Animals and Plants under Domestication”). Ant’s eggs are white or yellowish and somewhat elongated. (Sir J. Lubbock, ‘‘ Ants, Bees, and Wasps’’). In conclusion, to give some idea of the value of eggs sarod into Great Britain.—I quote from the ‘‘ Economist:’’ ‘‘ In the year 1892 the value was £3,793,018.” The value of those laid in Great Britain I do not know. Lzoture, No. 2.—Frogs and Tadpoles. By Prof. M. C. Porrzr, M.A., F.L.S., erc., Feb. 18th, 1893. — Prrnars some of the most interesting problems of Natural His- tory are those connected with the study of Embryology; that. is, the study of the gradual evolution of animal and vegetable forms from their initial stage to the time of their complete development. . Frogs and Tadpoles have been chosen as the subject of this evening’s lecture, partly because they are fairly low in the scale s 264 FROGS AND TADPOLES. of organization and exhibit a well defined series of changes; but more especially because they are common and familiar to every- one, and many facts can be studied in the metamorphosis of 2 Tadpole to a Frog, which show clearly and distinctly the true conception of the Unity of Creation and the gradual progression from the lowest to the highest forms of animal life. The great charm of Natural History springs from the fact that it leads to the habit of observation, creating an interest and diverson in our country walks such as no other subject can sup- ply. No organism is too small or too humble for our notice and the information derived from our own observations, even though previously well-known, unlike the greater part of book-know- ledge, is never second-hand, often leading to the clear apprecia- tion of some little fact which had before escaped us, and now partaking of all the delight of a discovery. In a few week’s time every pond and stream will be found to contain large masses of a kind of jelly with black specks, familiarly known as frog-spawn. We will therefore, to-night, trace the changes which take place in this spawn, through the young, fish-like forms swimming in water, until the mature frog appears, and finally takes up his semi-terrestrial existence. These necessary changes occupy sometime,—about thirteen weeks, the duration being somewhat determined by the tem- perature and supply of food, so that the young frogs make their appearance about July, and have the remainder of the warm weather in which to grow and get fat, and store up a reserve of food before the winter’s cold sets in. Tf some of this spawn be placed in a glass of water and held up to the light to examine, each black speck will be found to be surrounded by a white, jelly-like mass, the whole appearance exactly resembling that produced by a number of eggs when they are broken together without the yolks being disturbed. In fact, each black speck is the yolk, and the white jelly the white, of a frog’s egg; the chief difference being that the frog’s eggs never have any shells, while those of birds always possess this covering. It is from the yolk that the young frog will be de- veloped, the albuminous substance supplying the nutriment to FROGS AND TADPOLES, 265 be used as the changes proceed, in the same manner as the albumen of the hen’s egg provides the nourishment for the de- velopment of the chick. We must regard the yolk as a single cell, that is, a unit of living substance, or a unit of life. The frog commences life as a single cell and all organisms, whether plants or animals, commence life from this very humble origin ; the lowest persisting in this stage throughout their whole exist- ence, while the highest are gradually constructed by a most wonderful series of changes. The frog’s eggs at first are spheri- eal, but if we continue to observe them, in about a week they may be seen to become ovoid, and afterwards to increase in length, until about the tenth day they have a slight appearance of division into head, body, and tail. With a pocket lens these changes could be more closely followed; very soon the black speck - would be seen to divide vertically into two halves and this division is repeated in a plane perpendicular to the first, so that the original cell has now become four cells. The next division will be a horizontal one, but nearer the upper pole, which, it will be observed, is much darker than the opposite extremity. The segmentation proceeds regularly until sixty-four cells have been formed, and the black dot now resembles a number of black heads fastened together, enclosing a hollow space, the upper cells being smaller and more numerous than the lower ones. The second stage, known as the Blastula-stage is now reached, namely a number of cells congregated together at the circumference of a sphere. bs Bie ; Now, there are many organisms which advance to this point but never procced any further; such for instance as the Volvox globator, a plant which is familiar to every microscopist. These are merely cell-colonies in which all the cells are exactly similar and equal in all respects. The blastula-stage is found in nearly all, if not all, animals, at an early period of their development. The next period is commenced by the cells at the upper end (which we remember were smaller and darker than those at the opposite extremity) gradually increasing and surrounding the larger ones with the exception of one small spot, until the yolk cells are nearly completely enveloped. 266 FROGS AND TADPOLES. The significance of this process is best understood from a par- allel case in the Lancelet (Amphioxus). In the blastula of this animal, the lower cells are similarly larger, they become flattened and then arch upwards, and finally come into contact with the upper cells; at the same time the lower opening closes, all but a narrow pore. In the frog, on account of the great preponder- ance of yolk cells, this process is not so simple; the cells on the upper side grow over the lower ones, and the central cavity commences to grow inwards from the point which was left un- covered—the blastopore. This cavity is the future alimentary canal. The third stage is now reached,—the gastrula—which may be: described as a sac, open at one end. In this condition also, many animals persist throughout their entire existence, such as Sea- anemones and Hydra, etc., which belong to a group known as Coelenterata, which have only one body-cavity,—merely sacs open at the mouth, round which a number of tentacles are arranged. The next development is the elongation of the embryo, so that it becomes ovoid. The changes we have just described will take about a week, but in about three to four days more, slight con- strictions are formed, which indicate the division into head, body and tail, though as yet none of these organs are formed. The changes which now set in are very important and compli- cated. The ovoid embryo elongates considerably, the brain and spinal cord are formed along the dorsal surface, and just beneath these the backbone takes its origin. A number of parallel ridges or folds next appear on each side of the head—these are known as the visceral arches, and are six in number. The last four of these are the branchial arches; and from the first, second, and later the third of these branchial arches, the skin grows out into tufts, forming the external gills. During this time the whole embryo has begun to assume a fish-like form, the tail begins to grow rapidly, the external gills are fully developed and the tadpole is now ready to emerge. It is set free from the gela- tinous mass in about a fortnight from the time that the eggs were laid—it has eyes, but as yet no mouth, it breathes by means of the external gills and swims with its long tail, in the FROGS AND TADPOLES. 267 water. A sucker is developed, beneath where the mouth will appear, by means of which the tadpole can attach itself to weeds or other objects in the water. A few days after hatching, the mouth is opened, and it now feeds on vegetable matter the previous development having been sustained from the reserve food in the white and yolk. This brings us to the fourth stage. Again we find many animals which persist in this stage, having external gills, and although perfect in all respects must be regarded simply as Tadpoles. The Tadpole, however, does not long remain in this condition, soon four gill-slits make their appearance on each side of the neck. These are openings leading from the outside into the throat, and are developed between the four branchial arches. The sides of these slits become folded to form the internal gills, and as this process takes place the external gills wither away and the Tadpole becomes a true fish. By a fish, of course, we do not mean any animal which hap- pens to live in the water, but an animal possessing certain specific characters, namely :—a backbone; breathing by gills; the course of the circulation of the blood. The circulation of the blood is very characteristic in the fish. The heart pumps the blood directly into the gills, where it is purified, it is then collected into the artries and distributed over the body, the mammalian method being for the heart to directly distribute the blood over the body. The tadpole exactly corres- ponds with the fish, its heart pumps the blood at first into the external gills, where it is aerated, and a little later into the in- ternal gills. The gill-slits are now no longer exposed, a fold of skin grows from the sides of the head, and proceeding backwards, forms a chamber into which the gills open externally, and which itself opens by an aperture on the left side of the tail. The tadpole feeds very freely and as a consequence increases very much in size. Its tail, too, lengthens considerably and becomes a powerful swimming organ. While still in the fish- stage, the limbs begin to appear. The hind limbs are first apparent and are formed on each side of the root of the tail. The fore-limbs are formed inside the gill chamber and have to force 268 FROGS AND TADPOLES. their way out. They are therefore a little later in making their appearance. The tadpole thus masquerades for a short period as fish with legs. It has not yet reached its full development, but continues to grow for some time longer, and about two months from the laying of the egg, lungs commence to be formed. The details of the alteration of circulation necessitated by the change from a Gill-breather to a Lung-breather are important. As the lungs get larger and larger, the gills decrease in importance, and towards the close of another three weeks a distinct metamor- phosis takes place,—the fish condition is abandoned and the mature amphibian stage adopted. The Tadpole ceases to feed. It casts off its outer skin, as well as the horny jaws. The mouth becomes wider and the tongue larger and longer. The eyes come to the surface. . The front legs become apparent. The stomach and intestines become adapted for carnivorous existence. ; mt The gills gradually become absorbed and the gill clefts close. As the gills become of less and less importance a pair of bladder-like lungs are formed. The tail is gradually absorbed. The Tadpole becomes a carnivorous feeder and is now a yverit- able Frog. We have thus traced the development of a frog through suc- cessive changes from a single cell, showing how any animal, in the various stages of development which it undergoes, simply repeats the ancestral history of its race, or, as Prof. Marshall neatly puts it, ‘‘ Climbs upits own genealogical tree.”’ It must therefore be supposed that it has sprung originally from an ancestor living in a unicellular condition throughout its life. But if you ask me whether I consider a Frog is descended from a Jelly-fish or from a Hydra, I must answer, ‘‘ Certainly not.” This would be as absurd as to say that Man is descended from a Monkey, whereas the only contention is that both are descended from a common ancestor. It will be allowed, that the condition of the earth when life FROGS AND TADPOLES. 269 commenced, was very different from that we enjoy at the pre- sent time; and, in fact, that condition would have precluded all possibility of the existence of Life as we find it to-day. We must assume that the earliest forms of life were unicellular, and that a gradual development has taken place from this humble beginning; and as the earth gradually changed and became more favourable to life, so higher organisms would be able to subsist. The first variation from the primitive type would be the blastula, or, a colony of equal and similar cells; and then the gastrula, when a division of labour sets in,— certain cells being protective, others nutritive—and as each stage in progression is reached it would be the starting point for innumerable new de- velopments. Some of these might attain further advancement ; while others, perhaps failing to make the most of their oppor- tunities, or the force of circumstances, rendering further progres- sion impossible, their higher development is limited, and they either remain stationary or drop out of existence. They are merely branches from the main trunk, from the summit of which only continuous growth and development is possible. The Lecture was illustrated by a series of lantern slides show- ing the stages in the development of the Frog, together with various persistent unicellular, blastula, gastrula, and perenni- ‘branchiate forms, and the changes in the circulation from the ~ Tadpole to the Frog, concluding with illustrations of various ‘kinds of allied forms—Hdible frog—F lying frog—F lying dragon —Surinam toad, ete. Lecrurr, No. 3.—The Structure of Timber. By Prof. Wiit1am SomervILLE, Ph.D., B.Sc., F.L.S., etc., Feb. 25th, 1898. WueEn asked to contribute a lecture to the present course, I thought it might not be uninteresting if I endeavoured to give a general sketch of the structure and mode of formation of an economic product that ministers greatly to our comfort and neces- sities. My object, however, is not to enter much into the minute 270 THE STRUCTURE OF TIMBER. anatomical peculiarities of the different varieties of timber, but rather to describe in plain language how a bit of wood has been produced, and to call attention to some of its more prominent features. Wood is a product of the growth of a tree in two directions, namely, in height and in thickness. The height-growth of a tree is entirely confined to that portion of the stem which is re- presented by the youngest annual shoot. Further back in the stem the tree is undergoing no vertical extension, and the tale that is sometimes told us of the boy being unable to pass erect beneath a certain branch, while fifty years afterwards the man has no difficulty in so doing, may be explained by the surface of the ground having been worn down or depressed, but not by the base of the branch having been elevated. During the winter there is no growth in height, and all the tissues that will form the height-growth of the tree during the following season of growth are at that time confined within “ae bud which usually terminates a stem or branch. Perhaps the clearest idea of how growth in height really takes place may be obtained by examining a young shoot of a tree in the middle of the growing season, after vertical extension has begun but before it has been completed. For this purpose the shoot may be regarded as divided into three regions or zones. At the extreme apex we have a portion of tissue where the cells are very small, of nearly the same diameter in all directions, possessed of very thin walls which are easily extensible, and full, or nearly full, of that vital substance common to all plants and animals which bears the name of protoplasm. It is in this portion of the shoot that new cells are being formed by the process known as cell-division. A fresh cell-wall cuts across a cell and divides it into two equal portions, and these two new cells may subsequently undergo the same change, so that from one cell we get two, from two, four, from four, eight, and so on. Rut it is quite evident that if nothing more than cell-division were going on in a young shoot we might have indefinite multi- plication of new cells without, however, obtaining any absolute increase in the volume or weight of the shoot. _We may com- THE STRUCTURE OF TIMBER. 271 pare this division of cells to the bisection, quartering, and so forth of an orange. We may cut up an orange into any number of parts, but we do not thereby increase the quantity of material with which we are dealing. Similarly in the case of young vegetable cells. Cell-division is entirely responsible for increase in numbers, but we must look elsewhere for increase in size and increase in weight. To return, then, to the extreme apex of the young growing shoot, we have there cell-division going on energetically, and especially in the front or upper margin of that region. In the lower portion cell-division is not so active, that is to say, the young cells show less disposition to re-divide, or in other words, they show a greater tendency to maintain their individuality. This then introduces us to the second region of our shoot, which lies below the zone or region of cell-division, and which is desig- nated the zone of cell-elongation. There is no sharp line of demarcation between these two regions, that is to say, we have cell-elongation taking place in the zone of cell-division, and cell-division taking place in the zone of cell-elongation, but for the most part the cells are dividing above and elongating below. In the zone of cell-division we noted that the cells were prac- tically full of protoplasm, that they were more or less spherical in shape, and that they had very thin walls consisting entirely of that most elastic substance called cellulose. In the second zone, namely, that where cell-elongation is taking place, we find that the cells differ somewhat in appearance from those in the first. The main points of difference are that they are very much longer than broad, and that they are not nearly full of proto- plasm. ‘The difference in shape is accounted for by the passage of water through the cellulose walls into the inside of the cells, and the consequent internal pressure that is developed. This osmotic pressure, as it is called, causes great distension of the cell-walls and results in the cells, which were originally roundish, becoming oblong in shape. So far, however, the character of the cell-walls has not altered. They are still composed of thin elastic cellulose, and it is for this reason, in fact, that any dis- tension is possible. - 272 THE STRUCIURE OF TIMBER. The comparative scarcity of protoplasm in these elongated cells is the natural consequence of the volume of the cell in- creasing without any corresponding increase taking place in the protoplasmic contents. Instead of these filling up the cell they now form a thin pellicle on the inside of the wall, like the plas- ter in a room, with, in most cases, a few threads running across from one wall to the other. It is in this part of the shoot that most of the height-growth of the tree takes place, and it is there that the cells assume the shape which they are permanently to retain. But so far the cells are limp and pliable if the osmotic pressure, or turgidity as it is called, is relieved, as for instance it is by cutting off a shoot and allowing the water to escape by evaporation. To ascertain how permanent rigidity in woody cells is secured, we must examine the shoot a little further back than the region where cell-elonga- tion is chiefly taking place. This portion we may call the zone of internal development of the cells. Of course there is no hard and fast line between. the portion of the shoot where the cells are elongating under the influence of osmosis and the portion where such elongation has practically ceased, but it is convenient to look at the subject as though there were. ‘The cells, then, having attained to their full size, begin to pass over into the condition of permanent and durable tissue. This condition is induced by the protoplasm, which sets about thickening and im- pregnating the elastic cellulose cell-wall with lignine or woody substance. When this process has fairly begun the cells lose their elasticity, for lignine being inelastic prevents any further stretching. The whole of the cell-walls are not covered or im- pregnated with lignine, for thin spots are left at numerous places to permit of osmotic communication between adjoining cells, but with the exception of these spots, which ultimately appear as depressions and are frequently known as ‘‘ pits,” the cell-walls become hard and rigid. When all the protoplasm has disappeared the cells are dead, and it is cells in this state that form the great bulk of all timbers. Summing up what has been said, it amounts to this, that the height-growth of a tree is entirely confined to the youngest THE SLRUCTURE OF TIMBER. 278 shoot, and that it chiefly finds expression in the vertical elonga- tion of the cells that are produced by division in the region of the shoot close to the apex. The ultimate lignification of such elongated cells induces firmness and rigidity, but does not occur until distension has practically ceased. _ Coming next to diameter-growth, or growth in thickness of a tree, we find that it occurs all over the outside of the wood of the stem and branches. Passing outwards from the wood to the ' bark of a tree, we come to a point where it is difficult to say whether the tissues are wood or what is popularly called bark. It is in this thin layer of cells known as the cambium that all the wood and all the bark are formed. Here we have energetic cell-division going on, the cells produced on the inside ultimately thickening and lignifying to form wood, those on the outside re- maining more pliable and forming the so-called bark. The exact position of this cambium layer may be best determined by taking a branch or stem during the period of growth and peeling off the bark. The separation takes place along the zone of cambium, which is practically destroyed by the operation. - As in the case of growth in height, so in the case of growth in thickness, no activity is manifest except during the genial weather of spring, summer, and autumn. Taking a typical tree such as the Scotch pine, and speaking perfectly generally, we have the following points to note in connection with growth in thickness. In spring, whenever the climatic conditions become favourable, the cambium becomes active and starts to manufac- ture fresh wood cells. This process goes on during summer, to cease only when the autumnal weather becomes unfavourable for its continuance. During the period when the cambium is active it manufactures a sheet of wood which is disposed all over the tree, and which, when viewed on a cross section, is known as the annual wood ring. Now, although this ring of wood is so far alike throughout that it contains the same kind of cells in all its parts, it presents some notable differences in appearance according as the portion is produced in an early or a late period of the season of growth. The portion which is formed first is known as the spring- 274 THE STRUCTURE OF TIMBER. wood, and is characterised by the cells having comparatively large internal chambers and rather thin walls, whereas the autumn-wood formed later is much denser, the cells having much smaller internal spaces and thicker walls. That is the reason why, on examining the cross-section of a tree, we have usually no difficulty in saying where a ring begins and ends. The dense autumn-wood of one year abuts on the porous spring- wood of the succeeding year, and the variations in colour which these different degrees of density produce enable us to determine, even by the naked eye alone, the exact limits of an annual ring. We come next to consider the causes which are accountable for the variations of the spring and autumn-wood. The more generally accepted theory is Sachs’, according to which the cells of the spring-wood are large and those of the autumn-wood small, simply because in spring less resistance is offered to the cambium than in autumn. The pressure on the cambium in spring is less than in autnmn owing to the mollifying influences of rain and frost during winter, whereas in autumn the new wood formed earlier in the season has filled up all empty spaces and induced considerable pressure on the cambium mantle. It can be shown experimentally that increase or decrease of pres- sure on the cambium influences the production of wood and, to some extent, the shape of the cells, and on the whole the theory of Sachs explains the variations in the wood ring very satisfac- torily. Hartig, on the other hand, holds that the porous charac- ter of the spring-wood is due to deficient nourishment of the cambium, and that the greater density of the autumn-wood is the result of the cambium being better provided with the mate- rials requisite for the maintenance of activity in its cells. No doubt in spring and early summer the tree cannot have the maximum amount of food to offer to the cambium, for leaves being scarce and the days being cold and comparatively short assimilation is somewhat slow, and moreover much of the pro- ducts of assimilation are required at that time to build up new shoots and leaves. Later on in the season the products of assi- milation being more abundant more food is placed at the disposal of the cambium, which responds by producing firmer and more THE STRUCTURE OF TIMBER. 275 durable wood. It seems to me that these rival theories both assist in explaining the state of things that we find in a wood ring, that of Sachs’ being necessary to account for the variations in the shape of the cells, while Hartig’s more satisfactorily ex- plains the different degrees of thickness of their walls. This cambium mantle, which produces practically all the wood and bark of:a tree, could never display so much energy were it not well provided with nourishment, and to a certain extent the amount of wood annually produced—in other words the breadth of the ring—stands in intimate relationship to the nourishment at the disposal of the cambium. Trees growing in good soil and in a good climate grow faster, and their wood possesses broader rings than trees reared under opposite conditions. But it is not the nutritive substances which move up a tree from the roots, but those which come down from the leaves that enable the cambium to do its work, as a simple experiment will easily convince us. If we remove a ring of bark from the bole of a tree some inches in diameter, we shall in many cases find that the tree continues to grow for years apparently as if nothing had happened. If, after a few years, we fell the tree and examine a longitudinal section we shall find that, after ringing, growth was entirely confined to the stem above the point where the band of bark was removed. Now, this simple experiment throws light on a variety of points. It shows, in the first place, that the ascent of the water and mineral matter must be through the wood and not through any of the tissues of the bark, and it demonstrates too that this ascending stream is incapable of supplying the energy to the cambium that results in the formation of wood. And, again, the production of new wood above the ringed por- tion proves that it is something that comes down from the leaves which feeds the cambium, and that this nourishing stream must descend through the bark and is incapable of utilizing the wood for its passage. And such, in point of fact, is the case. No elaborated plant food could be sent down from the leaves if crude food did not flow up from the roots, but it is well to bear in mind that it is only the descending stream that has any power directly to influence the production of wood. This holds true as well of 276 THE STRUCTURE OF TIMBER. the roots as of the stem, for the former can no more increase in thickness in the case of a tree that has been ringed, than can the stem below the point of rupture of the bark. Having thus briefly sketched the manner in which wood is formed, let us look a little more closely at its structure, especi- ally where this may be made the means of enabling us with ease to identify the timber produced by some of the commoner genera of forest trees. When examined under the microscope many timbers may be identified readily by the characteristic markings or sculpturings that are met with on the cell walls; but one of the objects of this paper is to call attention to certain peculiarities that are sufficient in many cases to decide the kind of timber without having recourse to the microscope. A pocket lens is a useful aid in this work, but still nothing more than good eyesight is absolutely necessary. Nearly all timber is the eee of the growth of trees belong- ing to two great divisions of the vegetable kingdom, the conifers and the dicotyledons. The former term is now freely used in popular language, while the latter includes the trees that are commonly called hardwoods, or deciduous, or broad-leaved trees. It is immaterial which term we make use of so long as we under- stand exactly what we mean, but ‘‘deciduous” cannot be correctly used as opposed to conifer, because certain conifers, notably the larch, are also deciduous, and many trees that would, under this loose system of nomenclature, be included in the deciduous group, do not annually shed their leaves, as, for instance, the holly and evergreen oak. The ‘hardwoods,’ too, do not all furnish wood that is hard, and the wood of certain conifers is much harder than that of many trees that bear the name. It is a better division of arboreal vegetation to arrange trees into two groups according to the prevailing form of the leaves; the one, ‘‘needle-leaved”’ trees, corresponding to the conifers, and the other, ‘‘ broad-leaved”’ trees, corresponding to the dicotyledons. A piece of timber yielded by a conifer can at once be distin- guished from that of a dicotyledon by the fact that it contains no vessels, if we except a few in the immediate neighbourhood of THE STRUCTURE OF ‘TIMBER. DaTAT the pith. Vessels are long tubes, so long in fact that they may extend from the leaves to the roots, and are usually sufficiently large in the bore to be easily recognizable with the naked eye. If any doubt exists as to their presence the point may usually be decided by taking a thin transverse slice with a sharp knife and holding it up to the light. Amongst the conifers the most important genera are Adbves or true firs, Picea the spruces, Pinus the pines, and Larix the larches. Timber furnished by the first two genera possesses many points of similarity. It is light in colour, of uniform colour throughout—that is to say, from the pith right out to the bark—and about the same specific gravity. But there is always this distinction between specimens of wood yielded by these genera of trees. If a thin cross section be taken from a spruce (Picea) and held up to the light numerous small brown spots will be noted, whereas no such marks are met with in the wood of the firs (4d7es) These spots are ducts in which resin is manufactured, and are known as resin canals or resin ducts. Not only does one fail to find them in the wood of Adves, but they are also absent from the wood of the juniper, cypress, yew, and some other conifers. We have next to distinguish be- tween the wood of spruces, pines, and larches, and this is a matter of no difficulty, because, as has already been said, the wood of the spruce is of uniform colour throughout, whereas the wood of pines and larches has a more or less red centre. The red, brown, or black heart-wood that one meets with in many trees is technically known as the duramen. It differs in colour from the lighter sap-wood or alburnum situated nearer the cir- cumference, owing to some oxidation changes having occurred in the resin or gum that it contains. These materials are de-. posited in the cells and in the cell-walls in a solid form, and so plug up the organs that they are incapable of conducting sap. The central wood of most trees is, in fact, to all intents and pur- poses dead, and that it is not essential to the life of a tree is proved by the fact that hollow trees live for years and, it may be, centuries. The absence of duramen, then, separates the wood of the spruces from that of the pine and larch, and these two latter genera may be distinguished by the duramen of Pinus 978 THE STRUCTURE OF TIMBER. not occupying so much space and not being so deep-coloured as the same portion of the wood of Larix. Moreover, in some pines the heart-wood does not become dark till the tree has been felled for some time, whereas in the larch it is always dark even in growing trees. : And now we come to the great division of the dicotyledons, which all agree in possessing vessels. In many of these trees we find that the vessels are so very much larger in the spring- wood of a ring than in the autumn-wood, that we require to. examine a cross section somewhat carefully to detect their pre- sence in the outer portion of the wood-ring at all. Amongst trees possessing a well-marked porous zone of spring-wood we find such important examples as the oak, elm, Spanish chestnut, and ash. In order to classify the wood of these trees we re- quire to call to our aid the important organs in trees that are known as medullary rays. These are met with in all trees, and consist of bands of cells which radiate from the centre, or from some other point in the wood, out to the bark. In some trees they are so fine as to be observed with difficulty on a cross sec- tion with the naked eye. This is the case with all conifers, and also with such dicotyledons as the willow, poplar, pear, ete. In other trees, such as the plum and true plane tree, they are com- paratively large and striking, while in others, such as the oak and beech, we find both broad and narrow medullary rays. As regards the disposition of the vessels the oak and Spanish chestnut bear a close resemblance to each other, and the timbers of these trees are often confounded. In both cases we find a porous zone of large vessels in the spring-wood, while in the autumn-wood the smaller vessels are arranged in somewhat radially running lines. But whenever we come to examine the medullary rays the points of similarity in the woods of these two trees vanish. In the oak many of these organs appear like thick lines running out towards the bark, while in the Spanish chest- nut all are barely recognizable. In the ash the medullary rays are also very thin, but here there is no appearance of a radial arrangement in the vessels of the autumn-wood. The very dark and large duramen of the elm is of great service in distinguish- THE STRUCTURE OF TIMBER. 979 ing the wood of that tree, and if another characteristic feature is wanted, it is found in the peculiar wavy lines in-which the vessels of the autumn-wood are disposed. These do not run radially as in the oak and Spanish chestnut, but more or less peripherally, that is to say, parallel to the circumference. Woods whose identification frequently causes some difficulty are the beech, the hornbeam, the sycamore, and the alder. In all of them the vessels are very small and fairly equally distri- buted throughout the ring, and none has a true duramen. In the sycamore all the medullary rays are distinctly visible, and of about an equal size. In the alder some of the rays are broad and prominent, while the finer ones can scarcely be made out. Moreover, in this tree one usually meets with small brown patches throughout the wood called pith-flecks, which are due to the borings of a larva in the cambium. The wood of the beech is usually somewhat darker in colour than that of the hornbeam, and the broad medullary rays are more sharply de- fined. Besides, the wood of the hornbeam may almost be said to be characterized by the undulating course of the wood rings, which usually dip in slightly towards the centre of the tree whenever they are crossed by the broad medullary rays. Without the aid of carefully prepared illustrations it would scarcely be possible to direct attention to the minute points of distinction that enable us to distinguish such woods as birch, poplar, willow, etc. From what has been said, however, it will be seen that if carefully looked for certain peculiarities will be found in the structure of many timbers that are most useful in assisting us to their identification. Anyone who has good eyes and observes carefully will easily detect those to which I have alluded, and will doubtless discover others which the scope of this paper prevents my referring to. The lecture was copiously illustrated with lantern slides and specimens. 280 PARASITISM IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS. Lecture No. 4.—Parasitism in Plants and Animals. By Prof. GrorcEe StEwarpson Brapy, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., 4th March, 1893. Tue subject of parasitism is so extensive that we might well occupy not only one, but a great many evenings in the consid- eration of it. Possibly it may not have presented itself to many of you in this light, but a moment’s reflection will suffice to show that I have not overstated the matter. In the first place, all animals are pestered with parasites, both internal and ex- ternal ;—most animals having one or more species peculiar to themselves, besides others which are less restricted in their range. Cobbold enumerates 120 species as being found in the interior of the human body, but a rigorous investigation of this list would lead us to exclude probably about one-half as being merely accidental interlopers. Still a tale of sixty is sufficiently disquieting. Among parasites of the frog we may reckon about twenty species, and of the cockroach a like number. And then these creatures are not restricted to pairs like the unclean beasts of the ark, but are found sometimes in countless swarms and very frequently in numbers which, if not countless, are yet considerable. Thus in a single stork there were found, in the respiratory tract, forty worms of different kinds, besides one hundred similar creatures in the stomach, while from other parts of the animal were got one hundred flukes and many hundred Holostoma, besides external parasites. So that it is evident that the number of species of parasitic animals must be greatly in excess of the non-parasitic, while if we take into account the number of individuals the discrepancy will be vastly larger. And this without considering vegetable parasites at all. There are many kinds and degrees of parasitism, but in its most pronounced form we may say that a parasite is a plant or animal which derives its entire nutriment from the organism in or on which it lives. But between this extreme condition of dependence, and that not infrequent condition in which certain animals are associated together in a state of mutual interde- pendence, without being actually parasitic, we find numerous PARASITISM IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS, 281 eradations—instances in which the nutrition may be carried on partly by absorption from the juices of the host, and partly from extraneous sources. That curious association of different forms of life, where two species of animals are constantly found liy- ing together, and evidently, in some unexplained way, helpful to each other, has been called by Professor Van Beneden, com- mensalism or, more recently, by the perhaps preferable term symbiosis. Of this condition I shall have to speak more fully further on. Looking upon this all-pervading mass of parasitic life, one is apt to think— What is the cause of it all? how and why did it come into being ? as to the use of it,—that is a knotty question. By what standard are we to measure use? We are too liable to think as if we ourselves—the human race—were the sum and crown of creation, to which every other thing has to minister. But we are only one item in the great crowd of life; we have fought our way upward from a poor estate, and still have to do battle against all manner of adverse circumstances—parasites among the rest. So that in this way, at least, parasitic life is an aid to our development and progress. No organisms can advance socially, morally, or physically without waging a con- tinual war against evil. A life of lassitude and inactivity is death. And have we not here part, at any rate, of the answer to the oft-repeated question of the origin of evil. Evil is but comparative good,—the good of to-day may be, and must be, if development is to go on—the evil of to-morrow. As to how parasitic life arose and flourished, the answer is tolerably clear. It is simply a result of that fierce struggle for existence which results in the filling up of every available chink or cranny or vacant spot in which life can find a foothold. To begin with, some creature on the verge of starvation or suicide, pursued by bloodthirsty enemies, or from some cause or other ““between the devil and the deep sea,” has found itself, acci- dentally no doubt, in a position which afforded it shelter and sustenance. May be a small crustacean has been driven into the gill-chamber of some fish, or the egg of some worm has been swallowed by a creature in whose alimentary canal it has found 282 PARASITISM IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS. a suitable place for its development. Circumstances like these have doubtless initiated the complex phenomena of parasitic life, and creatures so situated have adapted themselves to altered con- ditions by corresponding, but gradual alterations of their own structure. Some examples of the changes which have been so brought about I shall have briefly to point out to you this evening. Let us, in the first place, glance at some of the phenomena of parasitic growth in plants. If we look at the stem of a forest tree entwined by a beautiful growth of ivy, we naturally get the idea that the ivy derives its life from the encircled tree. This is not so. Those familiar root-like fibres which are given off so abundantly from the ivy-stem are not roots in the proper sense of the term; they draw no juices from the supporting tree, but are mere anchors or hold-fasts: a stone wall will serve them as well as a tree-stem. The vivid green of the ivy is of itself suffi- cient to contradict the idea of its parasitism, for in perfectly parasitic plants the green colouring matter gives place to brown or some neutral shade. The presence of chlorophyll or green - material in leaves is not only refreshing to the eye, but it is of the utmost importance to the whole creation, animal as well as vegetable. It is the part of this substance to decompose the car- bonic acid of the atmosphere under tke influence of sunlight, setting free oxygen, and fixing the carbon in the tissues of the plant itself. On this decomposition depends almost entirely the growth and well-being of the plant, and seeing that animals are dependent for the means of subsistence either directly or indi- rectly upon the vegetable world, it is clear that without chloro- phyll there would be a general collapse of life upon the earth. But this function of chlorophyll the confirmed parasite is inca- pable of performing. The degree of parasitism attaching to any particular plant or animal may be pretty accurately estimated by noting the amount of structural degradation which it has under- gone. In plants the chief signs of these are the absence of green colour, and the disappearance of leaves and of woody or vascular tissue. In the mistletoe, for instance, which is more than half parasitic in its habit, the leaf-green has undergone much altera- PARASITISM IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS, 288 tion, the leaves have become leathery and inactive, while at the same time rootlets are developed which suck up nutritive juices to the great detriment of the supporting tree. But there is an interesting group of plants which, while not parasitic, have yet taken on something of the habit of parasites in deriving their support from organic matter instead of from the air and the earth, like ordinary vegetables. These go by the name of ‘‘saprophytes,’’ and comprise such ‘‘ carnivorous’ plants as the sundews and butterworts, which live largely upon insects caught by the viscid secretions of their leaves. Here also we may recognize degenerate structure in a scarcity of green colour- ing and poorly developed roots. Fungi form, so far as mode of nutrition goes, a closely allied group. Among truly parasitic plants there are none more interesting or, in this country, more familiar than the Broom-rapes (Oro- banche) and the Dodders (Cuscuta). The Broom-rapes grow ex- clusively upon the roots of certain shrubs or herbaceous plants such as the Broom, Whin, Ivy, etc., pushing up through the earth, brown, withered-looking flower-spikes, which are beset with scales instead of ordinary leaves. The Dodders are very different in habit, entwining their thread-like, wandering stems often in very rampant fashion about furze-bushes, clover, and other plants—the threads being festooned with beautiful little bosses of flesh-coloured or greyish bloom. In this way the para- site lives entirely detached from the earth and drawing its nourishment from the supporting shrub. Its mode of growth is said to be this :—the seeds of the two plants, host and parasite, ripen together, fall into the soil and germinate. Should the young Dodder begin its growth beyond reach of a host its exist- ence soon comes to an end, but if in contact with a host it sends out rudimentary roots or ‘‘ haustoria’ which penetrate the tis- sues of the larger plant and provide it with the nourishment necessary for its continued growth. Other interesting examples of plants now known to be at any rate partly parasitic are the Yellow Rattle (Khinanthus Crista-galli), the Kye Bright (Zw- phrasia officinalis), and the Red Rattles or Louseworts (Pedicu- laris palustris and P. arvensis), These grow upon the roots of 284 PARASITISM IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS. various grasses, and every one must have remarked that where those pretty but noxious weeds abound the grass crop is usually poor and stunted. Time will not allow of more than a very brief reference to the numerous parasitic organisms known as bacteria, and which are so fruitful a source of disease. Recent additions to our know- ledge of these minute ‘‘fission-fungi’’ have shown not only the truly vegetable nature of the organisms themselves, but have placed beyond doubt the fact that they are the actual causes of many of the most serious diseases to which man and other animals are subject. I shall show you on the screen photographs of some of the most familiar of these bacilli—those found in such diseases as tetanus (lock-jaw), Asiatic cholera, and consumption. Pray understand that these bodies are of the most extremely minute dimensions, quite invisible except by high powers of the microscope and measurable only by thousands of an inch. They grow with the most astounding rapidity, by a process of repeated division or fission, and after a time this process is supplemented by the formation of spores, or specialised reproductive bodies— comparable to the seeds of ordinary plants. Somewhat larger examples of parasitic forms amongst fungi are the growths (Hm- pusa) which attack the common house-fly at the end of autumn, forming white, mildewy patches upon its body,—the fungus of salmon and potato-disease (Saprolegnia and Phytophthora), and that which attacks the human skin and hair, producing ring- worm. In this disease the hair is seen to be filled with the mycelium or thread-like filaments of the fungus, producing abundantly spores or reproductive bodies. The hair thus be- comes quite disorganised and breaks off short, leaving bald patches. Among the most interesting episodes of animal life are the histories of the development and migrations of internal parasites such as the numerous worms and flukes which are found inha- biting the stomach, intestines, respiratory organs, and various tissues of the higher animals. Only in a few cases has the entire life-history of these creatures been fully made out, but wherever this has been done we find that the parasite, before attaining PARASITISM IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS. 285 maturity, passes an intermediate stage of imperfect development in the body of some entirely different animal, which is therefore called an ‘‘ intermediate host,’’ the creature in whose body the mature stage is reached being the “final host.’’ The parasites in which these changes have been most carefully studied are the common tape-worms and flukes. Let us take as an illustration the liver-fluke of the sheep, an animal not only zoologically in- teresting, but of the greatest economic importance as the cause of that wide-spread and fatal disease called ‘‘rot’’ in sheep. From the ravages of this pest, it is said that there has been, in some years, a loss to British farmers of as much as a million pounds sterling. The fluke, which in its adult condition inhab- its the liver and bile-ducts of the sheep, is a flattened leaf-like animal, almost an inch and a half in length and somewhat oval or pear-shaped in outline: it has a couple of suckers near the front of the body, through one of which comes the gullet, open- ing externally by a simple mouth and leading backwards into a much ramified alimentary canal, the branches of which are im- perforate. The animal produces an immense number of very minute eggs, which, being thrown into the ducts, emerge into the intestine of the host and so into the external world. Unless, however, they find their way into water or on to very moist ground the eggs are incapable of development, and so, for want of a suitable environment, the vast majority of them must doubtless perish. But supposing the ovum to reach a pool of water it im- mediately sets free its contained embryo in the form of a minute ciliated, free-swimming creature, which moves about actively for the space of about four hours, but if before the end of that period it does not find the means of further development, it straightway dies. On the other hand, should chance bring it in the way of a particular little fresh-water snail, Limnea truncat- ula, it at once makes its way into the breathing-cavity of that animal and there undergoes its next transformation, developing in its interior germs of two different kinds. Some of these germs have tails and suckers, and are able to work their way into the liver or the muscular tissue of the snail, ultimately emerging from the animal into the outer world. They then take 286 PARASITISM IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS. ‘ on an inactive condition, attach themselves to blades of grass, and become ‘‘ encysted”’ or covered with a dense external envel- ope. Here again they fail to complete the cycle of their exist- ence unless they be swallowed along with their blade of grass by some browsing sheep. Should this occur they again become active, bursting through the tough outer coat of the cyst, and perforating the sheep’s tissues are carried by the blood current into the liver, where they undergo their final metamorphosis into the adult fluke. It is clear, then, that at every stage of this parasite’s existence there are many chances against its find- ing conditions suited to its needs, and were it not for the enor- mous number of ova produced—not only by the fluke but by all parasitic worms—the species would have little chance of survi- val. The ordinary tape-worm of man is stated to live two years and to produce 85,000,000 ova. It is certain that only one ovum out of many thousands passes through the ordeal to its final stage of development. The study of this life-history shews that the cure for ‘‘rot’’ in sheep must be sought in the prevention of the disease, and that this can certainly be attained only by keep- ing the animals in dry pastures where the ‘‘ intermediate host,” necessary for the growth of the fluke, cannot exist. I have already mentioned the degradation of structure which is observed in vegetable parasites: this is even more remarkable amongst animals. Some of the most extreme cases are met with amongst the small Crustaceans known as fish-lice. These crea- tures are found, often in considerable numbers, attached to the skin, gills, eyes, or other organs of fishes, to which in many cases they adhere, not merely by suckers but by root-like growths, which are inserted deeply into the body of the host and by means of which its nutritive juices are absorbed. In this adult form the animal may be little more than a mere misshapen bag of eggs or spermatozoids, and it would be impossible, except by a study of its development, to determine its true place in nature. But the first days of its existence, after emergence from the egg, are spent very actively: in that phase it is provided with several pairs of swimming feet, and it is only after attaching itself to the body of its future host that it loses its limbs and its activity, PARASITISM IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS. 287 takes to a sedentary life, and devotes its energics solely to the reproduction of the species. Examples of such a ‘‘1etrograde de- velopment’’ are numerous amongst the Crustacea, this class pos- sessing a remarkable plasticity, by virtue of which their organs appear to be capable of almost infinite modification so as to meet the varied pressure of outward circumstances. An interesting example of similar degradation in another class of animals, the Acarida or mites, is seen in a little parasite which occurs in the sebaceous follicles of the human nose: a follicle becomes inflamed and fills with a curdy or purulent fluid, wherein is found a minute, worm-like creature with eight very rudimentary legs,— a character which shows it to be a degenerate mite. Another parasite of the same order is that which gives rise to the com- plaint called ‘‘itch.”’ This is a fairly-well developed and active acarus, which makes small burrows beneath the skin and there deposits its eggs. The condition called by Van Beneden, ‘‘ commensalism,”’ was referred to briefly at the outset, and now let me explain more at length the nature of the association ;—parasitism it can scarcely be called. Well-known illustrations may be found amongst the sea-anemones and hermit-crabs. Most of you, no doubt, are aware that ‘‘ hermit-crabs,” being very soft and ill-protected in the hinder parts of the body, have the habit of ensconcing them- selves in the dead and empty shells of univalve molluscs, such as whelks and periwinkles, removing themselves, as they grow, into larger and still larger tenements according to their need. Some of these crabs are found invariably in company with anem- ones, which attach themselves round about the lips of the shell occupied by the crab. To British naturalists the most familiar instance is that of a very pretty anemone, Adamsia palliata, which is constantly found attached to shells tenanted by the hermit, Pagurus Prideauxit. It is very rarely that either of the two animals is found separately, but in what way they are ser- viceable to each other it is not so easy to say. Possibly the anemone may be a protection to the crab by virtue of its sting- ing power, for it belongs to a group of animals, all of which are richly provided with urticating cells similar to those which often 288 PARASITISM IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS. sting the feet of the unwary bather treading upon a jelly-fish. Fishes readily swallow hermit-crabs, and it is quite possible that the presence of an ddamsia round the mouth of a shell might deter even a hungry cod. The following observation of Mr Gosse on the habits of these animals is of extreme interest :— ‘On the 10th of January, 1859, I obtained, by dredging, in Torbay, a specimen of Adamsia palliata, about half-grown, on a rather small shell of Natiea monilifera, tenanted by a Pagurus Prideauati, which seemed already too big for his habitation. Having put them into a well-established tank of large dimen- sions, the contents of which were in excellent condition, I suc- ceeded in doing what I had never done before, domiciliating both crab and Adamsia. Both continued in the highest health and became quite at home.” Bnt as the hermit seemed to be getting too large for his shell and the anemone not looking well, Mr. Gosse placed in the tank a larger Natica shell in the hope that the crab would appropriate it and that the anemone would also shift his quarters. What happened was this,—the crab presently found the new shell, and ‘‘ having turned it mouth upward, took hold of the outer and inner lip, each with a claw, and began to drag it about the tank. After about an hour’s ab- sence,’’ continues Mr. Gosse, ‘‘I returned to the examination. The Pagurus was comfortably lodged in his new abode and the old one lay deserted at some little distance. The Adamsia also was adhering to the lips of the new shell, but partly also to the thorax of the crab, a condition which is never seen under ordi- nary circumstances. It seems probable, therefore, that as soon as the crab had found the new shell to be suitable for exchange, the Adamsia also was made cognizant of the fact; and that during the two hours which followed, the latter loosened its adhesion to the old shell, and laying hold of the bosom of its protector, was by him carried to the new house, where immediately it began to secure the like hold to that which it had just relinquished.” Then again, owing apparently to the ill-health of the anemone, it once more detached itself from the shell, but the crab seized it with his claws and applying it to the shell kept it firmly PARASITISM IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS. 289 pressed there for about ten minutes, at the end of which time it drew away first one claw and then the other; and beginning to walk away it was seen that the Adamsia was once more fairly adhering and in the right place. It is evident, then, from these observations, that the hermit- crab appreciates the companionship of the anemone and doubt- less finds it in some way conducive to his health or safety, nor can we reasonably doubt that the advantage must be reciprocal, though in what way it is not very easy to see. The tenancy of the living mussel-shell by a little pea-crab has been known since the time of Pliny, who supposed the crab to act as a sentry, warning the mussel of approaching danger, and by a tweak of his claws causing him to shut up. Deep-sea sponges are often found completely riddled by colonies of intri- cately branched polyps, and one genus of sponges (Hyalonema), known as the glass-rope sponge, is constantly so encrusted ex- ternally by a polyp, that until very recently the sponge itself was looked upon only as an adventitious growth. Lastly, let me mention very briefly an interesting case of ' the presence of vegetable parasites—or perhaps commensals— in minute animals of the very lowest grade. There is a very numerous family of minute, often microscopic, floating marine animals, each of which consists usually of a spherical or radiated and beautifully perforated central shell, the shell being filled with and surrounded by a soft gelatinous flesh. These belong to the Class Radiolaria. In the soft parts may almost always be seen numerous little yellow spheres, which have been shown to be of a vegetable nature and are looked upon as parasitic alge ; and the way in which plant and animal are mutually benefited by the companionship is thus explained by Professor Geddes :— After confirming Haeckel’s discovery of the presence of starch and the observations of others on the survival of the yellow cells after the death of the radiolarian, Geddes demonstrated the truly algal nature of these cells from their cellulose walls, the identity of their yellow colouring matter with that of diatoms, and the evolution of oxygen under the influence of sunlight. It was pointed out that the animal matter covering these cells must 290 PARASITISM IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS. benefit by absorbing a part of the dissolved starch and from the digestion of the dead bodies of the alge. On the other hand the carbonic acid and nitrogenous waste produced by the animal cell constitute the nutritive return made to the alga, which in remoy- ing them performs the function of a kidney. ‘‘ Thus, then, for a vegetable cell no more ideal existence can be imagined than that within the body of an animal cell of suffi- cient active vitality to manure it with abundance of carbonic acid and nitrogenous waste, yet of sufficient transparency to allow the entrance of the necessary light. And, conversely, for an animal cell there can be no more ideal existence than to contain a suffi- cient number of vegetable cells, constantly removing its waste products, supplying it with oxygen and starch and being diges- tible after death.” We see, then, that parasitism fills a very large space in the economy of nature, but we may recognize at the same time that it is not an unmixed evil,—that the creatures preyed upon gene- rally possess a reserve of vitality sufficient to protect them, for a long time at any rate, from serious disaster, and that im the most confirmed cases the ill-results are often even more apparent in the parasite itself than in the animal attacked. May I draw a ‘‘ parable from nature” and say that thus it must be morally even amongst ourselves, that those who look to the activities of their neighbours for support—the incurably idle, thieves and gamblers,—undergo a constantly progressive degradation of their moral nature ? And if we give a little play to fancy, may we not say that we ourselves—the whole human race—are but parasites on the bosom of our mother Earth, draining the juices which she boun- tifully supplies, she, who we may rightly regard but as our intermediate host. For who can say but that the Poet’s words may be true,— Our birth is but a sleep and a forgetting, The soul that rises with us, our life’s star, Hath had elsewhere its setting, And cometh from afar. However this may be, we are permeated with the faith that \ PARASITISM IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS. 291 we shall one day be released from the material bonds in which we are here ‘‘cribbed, cabined, and confined,” that we shall throw off the tough envelopes of this mundane, transitional ex- istence, and breathe at last ‘‘an ampler ether, a diviner air.” Axsstract oF Lecrurn, No. 5.—Germs. By H. Dr Havitxann, Esq., of Cambridge University. Ir a potato plant be grown in the dark, a white shoot is the result, and when the store of food laid up in the potato is used up, the existence of the white plant is at an end. The obvious inference is that white plants are incapable of forming their own food from such materials as are sufficient for their green rela- tions, whose chief food is the carbonic acid gas in the atmosphere. When men ascend great heights they find a difficulty in breath- ing, the air is becoming more and more scarce; there is thus evidently only a certain quantity of air available for animals to breathe. How is it then if, as we know is the case, the air is being continually contaminated by the carbonic acid exhaled from the animal lungs that the whole air, in the long course of the centuries during which life has been on the earth, has not become overwhelmingly carbonic acid in constitution, and all animal life at an end. The answer is found in the fact already mentioned, that green plants absorb the carbonic acid for their own use, and—this is the important point—return the pure oxygen to the air. Sunlight is a necessity for this process of purification ; without it plants behave as animals. So that while plants in the day time may be of distinct value in a sitting room as purifiers of the air; in the bed room they are in their wrong place, especially if in any quantity. Examples of white plants or fungi are very numerous: the mushroom flower, the toadstool, puff balls among the larger ones; the well-known moulds appearing on damp pairs of boots, the mould so frequently found on badly preserved jams, and the mildew of wheat are only a few of the better known ones of 292 GERMS. medium size. While of the still smaller varieties the common bacillus of cholera and the rod-shaped curse of consumption have become household words during the last ten years, and it is known that the souring of milk is produced in a similar way. It was more particularly about these minutest of living plants that are to be found on almost any coin we have in our pockets that my lecture was intended to speak ; and the main idea one has to bear in mind is that these bacteria being, like the white potato seedling, unable to make use of the carbonic acid in the air, are driven to seek for the carbon they require in some animal or plant which may be either living or dead. In doing this they fre- quently, but by no means always, manufacture certain chemicals which act in a poisonous way on their host, producing according to the nature of the bacterium (minute white plant) a definite disease. These bacteria are exceedingly small, in many cases one hun- dred million would have to be laid side by side to make a square inch of film, which was but one ten-thousandth of an inch in thickness. Their minute size, coupled with the fact of their being universally present wherever dust makes its appearance, made them the last battle ground of the believers in spontaneous generation or the theory of life springing from dead matter. A most interesting account of the theory may be read in Tyn- dall’s ‘‘ Floating Matter of the Air,’’ where the author traces the idea backwards to the ancient times when the Britons, seeing a moist ditch in spring teeming with tadpoles, accounted for their presence by the belief in the spring sun having power to warm the dead mud of the ditch into a wriggling swarm of life, just in the same way as the Egyptians relegated the power of forming eels to the slimy oose of their own river, the Nile. The method of preserving meat in tins is one of the outcomes of this possibility of preventing the formation of bacteria, and the belief that life only comes from life. If meat is left in con- tact with the air, it is a well-known fact that especially under suitable conditions of temperature, as in summer, it will very quickly go bad, the cause being a particular kind of bacterium. Now if these latter can spring spontaneously from meat which GERMS. 293 contained none to start with, it is useless to try and preserve it in any other way than by keeping it at such a temperature or soaked with such bodies as shall utterly destroy the plants as fast as they are generated, neither of which conditions are pre- sent in ordinary tinned meats. For these consist simply of boiled meat in air-tight tins, which were sealed while at the boiling temperature. Now there being no living bacteria in the meat, it keeps so long as the tin remains closed and bacteria from out- side prevented from coming in, which may be for twenty or thirty or more years. The same object is obtained by the Esqui- maux when they grind their beef up with spices and make pemmican, the spices killing any bacteria that may be present and preventing the presence of fresh ones. Of all men who have studied these white plants or bacteria, the chief is Pasteur, a chemist by profession, who pursued his studies even in youth with such ardour that on his marriage day they had to send from the church, so it is reported, to remind him of the event. Among his earlier works was the study of yeast, the plant that causes fermentation in sugar, making alco- hol. Pasteur first shewed that the formation of vinegar in wines and beer was due to the uninvited presence of a second plant, Mycoderma Aceti, which fed on the alcohol, turning it into vinegar, and showed the reason for the necessity of absolute purity of working if the brewers and wine merchants hoped to obtain good fluids with any degree of certainty. From a study of the silk worms he showed the cause of the disease which was ruining tens of thousands to be a bacterium, and in one district alone, near Trieste, by following his instruc- tions, the people were enabled to make a profit of 26,000,000 francs the very year after they had had an actual dead loss. For this the Emperor nominated him a senator for life, but the Franco-German War breaking out soon after he was never gazetted. Later he discovered a method for dealing with anthrax or wool- sorters disease, by inoculating the cattle and sheep with a weak- ened poison obtained by exposing the rod-shaped anthrax plant at certain temperatures, and then being able practically to repeat 294 GERMS. the results in the case of anthrax what Jenner obtained in small pox. The method was so successful that in 1888, 269,599 sheep and 34,464 oxen were inoculated, and now the insurance com- panies insist on the preventive measure being taken before they will insure oxen or sheep, so strong is their conviction of the efficacy of this method for stamping out what is believed in Egypt to be the direct descendant of one of the plagues which afflicted their country in the time of the Pharaohs. As to the great work Pasteur has been enabled to do from a study of these minute plants in the case of chicken cholera, cholera, and hydrophobia, and now, though unable to find the plant for the latter yet from his immense previous knowledge of the methods which bacteria work, he came to be as certain that they were there as he was certain there were stars in the heavens which he could not see. All this would take too long to repeat, besides the fact of their history is being repeated month by month in the current periodicals. But I will take up no more time than to say that the study of the small plants which, unable like their green companions to form their bodies from carbon in the form of carbonic acid, are compelled to look for ready-made food, has become a belief, and that a very general one among men of science, that it is in these plants that the cause of many a disease is to be found. And that the results obtained hitherto, though magnificent, are as nothing compared with what we have a right to look for- ward to in the future, that we are within measurable distance of seeing these enemies of our race turned by education to their own destruction by the inoculation into their victims of their own weakened poison. While it should not be forgotten that Sir Joseph Lister struck, by a study of Pasteur’s discoveries, with the idea that the putrefaction so often setting in after amputation might be due to bacteria, introduced the carbolic acid spray, now or till very lately universally used for washing wounds, destroying bacteria and allowing of the healthy healing of the wound, PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 295 ADDRESS TO THE MEMBERS OF THE TYNESIDE NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB, READ BY THE PRESIDENT, GEORGE 8S. BRADY, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., ETC,, PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN THE DURHAM COLLEGE OF SCIENCE, NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE, AT THE FORTY-SEVENTH ANNI- VERSARY, HELD IN THELIBRARY OF THE MUSEUM OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY ON TUESDAY EVENING, MAY 16ru, 1893. Lapres anpD GenTLEMEN,=—When, last year, you did me the honour to re-elect me as your President, I believe I made one promise,—and one only. That one I rather think I am going deliberately to break. I said that I would not again put upon you the pain of listening to a long anniversary address, and, at the time, I meant it. I, for one, had had enough of it,—but I have recuperated,—and perhaps I am attaining also to something of the garrulity of age. But the fact is that the subject of our fisheries has come before me with a good deal of interest during the past year, and I think it may serve a good purpose if I ask you to spare me an hour or so for the consideration of it. My first duty, however, is to present to you a short account of last year’s meetings. The First Frerp Mezrrine of the year (1892) was held on Whit Monday, the 6th of June, at Dunstanborough and Emble- ton. The day was beautifully fine and there was a good muster of members,—about thirty, amongst whom were several ladies. The party left Newcastle by the 8.20 a.m. train and alighted at Little Mill Station, where they were met by Mr. Howse, who had been spending some days in the neighbourhood and had pre- viously explored the route, which lay by Cullernose and Craster to Dunstanborough, and thence to the adjacent village of Kmble- ton. The basaltic crags of this part of the coast are of great interest and at Dunstanborough are wonderfully picturesque, being not only lofty but very much broken and irregular in out- line, and distinctly columnar. An interesting paper on the his- tory of the place was read among the crumbling ruins by Mr. Adamson. Several noteworthy plants were seen, as for instance, U 296 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. Astragalus hypoglottis, Scilla verna, Geranium sanguineum, and Asplenium marinum. At the foot ot Embleton Burn cowslips were in great abundance and in profuse flower, many of the stems bearing double sets of flowers. By the older botanists Dunstanborough is given as a station for the ‘‘ Scottish Lovage,” but one of the party who has searched for the plant has been unable to find a trace of it. Nevertheless, it may have been overlooked. As this is the only recorded station for this plant on the East Coast of England, it is much to be hoped that it will be found still present on our coast. Though early in the season, a few specimens of that beautiful butterfly, the Painted Lady (Vanessa cardui), were seen,—tempted out, doubtless, by the unwonted warmth of the sun. This insect is fitful in its appearance in our district, many years passing without its being seen at all, whilst at other times it occurs in great abund- ance, usually on the sea-coast. The specimens seen on this occasion had, no doubt, hybernated here. After dining at the ‘‘Hare and Hounds,’ Embleton, the party were very courteously shown over the church and the charming garden of the Rectory by the Rector, the Rev. Canon Osborne. This concluded a very delightful excursion, and left us time to walk comfortably to Christon Bank for the return train at 6.35. Though the weather for 1892 was remarkably fine, only four or five members attended the Srconp Murrine at Knaresborough on June the 24th. An early start had to be made from New- castle and the North, and it was nearly eleven before the work of the day was begun. The party first examined the site and the picturesque remains of the old castle and the extensive views to be obtained from that elevated situation. A descent having been made to the river, several fine sections were examined of the Magnesian limestone resting on the Plumpton rocks, a mem- ber of the Millstone Grit series,—the Coal measures in this part of Yorkshire either not having been deposited or else denuded prior to the Permian period, thus shewing a marked contrast between the superposition of these rocks in Yorkshire and Dur- ham, where the Magnesian limestone rests on the denuded edges PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 297 of the Coal-measure strata. Proceeding along the bank of the river and crossing the Low Bridge a visit was paid to the Drop- ping Wells and Mother Shipton’s Cave. The appearance of the Dropping Wells is quite spoilt by the incongruous assemblage of all sorts of things hung up, in front, to be turned into petrifac- tions. Hats and gloves, cocks and hens, shoes and stockings, and rubbish of all sorts and sizes are suspended in front to catch the dripping water. To us, the chief interest of the Dropping Well is its geological position, as it occupies exactly the same horizon as the Magnesian limestone rocks on the coast of Durham at Frenchman’s Bay, and it is worthy of remark that at French- man’s Bay there is a petrifying spring which unites into a conglomerate all the objects washed up on the coast near it; but this spring is not so powerful as the Dropping Wells and has not perhaps been so well cultivated, and is not so con- veniently situated for passing observers. Our walk was pleas- antly extended along the banks of the river as far as the site of Knaresborough Priory. We were not, however, attracted to spend our time in St. Robert’s Chapel and Cave, but preferred to enjoy the river scenery and rock sections, returning to the town for refreshment before train time. Several interesting plants were observed, including an abundance of specimens of Orchis ustulata, a species formerly common on our Durham coast, though now rare in that district.* On Thursday, the 21st of July, a very small contingent of mem- bers met for the Turrp Fretp Day at Hedgeley Station. On the invitation of Captain John Carr-Ellison the party proceeded to Hedgeley, where they were most kindly received, and after see- ing various objects of interest about the place, walked through the grounds and fields to the Roman (or British?) Camp and Crawley Peel Tower,—a relic of the old turbulent times, whose practice was that They may take who have the power And they may keep who can. The walls of this stronghold are in parts nine feet thick, and * Not extinct, however,—I have, since the above was written, gathered it near Black- hall Rocks, 298 PRESIDEN1’S ADDRESS. from it extensive views are obtained over the river Breamish and to Glanton Pike and Ross Castle. From the tower the party walked back to Hedgeley, thence over to the cottage at the foot of Beanley Woods, and walked up the steep hill on which an old British Camp is situated. From this point the Doddington Hills and the North-Sea in the far-off distance are distinctly seen. Resuming their conveyance, they drove on to Old Bewick, where they examined the remains of an old Camp, and where luncheon was very kindly provided for them by Captain Carr- Ellison. One new member was elected,—Mr. James Yates of Leeds. The excursion was altogether a most interesting and pleasant one; the only pity being that so few members were there to enjoy it. The Aveust Mrrtrve was arranged for Barnard Castle chiefly to enable members to visit the Bowes Museum. About a dozen members availed themselves of the opportunity. On the arrival of the first train a start was made for the Museum, and we were met by Mr. O. S. Scott, who had kindly promised to guide the party through the rooms. Most of the time was profitably spent in examining the superb collections of china and earthenware, and afterwards the picture galleries were visited. Many of the members left the Museum early for a walk down the river to Rokeby, returning by Eglistone Abbey. Visits were also made to the Old Castle and gardens adjoining. In the afternoon the members met for dinner at the ‘‘ King’s Head Hotel,” an early dinner being arranged for members leaving by the early train. Mr. Cobb gathered several interesting plants growing on the walls of the Castle and its neighbourhood, and Mr. Thompson observed the Kingfisher on the Tees near Eglistone Priory. The weather was remarkably fine. On the following day two of the members made an excursion along the Roman Road through Bowes to examine a Roman Camp, laid down in the Ordnance maps on the Westmorland edge of Stainmoor. The old road, rough enough and straight as a line, runs along the southern boundary of Stainmoor. From this road an extensive view was obtained of the hills that PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 299 enclose Arkengarthdale and the head streams of Swaledale— the lake district was concealed in mist. We found no definite trace of a Roman station on the site where they are marked on the Ordnance map, but confused heaps of stones, indicative of an old quarry. There was a small, almost square, camp dis- tinctly visible, close to the road before reaching the West- morland boundary, and a stone not far from this camp, surrounded by an iron railing, recording some event unknown to us. The day was fine, and the wildness and loneliness of Stainmoor gave perfect enjoyment—such enjoyment as it is impossible to meet with elsewhere than in such elevated, moorland situations. The Frrru Merrrine was held at Lanchester on Wednesday, the 21st of September, and proved to be a very interesting and pleasant one, although the attendance was only small. The party left Newcastle at 9.42, and walked from Consett under the guidance of Mr. W. Riven across the fields to Crook Hall, Iveston, and Greencroft Woods. The Roman Camp at Lanches- ter was then visited,—a very interesting relic, notable for its six gates, its baths, forum, and other adjuncts, familiar to us in the excavated camps on the line of the Roman Wall. The same pains, however, have not as yet been taken in the laying bare of the Lanchester camp. A visit to the church concluded the day’s proceedings. The Sixrx and last Mznrine of the season took place at Tyne- mouth and North Shields on Thursday, the 6th of October. The members were met at the North Shields Station by the Mayor of Tynemouth (Ald. J. F. Spence), and as a commencement of the day’s proceedings went under his guidance to the Fish Quay, where they had the opportunity of examining the ‘‘refuse”’ of some of the deep-sea trawlers, consisting of a rich haul of zoo- phytes, star-fishes, echini, barnacles, medusee,—in fact a hetero- geneous jumble of deep-sea life, such as the late Edward Forbes tells us is classed by the Shetland fishermen under the two great heads of ‘‘ pushen and combustibles.” Thence by way of 300 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. the Low Lights and Black Middens the party scrambled along the shore to Tynemouth,—the way beguiled by many interest- ing reminiscences by the Mayor and others of what things were in that region in the days when they were young. Certainly the busy and somewhat grimy activity now displayed on both sides of the river’s mouth is in strong contrast to the idyllic picture, drawn by Harriet Martineau some three-quarters of a century ago, of the view from her house on the Cliff across the river to Trow Rocks and the Lizard. On arriving at Tynemouth the ruins of the Priory were visited, Mr. Adamson, the Town Clerk, acting as guide and reading a short paper descriptive of the place. The party were very hospitably entertained to tea in the Life Brigade House by the Mayor and Miss Spence, and papers were read on ‘‘ The Disintegration of the Coast Line”’ by Mr. Tate and on the ‘‘Immigration of the Tortoise-shell Limpet” by Mr. R. Howse. ; The death of Edward Capper Robson, only a week ago, has deprived the Club of one of its oldest and most valued members. Up to a very few years back Mr. Robson was one of the most regular attenders of our field meetings, at which his unfailing geniality and good humour, his lively wit, and his thorough en- joyment of nature in all her forms, made him an ever welcome associate. Though scarcely a scientific naturalist, he had an ex- cellent knowledge of our native plants, while his general literary culture and well-stored mind made him one of the most delight- ful of companions. None that have had the good fortune of his friendship will be likely to lose their memory of days spent with him in rambles about the regions of Tyne and Wear. Mr. Rob- son was a Vice-President of our Club, and it was only his too modest estimate of his attainments as a naturalist which pre- vented his occupying the Presidential chair,—an honour which was repeatedly offered to him. During a short autumn holiday spent last year in the neigh- bourhood of Dumfries I had the opportunity of visiting the very interesting fish-hatchery of Mr. J. J. Armistead,—the ‘‘ Solway Fishery,’’ near New Abbey. The success which, after many PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 301 years of patient experiment and investigation, has attended the labours of Mr. Armistead and others, together with the scientific interest and economic importance of the subject, leads me to think that some account of the present state of fisheries and fish- culture in Great Britain may not be out of place in an address of this kind, more especially as both sea and fresh-water fisheries constitute an important part of our local industries. The subject indeed comes home to each of us individually, for who is not in- terested in the maintenance of an abundant and cheap supply of so important a food as fish ? We have been used to hear much of the decay of fisheries,— of the constantly decreasing fruitfulness of the fishing grounds both in sea and river, but until recently it has been impossible to form a sound judgment as to the facts upon which these com- plaints were based. Statistics as to the actual amount of fish caught were not forthcoming, or at any rate not in a very trust- worthy form, and so far as the statements and opinions of fisher- men themselves go, there is probably no class of men less given to a scientific consideration of the facts of every day life. More- over it would almost appear that the fisherman’s art has some- thing in it which impels to the ‘‘ drawing of the long bow,” and that the statements of the members of the craft must be taken with perhaps more than the ordinary granum salis. The complaints as to decline of fisheries are by no means new. In 1885 the House of Commons appointed a Select Committee to enquire into the alleged decline, which, it was said, had con- tinued from the peace of 1815, and was attributed to the en- croachments of the French fishermen.* This kind of complaint, indeed, appeared to have become chronic, and several commis- sions have investigated the matter. There can, I suppose, be no doubt that fishes have become increasingly difficult to catch by the old-fashioned methods, but whether the difficulty arises from an increasing scarcity of the animals or from the competition of larger numbers of men with better equipped boats, may be open to dispute. And if fishes have actually become more scarce, it may be asked, has this arisen from over-fishing, from the use of * Dr. M'Intosh; a Brief Sketch of the Scotch Fisheries. 1892, 802 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. improper or destructive tackle, from the deterioration of spawn- . ing beds, the fouling or poisoning of waters, or from other causes which need not now be enumerated?’ Many such questions may be answered now which could not have been answered when Professor Huxley’s commission began its labours. At that time little was known of the migration of fishes, of their habits as to spawning, or even of their food and growth: much still remains to be learnt, but during the last ten years—thanks to the con- stant labours of naturalists connected with the various Fishery Boards—a vast amount of knowledge has been gained—not only about the life-histories and food of fishes, but as to their distri- bution, and as to the effects of the various appliances which are in use for their capture. Upon information of this kind must, of course, depend the decision as to whether sea-fishing should be carried on with- out any restriction, or whether stringent regulations as to close times and fishing machinery should be enforced. Professor Hux- ley and other authorities have held that the fecundity of fishes is so great that no restriction of any kind is necessary,—in fact that it is impossible for any human agency materially to inter- fere with the supply. But notwithstanding this it seems certain that there is a decrease of productiveness, at any rate in the North Sea, and that this decrease is to a large extent due to over-fishing. The following table, given by Dr. T. Wemyss Fulton, in the Tenth Annual Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland, will illustrate this fact :—* emp. Tonnage. Fish caught in Onis Der Ke of 1888 2,689 250,000 92°9 1889 3,608 252,524 69°9 1890 4,705 291,812 62°0 1891 6,404 323,046 49°8 It is thus shown that though in three years the weight of fish caught rose from 250,000 to 323,046 cwts., the tonnage of the vessels employed had increased from 2,689 in 1888 to 6,484 in * The table refers to beam-trawlers. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 8038 1891, thus reducing the catch per ton from 92°9 in 1888 to 49:8 in 1891. It seems, then, impossible to doubt that this rate of depletion is much more than the area can sustain without serious deterioration. The falling-off illustrated in this table occurred chiefly in the larger and more valuable flat-fish, but was com- mon to all kinds. Very few halibut are ever caught in the trawl-net,—only about 0°17 per cent. of the total catch: but the beam-trawl is the great instrument by which supplies of turbot and other flat-fish are obtained. And notwithstanding the con- stant increase in the number and efficiency of trawling vessels the quantity of flat-fish caught is diminishing. As evidence of this let us take another of Dr. Fulton’s valuable tables, refer- ring to the quantities of flat-fish landed on the East Coast of England :— Prime Fish Year. Turbot. Soles. not separately Totals. distinguished. owms. "has | Gas cwrs. 1887 57,561 67,874 109,424 234,859 1888 48,760 52,151 105,057 205,968 1889 44,272 47,747 25,848 117,867 1890 40,763 46,187 46,137 133,087 1891 47,594 61,287 43,728 152,609 Dr. Fulton remarks that the increase in the last year may be due to the substitution of steam for sailing vessels,—but in any case the falling-off since 1887 is very conspicuous, and this, notwith- standing the increased area and greater distances compassed by the modern boats. To quote again from the Scotch Fishery Report :—Mr. John Bain, the fishing officer for the Peterhead district, says that ‘‘any increase that has taken place in the quantities of fish landed must be largely, if not wholly, attri- buted to the increased appliances in operation. A large depletion has taken place on the inshore fishing grounds, and the boats are now, to a large extent, fishing on what may be called virgin soil. Some large quantities of halibut were got on these new grounds, but after a time a large decrease took place in the catch. * * * All our fisheries—lines and nets—have of late years been pro- 304 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. secuted with a diligence and to an extent quite unprecedented in past times. Larger boats, more and finer nets, more and bet- ter lines, and a larger area of fishing ground, seem to be requisite in order to keep up the supplies of fish.”” And the use of these larger and better boats tends to bring about the same result in another way: the fishermen are able to go right out to sea in weather which, not long ago, would have kept them in-shore. Mr. James Gow, the officer of the Banff district, says that, in February last, for two weeks, the boats were daily at sea and landing large quantities of fish, when with the same weather ten years ago there would not have been a boat out in the district. Testimony of this kind might be quoted ad hbitum. It can scarcely be doubted, then, that fish is scarcer than it was, and that this scarcity depends, in part at any rate, upon the great increase of the fishing industry and the more deadly character of the machinery now in use. But before attempting to consider any of the means which might be adopted for the conservation or improvement of fisher- ies, let us glance for a moment at some of the advances which have recently been made in our knowledge of the life and habits of fishes. First, as to the spawning and development of the ova. Professors M’Intosh, G. O. Sars, Prince, and many others have within the last few years laboriously investigated these subjects, and it may now be taken as certain that the spawning of most of our valuable food-fishes takes place chiefly outside of terri- torial waters, that the ova speedily rise towards the surface, are hatched within a week or two of fertilization, and are for the most part gradually drifted shorewards by the influence of cur- rents. So much may be affirmed of all the flat-fishes, of the cod, haddock, whiting, and many others. There are others whose ova are ‘‘demersal’’—or permanently attached to some stationary basis; but these may here be left out of consideration. In most cases the deposition of ova takes place during the earlier months of the year, and the young, when hatched, find their way or are carried by currents, apart from any volition of their own, into shallower waters, where their development is aided not only by a greater abundance of food, but by the higher temperature of PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 805 the water. The risks to which ova and young fishes are exposed in the struggle for existence are immense—chiefly no doubt arising from the fact that they are preyed upon by all kinds of creatures, great and small; and it may be taken as a zoological law that the fecundity of creatures so circumstanced is enormous. Fishes form no exception to the rule, and we find that a single turbot may produce in a single season nine or ten millions of eges; a cod, six or seven millions; a haddock, one million; and with these facts in his mind the eminent Belgian naturalist, Van Beneden, says ‘‘the fecundity of fishes is so great, the quantity of immature fish destroyed’’—by man’s agency he means—‘‘is so small in comparison with the immensity of the sea, that it does not matter where or when the fishing is carried on or with what engines, man is unable to disturb the equili- brium which the Creator has established between destruction and reproduction, —between life and death.”’ But with all respect to so great an authority it must be asserted that man is constantly interfering, to his own great detriment, with the equilibria of nature, and it is more than probable that he is doing so in this very case. Consider for a moment what is the natural destiny of the twenty million eggs produced by the female ling. In the order of nature, supposing the equilibrium to be maintained not more than about two of these would need to live in order to fill the place of the parents—the remaining 19,999,998 never attain- ing sexual maturity. Therefore, seeing that the ravages of man are exercised only upon the mature fish—upon only two out of twenty millions,—the remainder having been already swept out of existence,—it is by no means difficult to imagine a great dis- turbance of the natural equilibrium. Looking at the facts of the case, the general aspect of which I have endeavoured to lay before you, it is evident that a national control ought to be exercised over fisheries. And with this view, under the Fisheries Acts of 1888 and 1891 ten Sea Fisheries dis- tricts have been formed, comprising a large part of the coasts of England and Wales. But on the East and South Coasts con- siderable areas have not yet been formed into districts. The 806 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. powers conferred by these acts upon the local authorities are very extensive: they can close mussel and oyster beds, can de- termine the methods of fishing and the instruments which may be used, and the form and size of such instruments; they can prohibit the deposit of deleterious substances, and can either fix an annual close season or can close beds in rotation for a specific number of years. By obtaining a Regulating Order under the Act of 1868 they can fix the minimum sizes for mussels and cockles, receive power to plant beds, etc. In many districts these new powers have been largely utilized. It is satisfactory to know that the regulation of fisheries in foreign countries and in our own colonies is receiving close attention. The immense importance of these colonial industries can scarcely be exaggerated, but it seems that much requires to be done yet in the way of legal enactments. Thus it is stated that ‘‘at eight lobster-canning factories in Canada 35,157 berried females are captured daily, carrying about 703,140,000 eggs. The number of ova consigned to the boiling vats of the canneries in violation of law is said to be about 17,578,500,000 during the short season of two months at these eight factories alone, and since there are some five hundred canning factories on the shores of the maritime provinces, at which the same method seems to be practised, it is clear that the destruction of lobster ova is enormous,’’ and complaints are made both in Canada and New- foundland of the shrinkage of the lobster fisheries. Various proposals have been made to remedy this state of things, but up to this time nothing effectual appears to have been done, ex- cepting in the establishment of artificial hatcheries, to which I shall refer further. The measures which have been proposed or adopted by various European countries to protect and improve the fisheries, are, according to Dr. Fulton, as follows: (1) the total or partial prohibition of certain modes of fishing deemed injurious; (2) the enforcement of close times; (3) prohibition of the capture, landing, or sale of immature fish; (4) protection of spawning grounds; (5) destruction of the enemies of the food fishes, as PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 307 seals, porpoises, &c., in certain Continental fisheries; (6) the establishment of hatcheries on the coast for sea fish and edible shell-fish. Hatcheries already exist in the United States, Canada, New- foundland, Norway, and Scotland, and it is proposed to establish them in Belgium and France. In Newfoundland last season 551,469,000 young lobsters and 36,650,000 young cod were hatched and planted on the fishing grounds; this season (1892) 207,000,000 young cod were hatched in Norway and planted in the inshore waters. Dr. Fulton has kindly supplied me with the following statistics as regards the hatcheries of Canada and the United States :— “« Fish Hatching in Canada.—Since 1874, when first begun, 911,771,000 fry—salmon, trout of various kinds—‘ whitefish”’ (Coregonus), pickerel, &c., have been hatched and planted. Last year (1891) the numbers were over 115,770,000 at the fourteen hatcheries supported by the Government, which spends annually about 40,000 dollars on fish-breeding. United States.—Besides the Central Fish Commission, most of the States have hatcheries. The Fish Commission has thir- teen. In 1888 (the last year for which figures are published) 238,986,000 fry and ova were distributed by the Fish Commis- sion. In 1890 the State hatcheries of the State of New York hatched nearly 40,000,000,—probably in U.S. nearly 500,000,000 annually. The money grant is very large, but I have not been able to ascertain it. Shad-hatching is prosecuted on a very large scale, 153,890,000 in 1888, and very successful results claimed. The Atlantic Shad Fisheries had sunk to a low point. In 1880 the catch was 4,149,968, and each year it has increased; in 1888 the catch. being 7,660,474,—85 per cent. greater than in 1880, the money value of the increase being $704,101.”"—U.S. Fish Commission Report for 1887, published 1891. It is evident, then, that artificial fish-hatching is obtaining a fair trial across the Atlantic, and we may hope that its further development in Europe is only a question of time, for it seems certain that the present demand for fish must put too great a 3808 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. strain upon the natural productiveness of the sea, and that unless this productiveness can be reinforced by other than mere pro- tective measures, the supply cannot possibly keep pace with the demand. In our own country the only sea-fish hatchery, I be- lieve, is that now in course of development by the Scotch Fishery Board at Dunbar. But the importance of the subject is such that I propose to give you a short account of the processes now in use at the Norwegian hatchery, and in the fresh-water hatchery of Mr. Armistead at New Abbey. First, as to the Norwegian hatchery at Flodivigen. This is situated on a small bay on the outside of the island of Hiso, about two miles from the open sea, and at a similar distance from Arendal. The establishment is of very considerable extent and comprises—(1) a spawning pond of the following dimen- | sions: length 19 metres, breadth 6 metres, depth 3 metres. This pond is enclosed on three sides by strong granite walls and on the fourth by a perpendicular cliff. It is roofed over to keep out snow and to moderate the light, and about two feet from the bottom is a flooring with spaces an inch or an inch and a half in width between the planks, and underneath are pipes by means of which the foul water at the bottom can be drawn off. There is space enough for 1,000 to 2,000 large fishes, but the water must be continually renewed. (2) A rearing pond 34 x 22 metres, with a maximum depth of 5 metres. (3) The hatching house. (4) The spawn-collector. (5) The engine house. (6) Live boxes for the spawners. (7) Ice house with freezing ap- paratus.* (8) Hatching apparatus. Dr. Fulton has recently visited this establishment, and has given me the following brief but interesting account of its working :— ‘‘The fish are procured alive and confined under a wharf in large wooden compartments, being fed from time to time with herrings and sprats. At the approach of the spawning period * The engine is used for the purpose of pumping, so keeping a constant current of water through the various ponds and hatching troughs,—the water never being allowed to rest but being kept in a constant whirl. A store of ice is necessary, because at some seasons it is impossible to procure fresh food for the flsh: they are then fed upon herrings and sprats which have been preserved in ice, PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 3809 they are transferred to a ‘‘spawning pond” built against a cliff with granite blocks, and which is at a slightly higher level than the hatching house. Into this the water is pumped, and the overflow of the water carries off the floating fecundated eggs (for males and females are kept in the pond), and these eggs are separated by a large horse-hair cloth and transferred to the hatching apparatus. The eggs are thus fecundated naturally, and the fish require no handling. The expense, Donnevig told me, when large quantities are produced, is one penny for 8,000 or 10,000 fry; that includes all expenses, wages, coals, etc. The adult fish are kept from year to year. In this country we would be able to hatch many more fish, for the reason that in Norway they have not the flat-fish fisheries, soles, turbot, etc., which we have, and as many of the fish spawn in different months a succession of them could be employed.” The stocking and preservation of our rivers and lakes is cer- tainly not, from an economical point of view, so important a matter as the maintenance of the sea-fisheries. It is neverthe- less both important and interesting, and the methods adopted at establishments like that of Mr. Armistead—the result of many years of experiment—are well worthy of our attention. Mr. Armistead’s hatchery is located about eight miles south of Dumfries, in a most picturesque spot on the northern slope of Criffel. There are sixty fish-ponds and a number of buildings adapted for the various operations connected with the business. I cannot do better by way of description than read some extracts from a newspaper account of a visit to the hatchery :— ‘The sources of water supply, which form the driving power of the works, are as varied as they are plentiful. At least four different streams flow through the estate, and from each of these a supply of water is drawn, as well as from springs innumerable, several of which, collected into one focus, supply the driving power of the main hatchery, which takes a hundred gallons por minute of clear, sparkling spring water. A good deal of hatch- ing has, however, now to be done in other buildings, and some considerable extensions are now in contemplation. In the main hatchery a considerable number of eggs are already (November, 310 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. = 1892) in process of incubation, consisting of some excellent breeds of trout (S. fario), Loch Leven trout (S. levenensis), and American trout or char (S. fontinalis), and in addition to these the first sea trout (S. trutta) eggs of the season have been laid down. A few of these fish are now acclimatised in the ponds where they have been reared from the egg, and have in turn yielded their ova without ever going to sea. The eggs are arranged on glass grilles, and looked the essence of cleanliness, as indeed did the entire hatchery, and herein lies one of the great secrets of successful fish culture. Having finished our inspection, a net was run through one of the ponds, and those who were privileged to witness the result became convinced that the fish culture of the present day has become a very real thing indeed. To see the masses of fine, healthy trout, composed of individuals averaging several pounds each, as the net was repeatedly brought to bank, is a sight of no ordinary kind, but it was certainly to be seen to perfection here. In skilful hands the fish were rapidly sorted, and then the spawning operations began. Mr. Armistead has hitherto made a practice of spawning every fish himself, and the amount of labour entailed is very great. This may be understood more fully perhaps when it is mentioned that after dinner on Satur- day evening he went out and stripped 74 trout which had been brought up from one of the ponds and placed in the tanks, and it was 11 p.m. when he went to smoke the pipe of peace before retiring to rest. A pile of spawning dishes being at hand, one of them is taken and carefully wiped dry with a towel. Being placed upon the spawning table, a fish is handed by an attendant in a suitable landing net. It is adroitly seized by Mr. Armis- tead, the left hand being placed just above the tail, which is grasped by the thumb, while the head of the fish slips into and is grasped by the right hand. Holding it in an oblique position with the back downwards, the right thumb of the right hand is passed along the abdomen, and the eggs are rapidly expelled into the dish. The fish is then pitched skilfully over the end of the table, and performing a somersault as it passes through the air, it alights safely in a tank, and at the same instant another fish PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. Sid held up by the attendant is seized and treated in a similar man- ner, and thus the ova of several fish are taken in much less time than it takes to write a description of the operation. A male fish is then handed up and the milt expressed on to the ova, both being carefully mixed by the hand, and a little water added. In this way dish after dish is filled with ova until all are occupied, when the contents of half the dishes are ready for washing, and these are shot into a tank with a perforated outlet, in which they are subjected to a current of water. The spawning then goes on, and by the time the dishes are again filled the contents of the rest are ready for washing. And so the work goes on, gallons of ova being taken and got ready for the hatching-boxes in a very short time. They are then decanted by means of a measure, which holds enough to fill one grille, and thus the latter are rapidly filled, and become the resting places of the ova until ‘fully eyed,”’ when they are packed and distributed to all parts, being largely and successfully used for planting in artificial hatching beds and streams. This, if properly done, Mr. Armis- tead considers the most economical method of stocking waters, and the eggs are sold in large quantities at very low rates to facilitate this important work. Leaving the work of the hatchery, we again took a walk amongst the ponds, and were just in time to witness the sorting of a splendid mass of delicious-looking Loch Leven trout.. The late fish were pitched into an empty pond adjoining the one from which they had been taken, whilst those nearly ripe were put into a carrier on wheels—a very convenient looking thing—and hurried off to one of the spawning ponds to wait for a few days before being operated upon. A few fully ripe fish (some 50 or 60) were carried off to a waiting tank ready to be operated upon by Mr. Armistead as soon as practicable. A pond full of Ameri- ean trout specially engaged our attention in passing, many of the fish being distinctly visible, their resplendently prismatic colours and the deep orange and white of the under parts and fins being distinctly seen, even while in the water. Several botanical ponds were noted, some of the specimens in them being - great rarities, A fine specimen of the Cape Water Lily (Aponoge- Vi 812 : PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. ton distachyon) was still in bloom notwithstanding the frost. A walk of a quarter of a mile brought us to the nursery or year- ling ponds, in which the fry are placed in April or May, and here we saw a nice show of yearling fish. These ponds oceupy the side of a hill, so that there is considerable fall from one to the other, and the various supplies of water after passing through them are united into one focus, and do duty in some larger ponds lower down. The yearling house is on a lower level than the fry ponds, and the fish can either be carried in tanks or allowed to swim down into it, the advantage of the latter process being apparent. Here in a comfortable building they can be sorted, counted, placed in the numerous preparation tanks, and when the time appointed for their departure arrives, 2,000 yearlings can be packed and loaded on to a wagon in less than ten minutes.” Some remarks of Mr. Armistead on the success which has been attained in the artificial hatching of fish may fitly conclude this part of the subject :— ‘‘ Whereas, twenty-five years ago,” Mr. Armistead writes, ‘‘ we were working very much in the dark, and had many diffi- culties to contend with, which were little understood, we now look upon the everyday work of a fish farm as calmly as the agriculturist does upon his daily labours. Still, there is a vast deal to learn; but we are sure of our ground, and the rest is simply a matter of time. In glancing at the work which has been done, the difficulties that have been overcome, the improve- ments that have been introduced, there is much cause for satis- faction at results. In the beginning trout ova were collected by hundreds, and it was a common thing for three men to be occupied in spawning a trout; and some of the earlier writers describe one holding the head, another the tail, while a third operator took the ova, which often took nothing bigger than a saucer to hold them. Now hundreds of fish are spawned by one man in a few hours at the Solway fishery, and piles of dishes are required to contain the eggs, which are measured by gallons ; and, as the season goes on, are counted by the million. For a long time it was supposed that the gravelly bed of a stream was necessary for the successful hatching of the ova of the Salmonide. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 8138 Then hatching boxes were invented, with all their paraphernalia, and we have since gone on improving the various appliances. One rather striking fact which comes to the front, however, is that we have largely gone back to the gravelly bed of a stream for the purpose of hatching ova for stocking waters; and it is by far the most economical method, in many cases, by which to manage this sowing of the seed, as it were. When the lowest price of ova was 50s. a thousand, sowing liberally was hardly to be entertained; but now that magnificent ‘fully-eyed’ eggs all ready for hatching can be bought—taking a quantity — at 7s. 6d. per 1,000, the cost of sowing is comparatively trifling. These ‘eyed’ trout-eges may be sown in artificially prepared beds, very much as a farmer or gardener sows his seeds. The beds can easily be made where there is a good trout stream, though they should not be made in the stream itself, but alongside of or near it, or in a race way where they are not liable to be destroyed by floods. They can be made in a variety of different ways, but the simplest plan is perhaps to make them of wood. I shall be very glad to send one or more of these wooden beds to anyone who may desire it. When once the principle is understood, more wooden ones may be made by any local carpenter ; or brick, stone, or concrete may be used, if greater permanency is desired. The trout-eggs, when within a week or so of hatching, are placed among gravel in the beds, and left to themselves—no further care being neces- sary, except to be sure that the water supply is not cut off.” To us, as a local Club, the practical outcome of the facts which I have thus briefly put before you lies in the question,—what should we be doing in our district to help in maintaining and improving our fisheries? For, if nothing be done, I take it as certain that the yield must persistently decrease, except in so far as we may be beneficially affected by the efforts of neighbouring districts. But that, I trust, is scarcely a solatiwm to be calmly accepted by the Northumbrian spirit. Besides the exercise of the various regulating powers belong- ing to local authorities,—on which I need not further dwell,— there are at least two directions in which it might be desirable for the County Councils to invoke the aid of Biologists. First, 314 PRESIDEN1’S ADDRESS. by means of systematic observations, to make out accurately the geographical and seasonal distribution of the various food-fishes in our district, and their habits as regards breeding, food, migra- tion, etc.* Secondly, by the establishment of a hatchery, to aid in keeping up and improving the supply of fish. I might, per- haps add a third clause, to include the establishment of oyster, cockle, and mussel beds, etc. Measures of this kind must, of course, involve considerable expense, but the resulting advantage could scarcely fail to be more than commensurate with the out- lay. To deal with these matters in detail would be beyond the bounds of my time and space for this evening, and would more- over be premature. JI will only add that if a hatchery should sooner or later be established in our district, as I hope it may, there should be associated with it, in the shape of a Biological station, some facilities, however humble, for the scientific study of our marine fauna. A work of this kind comes fairly within the powers of the County Councils, which have already shown a commendable care for the interests of Agriculture, and a desire generally to help forward technical and scientific education. They could scarcely employ themselves more usefully, or more materially benefit the whole community, than by taking in hand the whole question of the preservation and improvement of our local fisheries. * The species of fishes inhabiting our local waters are fairly well-known,—thanks to the persevering observations, extended over many years, of various naturalists and anglers,—notably of the late Mr. John Hancock, Dr. Embleton, and our excellent Secretary, Mr. Howse. In the last volume (Vol. X.) of the ‘‘ Natural History Transac- tions of Northumberland and Durham,” Mr. Howse published a Catalogue of the local fishes,—complete, so far as our present knowledge goes, and containing much of in- terest as regards the Natural History and habits of the various species. NEW MEMBERS. 815 The following gentlemen were elected members of the Club during the year 1892-3 :— May, 1892. Francis, Wm., 20, Collingwood Street, Newcastle. June, 1892. Balden, John, jun., Dilston, Corbridge-on-Tyne. June, 1892. Wood, Jas. Scott, Wood’s Buildings, Walker Gate. 1892. Yates, James, Public Librarian, Halton, nr. Leeds. May, 18938. Clay, Thomas R., Elswick Lodge, Newcastle. June, 1893. Martin, N. H., Windsor Crescent, Newcastle. June, 1893. Peart, Andrew M., Cleveland Villa, North Shields. June, 1893. Peart, Robert, Be | ay The following places were fixed for Frrtp Mrxrives, 1893 :— May 29H ........ »oeeve Staward Peel. po OM ss -..+c- Keeldar changed to Bellingham. Jury 17ru, 18TH ........ Dumfries and New Abbey. Auvausr 22np, 23RD, 2 pays. Sedberge changed to Staward Peel. SEPTEMBER 21st........... Wycliffe-on-Tees. WCROBMER pat < cic Gere so sco Black Halls, near Castle Eden. TREASURER’S REPORT. 316 P “MOLIGaY ‘HYNVU], TAHLAY ‘4091100 pUNOT pue poulmxy—egst ‘pre Avy 8 Los v8 LOIS @ PL aouepeg “ “Tg 20g 7 (Be PORoR Aah eo getone uoisstum0g, “ Tip ve eeeees sessstes o8masog “ eco EG. oe eon Cn -jooyy Aresioatuuy pue surueam Oru oe eo ens PIOg suotjovsuviy, “ 0 L ‘ccc sesuedxy ,sortezeroeg “ OpeC ls O0ic as Ae as stordriosqng ‘* @ 66 °°." Mesto gee toys Suyuug Aq -uer eB ace puvy ur oouvreg oy, “une ase de “C681 Wee gy “C68T “Up “NEE ‘GNTO CTA SISIIVUOLVN ACISHNAL AO LNNOOOV S.cddOSVAaL LO LOVULSAV OFFICE BEARERS. 817 The following gentlemen were proposed and elected as Officers of the Club for 1893-94 :— PRESIDENT. J. F. Spence, Esq., Chirton Cottage, North Shields. Vicr-PRESIDENTS. Joseph Blacklock. William Maling. D. O. Drewett. Ex-oFFIcIO VicE-PRESIDENTS: D. Embleton, Esq., M.D. Rev. G. R. Hall, M.A., F.I.A. Rey. Canon Tristram, F.R.S. G. H. Philipson, Esq., M.D. Rey. Canon Norman, F.R.S. A. 8. Stevenson, Esq., J.P. E. J. J. Browell, Esq., J.P. Rev. J. M. Hick, B.A. Prof. G. 8. Brady, F.R.S. John Philipson, Esq., J.P. Hon. TREASURER. R. Y. Green. How. SECRETARIES. Richard Howse | Thomas Thompson. Faraday Spence. CoMMITTEE. T. W. Backhouse. Rey. J. M. Hick. Dr. G. 8. Brady. Rev. Wm. Johnson. E. J. J. Browell. G. H. Philipson, M.D. Wu. Dinning. John Philipson. D. Embleton, M.D. Col. J. R. Young. John Glover. Joseph Cobb, Sunderland. AUDITORS. J. 8. Forster. | Arthur Tranah. 318 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE. NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF NORTHUMBERLAND, DURHAM, AND NEWCASTLE- UPON-TYNE. ANNUAL MEETING, 30TH AUGUST, 1893. REPORT FOR 1892-1893. In presenting the Annual Report to the members of the Natural History Society, the Committee have in the first place to men- tion that the total receipts from subscriptions, fees, and other sources for the past year amount to £696 : 19: 7, and the total expenditure has been £779 : 8 : 4. The excess of expendi- ture over income has been met in this and the previous year (1891-2) by the reduction of the substantial balance of 1891 from £258 : 7: 6 to £57 : 3:1, the balance on hand at the end of the present financial year. The increase of expenditure during the last and previous year has arisen chiefly from the repairs done to the Museum building, painting the outside, and furnishing the Upper East Corridor and the gallery of the Bird Room with new cases, and partly from the expense of the electric lighting of the Museum on Saturday evenings. Though the strictest care in outlay has been exercised, this statement shews the necessity for the continuance of the same rigid economy, and for renewed exertions on the part of the officers and members in their endeavours to increase the list of subscribers. During the year only nine new members have been elected, and the Society has lost by death and resignations about the same number, so that the total membership remains about the same as last year. REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE. 319 About 22,250 persons have paid for admission during the past year, being a decrease of upwards of 7,000, which diminution is not easily explained, but may have been due to the finer weather prevailing during the holidays, as the receipts have fallen off chiefly at those periods. In the direction of increasing the membership the Committee would suggest that it seems most desirable to make a direct appeal to the numerous county gentlemen of Northumberland and Durham, very few of whom appear on the present list of subscribers. It could be pointed out that the advantages of having a first-rate provincial museum, so conveniently situated for the rural populations of both counties, is a matter of interest to all influential persons and worthy of their permanent support, especially as the Museum is a great source of interest to visitors from the country and instruction to all the inhabitants of this district. The work of the Society has been steadily and carefully carried on in the Museum during the past year, and as fully as the limited funds at the disposal of the Committee would permit. Additional wall-cases have been furnished for the Ethnological Room in order to exhibit the large collection of South Sea im- plements and manufactures collected by the late Miss Julia Boyd, of Moor House, Durham (presented, according to her wish, by her executors to the Museum). In these and adjoining cases the bulk of her collections have now been arranged. New bird- cases have also been obtained and have been used for many of the fine series of the rarer New Zealand birds collected by Miss Boyd, as well as in carrying out the formation of a typical and generic collection of foreign birds round the galleries of the Bird Room. In this considerable progress has been made, but the want of funds to provide a full set of cases will for a time at least prevent the completion of the Oia of this part of the Museum collections. The legacy of £2,000 bequeathed Se the late John Coppin, Esq., of Bingfield, Northumberland, has been received and in- vested in Tyne Improvement Commissioners’ Stock at 4 per cent. per annum. 320 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE. The Mural Tablet erected to perpetuate the memory of Albany and John Hancock and their lifelong devotion to the study and advancement of different branches of Natural History has now been completed and placed in the Entrance Hall of the Museum. The balance of the Memorial Fund has been expended in the purchase of an excellent portrait of Mr. John Hancock, from the pencil of F. H. Michael, of London. The Committee have to regret that, in consequence of the very small attendance of visitors on Saturday evenings and the great expense consequently incurred for the Electric Lighting, they have considered it advisable to discontinue the opening of the Museum on Saturday evenings, at least for the present. At the suggestion of Dr. Embleton, and through the obliging co-operation of himself, the Rev. Canon Tristram, Prof. M. C. Potter, Prof. W. Somerville, Prof. G. 8. Brady, and Mr. De Havilland, who gave their services gratuitously, the Committee were able to arrange a short series of Saturday-Evening Lectures on various subjects of Natural History in the months of February and March of the present year. These lectures were delivered in the Museum, and were well attended and so much appreciated by members of the Society and numerous visitors that the Com- mittee look forward to being able to arrange for another series during the coming winter. The following is a list of the lec- tures delivered :— Feb. 4.—On the Egg... a ... D. EMBLETON, Esq., M.D. », 11.—On the Origin and Causes of the Migration of Birds ... Rev. Canon Tristram, F.R.S. 5, 18.-—On Frogs and Tadpoles ... Prof. Porrer, M.A. 5, 25.—On the Structure of Timber ... Prof. SomERvILLE, F.R.S., Ed. Mar. 4.—On Parasitism in Plants and Animals... 400 ... Prof. G. 8. Brapy, F.R.S. », 11.—On Germs oe 400 ... H. De HAvILuann, Esq. During the past year the Microscopical Society have as usual held their evening meetings in the Museum, and the College of Physical Science still continue to hold the classes in connection with the departments of Agriculture and Biology in the Lower West Corridor until suitable rooms are provided for them in REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE, 321 their new building now in progress towards completion. The use of the rooms has also been granted to the Mayor and Cor- poration of Newcastle-upon-Tyne for a Conversazione during the visit of the British Medical Association to Newcastle in August. In the last Report it was mentioned that the Rev. Canon Tristram had suggested the desirability of establishing a Han- cock Prize Medal for original essays on local Natural History subjects. Since that time the Rey. Canon has formulated his scheme and issued a circular, a copy of which is included in this Report. It is thought that about £200 would form a sufficient fund, if carefully invested, to give annually, or as often as it is ° fixed, to award a prize to successful competitors. About one- half has been promised towards this sum. COPY OF CIRCULAR, JOHN HANCOCK MEMORIAL MEDAL. ‘‘ It is proposed to establish, under the auspices of the Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham, and Neweastle-on- Tyne, a Medal or Prize to be given annually for the encourage- ment of Field Observations in Natural History, whether Botany, Ornithology, Entomology, Molluscan or other invertebrate forms of Life, or Geology. The object is not to foster a passion for collecting, but to stimulate observation and consequent research. It is, therefore, proposed that the Medal or a Prize of Books should be offered for the best account of a ramble, with especial reference to the common objects noticed in the fields or the woods, on the moors, or by the sea shore. Competitors shall be residents in the counties of Northumber- land or Durham, and the prize shall be awarded not for Techni- cal Knowledge or Literary Research, but for observation such as can be exercised by persons of ordinary education, without special training, with a special view to the encouragement of the study of Natural History among clerks, assistants in houses of business, engineers, and apprentices. The Medal shall be awarded by Examiners nominated by the 322 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE. Committee of the Natural History Society, and the Trustees of the Natural History Society shall be the Trustees of the Fund. It seems fitting that the Medal should bear the name of John Hancock, who, more than any other man, for more than half a century imparted to the Tyneside a share of his own enthusiasm, and gave our Society a prominent position among the Naturalist Societies in England, and who lives still by his work in our Museum. John Hancock was the typical field naturalist. Be- hind the naturalist’s eye he possessed the artist’s soul, and this enabled him to ennoble the art of taxidermy. Who could watch him, as he described with an artless eloquence the feats and actions of a falcon, every motion of his body and the glance of his eagle eye almost reacting the scene he depicted, without feeling that he was a master of bird life? This indeed he was, and Newcastle Museum attests that he was as true a poet as ever wielded the sculptor’s chisel or handled the artist’s brush. His sympathy was with nature, and his groups are vitalized by one who felt the life of birds as something kindred with his own ; and inspired with this sympathy and labouring to utter it, he recreated life as it were within the grasp of death. It is sometimes thought that the days of field work are gone by in a soil searched through and through for so many years; that the field-glass and the lens must be abandoned for the microscope, and the studies of the laboratory supersede the observations of the field. But there is still room for the worker in every branch of natural science, from the study and observa- tion of life habits, down to the investigation of muscles, and the analysis of brain tissue. For the busy toilers of the great city, for the hard-worked professional or business man, there is no relaxation or refresh- ment that can rival this change of the gaze from the law-book or the ledger to the gem-studded turf, or the path of the bird in the air. But the enjoyment of nature must be an intelligent enjoyment. We must learn the story and the lesson of plant, bird, beetle, and butterfly, till we cease to took on any of nature’s gifts with an ignorant indifference or an unintelligent wonder.” ‘“‘The works of the Lord are great, sought out of all them that have pleasure therein.” REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE. 3298 SUBSCRIPTIONS ALREADY PROMISED. FOL G PATS EROMO™ witenaaisvatsaiciees tastier elleciewanilcise since as £50 0 0 H. Seebohm, Esq., See. R.G.S., London .......0.00.se00es 10 0 0 eve el men LOX, MoAG, Dib aiersnecenieeseclsceesel sree sr 10 0 0 Rey. Canon Tristram, F.R.S., Durham .............00+6 10 0 O A. P. Harrison, Esq., Newcastle-on-Tyne ............... i OO J. H. Gurney, Esq., F.Z.S., Keswick Hall, Norwich... 2 0 0 G. H. Philipson, Esq., M.D., Newcastle-on-Tyne...... 2 © @ R. Y. Green, Esq., Neweastle-on-Tyne .........-.seseeeeee ii @ Subscribers’ names will be received by Rev. Canon Tristram, College, Durham, and Mr. Wright, The Museum, Barras Bridge, Newceastle-on-Tyne.”’ The additions to the Library during the year consist of about 130 parts and volumes of Transactions which have been received in exchange with other Societies. Miss Smith, of Long Benton, has obligingly presented a very valuable collection of Books form- ing the library of the late Thomas J. Bold, of Long Benton. Mr. Bold was a well-known Coleopterist and Naturalist of our dis- trict, and the books contained in his library, consisting chiefly of works on Insects, form a very important addition. Mr. Bold’s extensive and valuable collection of Local Coleoptera was pre- sented shortly after his death by his brother Edwin Bold, of Long Benton. The other donation that may be specially men- tioned is a fine copy of Curtis’ ‘‘ Flora Londinensis,”’ presented by Mr. R. Y. Green. In Zoology, Mr. George Allan’s Swazieland collection, con- sisting of horns of the Kudu, Pallah, Reitbock, Burchell’s Gnu, etc., has been received, and these horns are now all arranged in the Entrance Hall. About seventy other specimens of Mam- mals, Birds, Fishes, and Reptiles have been added to the collec- tions, chiefly presents from F. Wallis, Esq., Ross, Herefordshire ; R. C. Clephan; George Crawhall; R. L. Proudlock; Charles Liddell, Esq., Sandhoe; John Robinson, North Shields; F. H. Phillips; John Duncan; J. Jackson, and others. A full list of the New Zealand birds and also of the South Sea curiosities collected by Miss Julia Boyd, and ethnological presents by Mr. 324 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE. George Allan and others will be found in a previous list of dona- tions. Balance as per Bank Book ........0ssesecsneseeveeers My a) i £836 11 5 328 TREASURER’S REPORT. THE HONORARY TREASURER IN ACCOUNT ELECTRIC LIGHTING FUND, 1893. £s. d June 30. To Balance from last ACCOUNE .....c.cssceseeceerecsenees ref) on Subscription, as per Bank Book ...:.cssccscses woe 28 6 0 £35 13 9 HANCOCK MEMORIAL FUND, 1893. £ os. d June 30. To Balance from last Account, as per Bank Book... 128 11 10 »» Subscriptions, per Joseph Wright », Cash from General Account £163 15 0 TREASURER’S REPORT. 829 WITH THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 30TH JUNE, 1898. 1898. ; 25 5, Ob June 30. By Cash transferred to General Account, as per Bank BO OkKersancsescscssacssisnucacssascticdesencdcamcsuicesitorcs 2 Gi 16} ff) 236) 118) @) THOS. THOMPSON, Hon. TREASURER. Examined and found correct, Ist Dec., 1893. E. 0. REID, f AUDIORS. JNO. D. SCOTT, 30TH JUNE, 1893. 1892. £ s. d. Oct. 18. By Craggs, for Tablet, as per estimate ......-.....00 100 0 0 1893. Jan. 17. ,, F. H. Michael, Portrait of J. Hancock ............ 35 0 0 April 18. ,, Mawson & Co., Picture Frames .......2:...ssesseeee 615 0 June 80. ,, J. Angove, Cutting Letters in front of Museum.. 22 0 O £163 15 O THOS. THOMPSON, ' Hon. TREASURER. Examined and found correct, 1st Dec., 1898. JNO. D. SCOTT, AUDITORS. E. O. REID, 330 1892. TREASURER’S REPORT. THE HONORARY TREASURER IN ACCOUNT - CAPITAL ACCOUNT, £ “8, 1d. June 30. To Invested in Newcastle Corporation Irredeemable Stock at 33 per cent., as per last Capital AN CCOUMBsccesecanvaictedecencivessiscccscmesemeencerr .. 2000 0 0 », Invested in River Wear Commission Funded Debt at 43 per cent., as per last Capital ACCOUNbiccssceceonnscecnssecceutesesssadscatecsecneneee 5(0 0 O Dec. 30. ,, Invested in Tyne Commissioners Consolidated Fund at 4 per cent., as per Mortgage No. 5948, SOth Dees, US92 c.ccccsceseacsavecescwoevectomenee 20009 0 0 », Balance of Maintenance Fund, as per Bank Book, 80th June, 1893 ....cessereesesvcnceessones 45 19 2 £4545 19 2 MAINTENANCE FUND, 1893. zy Gh (al June 30. To Balance from June, 1892 ...... preeonoocenc n l) REASURER’S REPORT. 331 WITH THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 80TH JUNE, 1893. 1893. £8, d. June 30. By Newcastle Corporation Irredeemable Stock at 33 per cent , as per Certificate No. 260. ...... 2000 0 0 », River Wear Commission Funded Debt, No. 967, Ut AZ PEL CONE. .esseererseeseevesreceeere ceeee seeees 500 0 O 5, Lyne Improvement Commissioners Consolidated Fund at 4 per cent., Mortgage No. 5948, 30th CCHS 9D bested cians Sec satictrek ac sician Zooobdgabonuaob nes 2000 0 0 ,, Cash in Messrs. Lambton & Co.’s Bank, as per Maintenance Fund Account ........+.scccsesee: 4519 2 £4545 19 2 THOS. THOMPSON, Hon. TREASURER. Examined and found correct, 1st Dec., 1893. JNO. D. SCOTT, : AUDITORS. - E. 0. REID, 30TH JUNE, 1898. 1893. & oh Gl June 80. By Cash in Messrs. Lambton & Co.’s Bank ...... 4519 2 THOS. THOMPSON, Hon. TREASURER. Examined and found correct, 1st Dec., 1893. JNO. D. SCOTT, AUDITORS. E. O. REID, O02 OFFICERS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. OFFICERS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, 1893-94. The following Gentlemen were elected as Officers of the Natural History Society for 1893-94. PATRONS. His Grace the Duke of Northumberland. The Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of Durham. The Right Rey. the Lord Bishop of Newcastle. PRESIDENT. The Right Honourable Lord Armstrong, C.B., F.R.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. The Right Honourable the Earl of Ravensworth. Sir M. White Ridley, Bart., M.P. Sir Lowthian Bell, Bart., F.R.S. Sir Andrew Noble, K.C.B., F.R.S. The Worshipful the Mayor of Newcastle. Lieut.-Col. Potter, C.B. J. W. Swan, Esq. T. W. Embleton, Esq. Joseph Blacklock, Esq. D. Embleton, Esq., M.D. D. O. Drewett, Esq. R. R. Dees, Esq. Wm. Maling, Esq. J. A. Woods, Esq. H. N. Middleton, Esq. G. H. Philipson, Esq., M.D., ete. Rey. Canon Lloyd, D.D. Thomas Bell, Esq. Alex. §. Stevenson, Esq. John Daglish, Esq. C. M. Adamson, Esq. John Rogerson, Esq. I. G. Dickinson, Esq. HON. TREASURER. Thomas Thompson, Esq. HON. SECRETARIES. Wm. Dinning. | A. H. Dickinson. COMMITTEE. Mr. H. T. Archer. Prof. G. 8. Brady, F.R.S. Mr. E. J. J. Browell. Rey. Canon Norman, F.R.S., ete. Mr. Robt. C. Clephan. Mr. Frederick Page. Mr. Samuel Graham. Mr. John Pattinson. Mr. R. Y. Green. ~ Mr. John Philipson. Mr. N. H. Martin. ‘ Mr. J. F. Spence. HON. AUDITORS. John D. Scott. | KE. O. Reid. OFFICERS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, HONORARY CURATORS, 1893-94, ZOOLOGY. VERTEBRATA. D. Embleton, M.D. C. M, Adamson. Samuel Graham. Thos. Thompson. , INVERTEBRATA. Rey. Canon Norman. N. H. Martin. C. M. Adamson. Wm. Dinning. Wm. Maling. BOTANY. Rey. Henry Fox, Durham. C. E. Stuart. Rey. Wm. Johnson. M. G. Potter. GEOLOGY. E. J. J. Browell J. W. Kirkby. J. Daglish. Prof. G. A. Lebour. W. Dinning. Jno. Pattinson. E. J. Garwood. | CURATOR. Richard Howse: KEEPER OF THE MUSEUM. Joseph Wright. 333 304 LIST OF DONATIONS LIST OF EXCHANGES AND DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM AND LIBRARY Or THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, From JULY 1st, 1892, Tro JUNE 307TH, 1893. AMERICAN SOCIETIES. Albany ;—New York State Museum. 44th Annual Report. 1890. Boston :—Society of Natural History. Proceedings, Vol. 25, Parts 3, 4. Nov. 1891—May, 1892. Memoirs, Vol. 4, No. 10. The Society. Boston :—American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Proceedings, New Ser., 18; Whole Ser., 26.. May, 1890—May, 1891. The Academy. Cambridge :—Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College. Bulletin, Geol. Ser., Vols 2; Whole Ser., Vol. 16, No. 11, 12. oA Vol. 23, Nos. 3, 4, 5, 6. > », 24, Nos. 1, 2,3. Annual Report of the Curator. 1891-92. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. New York :—Academy of Science and Lyceum of Nat. History. Annals, Vol. 6, Nos. 1-6. Dec. 1891—May, 1892. The Academy. Philadelphia :—Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings, Parts 2, 3, 1892; Part 1, 1898. The Academy. Philadelphia :—American Philosophical Society. Proceedings, Vol. 30, No. 138. April, 1892. i © 930), sleosn Decsigg2: " » 381, ,, 140. Jan.—March, 1893. Transactions, Vol. 17, New Ser., Parts 1,2. 1892. The Society. Philadelphia :— Wagner Free Institute of Science. Transactions, Vol. 8, Part 2. Oct.—Dec., 1892. Rochester :—Academy of Science. Vol. 2. Brochure 1. 1892. The Academy. TO THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 330 Salem :—American Association for the Advancement of Science. Proceedings, 40th Meeting, Washington. 1891. a 41st Meeting, Rochester. 1892. The Association. Wisconsin :— Wisconsin Academy. Transactions, Vol. 8. 1888-91. St. Louis :—Academy of Science. Transactions, Vol. 5, Nos. 3, 4. 1888-91. Appendix to Cat. of Flora of Nebraska. March, 1892. The Academy. Washington :—National Academy of Science. Memoirs, Vol. 2. 1883-4. The Academy. Washington :—Smithsonian Institution: Bureau of Ethnology. 7th Annual Report, Bureau of Ethnology. 1885-6. i Contributions to American Ethnology, Vol. 7. 1890. _. Athabascan Bibliography. 1892. - Washington :—Smithsonian Institution: Contributions to Knowledge. Vol. 28. Life History of N. American Birds, by Capt. C. Bendire. 1892. On the Application of Interference Methods of Spectroscopic Measure- ment. ; ; The Institution. Washington :— Smithsonian Institution, U.S. National Museum. Report of U.S. National Museum. 1890. The Institution. Washington :— United States Geological Survey. Mineral Resources of the U.S.A. for 1889-90. D. Day. The Director of U.S. Geol. Survey. Washington :—Department of Agriculture. Bulletin 8 (Hawks and Owls of U.S.A.). The U.S. Department of Agriculture. BRITISH SOCIETIES. Berwick-upon-Tweed :—Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club. Vol, 18, No. 2. 1890-91. The Club. Cardiff :— Naturalists’ Society. Report and Transactions, Vol. 24, Parts 1,2. 1892-8. The Society. Dublin :—Royal Society. Scientific Proceedings, Vol. 7, New Ser., Parts 3, 4. Transactions, Vol. 4 (Ser. 2), Parts 9-13. - The Society. Edinburgh :—Meteorological Society. Journal, 3rd Ser., No. 9. 1891. 336 LIST OF DONATIONS Essex, Buckhurst Hill :—Essex Field Club. Essex Naturalist, Vol. 6, Nos. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. 9 % 5 «dah Lisg bl eeeate ma or The Club. Glasgow :—Natural History Society. Proceedings and Transactions, Vol. 8, New Ser., Part 8. 1892. The Society. Glasgow :—Geological Society. | Transactions, Vol. 9, Part 2. 1890-92. The Society. Greenwich :—Royal Observatory. Magnetic and Meteorological Observations. The Astronomer Royal. Liverpool :—Naturalists’ Field Club. Reports. 1892. The Club. Leeds :—Naturalists’ Union. Transactions, Parts 17, 18. 1891-2. The Union. Leeds :—Philosophical and Literary Society. Annual Report for 1891-2 and 1892-3 The Society. London :—British Museum, Cromwell Road, Kensington. Catalogue of Birds, Vols. 16, 17. Catalogue of British Echinoderms in the British Museum, by Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell. Guide to Sowerby’s Models of British Fungi. The Trustees of British Museum. London :—Ealing Microscopical and Nat. Hist. Society. Report for 1892. The Society, per A. T. Belt. London :— Geologists’ Association. Proceedings, Vol. 12, Nos. 8, 9, 10. The Association. London :—Nature. From June 30th, 1892—June 30th, 1893. The Publisher. London :—Quekett Mreroscopical Club. Journal, Vol. 5, 2nd Ser., Nos. 31, 32. The Club. London. Rhopalocera Exotica, Parts 21, 22, 23, 24. 1892-3. Purchased. London :—Zoological Society. Proceedings, Parts 2, 8,4. 1892. he Part 1. 1998. Transactions, Vol. 18, Parts 5, 6. The Society. TO THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 307 Manchester :—Literary and Philosophical Socrety. Memoir and Proceedings, 4th Ser., Vol. 5, No. 2. 1891-2. ” 9 99 99 6. 7, Novis 189228, The Society. 99 ” ve) Manchester :—Owen’s College. Three Museum Handbooks, viz. : Classification of Animal Kingdom. i » Vegetable Kingdom. Catalogue of Type Fossils. The Keeper of Museum. Neweastle-on-Tyne :—Institute of Mining § Mechanical Engineers. Transactions, Vol. 39, Part 3; Vol. 40, Part 5; Vol. 41, Parts3, 4, 5, 6; Vol. 42, Parts 1, 2, 3. The Institute. Plymouth :—Plymouth Institute. Report and Transactions, Vol. 11, Part 2. 1891-92. The Institute. Northampton :—Northamptonshire Nat. Hist. Soc. and Field Club. Nos. 49-52. Jan.—Dec., 1892. The Society. York :— Yorkshire Philosophical Society. Annual Report for 1891. The Society. COLONIAL SOCIETIES. AUSTRALIA. Sydney, N.S.W. :—Australian Museum. Report of Trustees for 1891. Records, Vol. 2, Nos. 2, 3, 4. No. 16. Catalogue of Australian Mammals. Catalogue of Marine Shells of Australia and Tasmania, Part 2. The Trustees. Sydney, N.S.W. :—Royal Society. Journal of Proceedings, Vol. 26. 1892. The Society. CANADA. Halifax, Nova Scotia :—The N. S. Institute of Natural Science. Proceedings and Transactions, Vol. 1, Part 1, 2nd Ser. 1890-91. The Society. Montreal :—Natural History Society. Canadian Record of Science, Vol. 4, No. 8; Vol. 5, Nos. 1, 2, 8, 4, 5. Cover for Catalogue of Canadian Plants, Part 6. . The Natural History Society, Montreal. 008 LIST OF DONATIONS Ottawa :— Geological and Nat. Hist. Survey of Canada. Contributions to Canadian Paleontology, Vol. 1. Catalogue of Canadian Plants, Part 6, Musci. Maps for Annual Report, 1888-89, Vol. 4, Parts D. and N. Contributions to Canadian Micro-Paleontology, Part 4. Per Dr. Alfred R. C. Selwyn, Director. EUROPEAN SOCIETIES. AUSTRIA. Prague:—Archiv.. der Naturwissenschaft Landesdurchforschung von Bohmen. Band 6, Nos. 1, 5. 1888, 1891. Se a DO 2G, 1080, OD, OIL, an np By 99 Uy BE WEI. 5 The Society. Vienna. | Verhandlungen der K. K. Zool-Botan.. Gesellschaft in Wein : Neotegy ahrgang, 1892, Band XLII., Quartals 1, 2, 3, 4. The Society. BELGIUM. Brussels :—Société Royale Malacologique de Belgique. Annals, Tome 26, 4th Ser.; Tome 15, Année, 1880. Proces-verbaux. July, 1891, to Sept., 1892. The Society. Copenhagen. DENMARK. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Naturhistoriske Forening i Kjobenhavn for Aaret 1892. ‘The Society. GFRMANY. Dresden :—Isis. Jahrgang, 1889. Jan,—June. - 1890. July-—Dee. 1891. Jan.—June. * 1891. July—Dec. - 1892. Jan.—Dec. The Society. Bergen. NORWAY. Bergens Museums Aarsberetning, 1891. Zhe Director of the Museum. Christiania :—Royal Norske University. Viridiarum Norvegicum, Vol. 32. 1891. The University. RUSSIA. Kieff:—Memoirs of the Society of Naturalists. Tome XII., Parts 1 and 2. 1892. TO THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 339 MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS, erc. Selections from the Correspondence of Dr. George Johnston, of Berwick- upon-Tweed. ‘Westgarth Forster’s Section of the Strata from Neweastle-upon-Tyne to Cross Fell, 3rd ed., 1883. Mr. Joseph Wright. Royal Horticultural Society ; Report on the Conifer Conference, Oct., 1891. Drewett O. Drewett, Esq. Fossil Fish-remains of the Coal-measures of the British Islands, Part 1, Pleuracanthide. Plates 65-78. Presented by the Author, the late J. W. Davis, Chevinedge, Halifax. Flora Londinensis, by Curtis. , Presented by R. Y. Green, Esq. The Library of the late Thomas J. Bold, of Long Benton, consisting of about 277 volumes of works of Natural History, and a number of Pamphlets, ete. See Catalogue. Presented by Miss Smith, Long Benton. on MAMMALS. July 20. About 36 pairs of Antelope Horns, from Swazieland, South Africa, viz., Eleotragus arundinaceus ; Connochetes taurina ; Strepsiceros kudu; Tragelaphus sylvatica; d£pyceros me- lampus, Waller’s Gazelle. Mr. George Allan, Swazieland. Aug. 11. Common Bat, young, from Ross, Hereford. Frederick V. Wallis, Esq. Sept. 22. Three species of Antelope, from the Somali district, viz., Kudu me Skull 2 , Gazella Semmeringii 5 , Neotragus Saltiana. Chas. Liddell, Esq., Sandhoe. Dec. 10. A Coypu, Myapotamus coypus (Mol.), from South America, died in Bostock’s Menagerie at Newcastle. 1893. Presented by the Proprietor. ‘Jan. 6. A specimen of the Stoat from Dumfries-shire. ; Mr. G. R. Rome. y», 9. Portion of Vertebral Column of Dolphin brought up in trawl net. — Mr. F. H. Phillips. Feb. 2. Stuffed specimen of the Marten, Mustela Martes, Linn. Mr. H. T. Archer. Maccarthy’s Mongoose, Herpestes (Onychogale) Maccarthia, Gray, ?, Ceylon. Mr. Ernest Scott, Riding Mill. Mar. 30. Bactrian Camel, young, stuffed by the late William Yellowley, South Shields. Mrs. Yellowley. Apr. 26. A young Seal. - Sete ee Mr. David Richardson. June 22. A specimen of the Common Shrew, Sorex vulgaris. Rev. W. Featherstonhaugh. 1892. July 14 Sept. 8. 54 De coe, BBY Oct. 4. 9” Nov. 12. Hale i Primes ile ap 2 Deg, &, 15. LIST OF DONATIONS BIRDS. Four specimens of the Jay. Young of the Cuckoo, from Ross, Herefordshire. Fred. V. Wallis, Esq. Eighteen Skins of Australian Birds. Miss Brown, Bloomfield, Woodlands Road, Darlington. A specimen of the Golden Crested Wren, from Spilsby. Mrs. Clarke, per Mr. J. F. Spence. Specimen of Gronee with many white feathers on the breast and wings. Mr. Georae EL. Crawhall. Specimen of the Kestrel from Shotley Bridge. Mr. J. Logan. Two specimens of Black Tern (young), Hydrochelidon fissipes, (Linn.). shot at Holy Island. Mr. John Robinson, North Shields. Group of Birds, Cock of the Rock: Four Rupicola crocea 6 , N.E. of 8. America. Two ———— Peruviana 6 2, N.W. America. Group of Birds of Paradise: Paradisea major=P. apoda, Linn. Cicinurus regia. Two specimens of Ampelis Japonicus=A. phenicoptera, from North Eastern Asia. Sent from Oatlands by Executors of the late John Hancock. Specimen of the Glaucus Gull 6 , immature. Greater Black-backed Gull 2 and Pink-footed Goose, shot near Newton-by-the-Sea. Mr. John Jackson. Specimen of the Giant Petrel, Oss¢fraga gigantea, caught in the South Pacific. Mr. James Thompson, Rose Cottage, Newport-on-Tay. Specimen of Falco peregrinus, var. anatum, caught in the rigging of a vessel 200 miles from the American coast. Mr. H. T. Archer. Specimen of Apteryx Owent?, New Zealand. Mr. E. T. Wythes, Birkley Park, Kent, per Mr. R. Y. Green. Specimens of the Nuthatch, Sctta Europaea, Linn., var. cesia, found dead at Riding Mill; and one of the Red-necked Phalarope, Phalaropus hyperboreus, shot at St. Mary’s Island. Mr. John Duncan. A fine specimen of Macqueen’s Bustard, Otis Macqueeni, J. E, Gray, shot near Marske, Yorkshire, Oct. 5th, 1892. Purchased, per Mr. R. Howse. Nov. 99 June 13. 17. 18. 16. 22. TO THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 341 Bones of the body, neck, femurs, and humeri of the above speci- men of O. Macqueent. Presented by Mr. Pearce Coupe, Marske. Two Lapland Buntings, Plectrophanes Lapponicus (Linn.), winter plumage, shot near Berwick. Mr. George Bolam, Berwick-on- Tweed. Banded Parrakeet, Palwornis fasciata, Miill., Ceylon, died Jan. 8, 1893. Mrs. Ward, Osberne Avenue. Specimen of the Wigeon, Mareca penelope 6 , shot at Dardon Lough, Elsdon, Redewater, Feb. 1st, 1898. Mr. George E, Crawhall. Head of Mallard, with malformed bill. Mr. George E. Crawhall. Specimen of Iceland Gull, immature, shot Dec., 1892, at Howick Burn-mouth, Northumberland. Purchased, per Mr. J. Duncan. Young of Greater Black-backed Gull, from Brora, Sutherland. Mr, Alex. Yellowley, South Shields. Specimen of the Whimbrel 4, St. Mary’s Island. Purchased. A fine specimen of the Wild Turkey 6. This bird had been kept in a domestic state for several years, was a prize taker, and weighed 32 lbs. Mr. Arthur Blayney Perceval. A specimen of the Herring Gull, var., shot near Whitley, May, 1898, and Lesser Black-backed Gull 6 , mature. Bought of Mr. J. Duncan. Ring Dotterel 6, mature, breeding plumage, Whitley sands, May, 1893. Purchased. Three specimens of the Jay, 2 mature, 1 immature, from Ross, Herefordshire. F. V. Wallis, Esq. FISHES. Specimen of the Sea Lamprey, 31 inches long, from the Tyne, found in a pool at Bell’s Close, near Scotswood, at low water. M7. James Henderson, Bell’s Close. Specimen of the Viper in spirits. Mr. G. E. Crawhall. Specimen of the Greenland Bullhead, Cottus Ctroenlandicus, from Norway. Mr. Walter S. Corder, North Shields. Specimen of the Three-bearded Rockling, Motella vulgaris, Will., from Cullercoats. Mr. F. H. Philips. May 10. June 1. May 18. June 10. LIST OF DONATIONS Lower Jaws of Dog-Salmon, from Cowichan River, British Columbia, sent by Mr. G. R. G. O. Driscoll, B.C. Mr. Wm. Colville Gibson. Two specimens of Lacerta vivipara, from Teesdale, and two of Molge cristata $ , and several of Molge vulgaris & 2, from Winlaton. Mr. John Duncan. A specimen of the Tree Frog, Hyla arborea, L., from Greece. My. Rome, Eldon Street. Two specimens of the Palmated Newt, Molge palmata 6 2 , and several other Newts from Shincliffe, Durham. Mr. John Duncan. Three Snakes, three Lizards, and several Insects from India, Mr. Thomas Laidler, Gateshead. Specimens of the Natterjack, Bufo calamita, from Surrey. Mr. I. G. Dickinson, per Mr. A. H. Dickinson. Tadpoles of the Toad, from a pool by the side of the Rede near Woodburn. Mr. R. Howse. Newts from Shincliffe. Mr. John Duncan. MOLLUSCA. Two Valves of Giant Clam, Trzdacna gigas. _ Mr. J. Garland. CRUSTACEA, INSECTS, erc. Specimens of Butterflies, Coleoptera, and other insects caught in the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta. Mr. R. L. Proudlock. . A-specimen of Urozeuctes Owenii, Milne Edwards, taken out of a fish caught near Melbourne, Victoria, Australia, by Dr. Sheaf. Mrs. Sheaf, Eldon Street. King Crab, Limulus. Mr, R. Maxwell. Specimen of Sawfly, Sivex gigas $ , caught in Newcastle, also one caught at Christon Bank. Mr. John Duncan. Specimens of Scarabeus —————, Aigle, Helvetia. Miss Craig, per Mr. R. Y. Green. Two Stag Beetles from Surrey. Mr. 1. G. Dickinson. Specimen of Sawfly, Sirex gigas, from America? Mr. F. H. Wilcox. Tick, parasite from Tortoise, 2 ? (very large). Mr. C. W. Anderson. Do. do. do. $? Master Norman Cooke, May 10. June 15. 1892. July 20. TO THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 343 MINERALS AND FOSSILS. Specimens of Hematite and Quartz Spar from Cleator Moor. Messrs. James Hughes and John Nugent. Three pieces of Charnwood Forest Syenite from Mount Sorrel, and Markfield, Leicestershire. Mr. 7. F. Howe, Leicester. Glaciated portion of Calamite Stem from Wideopen Quarry. Mr. W. C. Robson. Piece of Stigmaria from roof of Brockwell Seam, Dunston Colliery. Mr. Nathan Thompson, Watson Street, Teams. Deposit in Spouting from Dudley Colliery. Mr. George Forster, Corbridge. Three boxes of fragments of Marl-Slate Fishes collected at Midderidge by the late Mr. Joseph Duff, Bishop Auckland. Mr. William Booth. Specimen of Cannel Coal from Australia. Prof. G. A. Lebour. Cast of supposed Meteorite (slag from iron works?), which was said to have fallen near Middlesbro’, 1881. The origi- nal is now in York Museum. See Prof. Herschell’s Report. Another piece of slag supposed to be part of a Meteorite! ! Mr. Charles Barkas. Crustacean Tracks on Sandstone (Millstone Grit series), near Edmondbyers. Rev. Walter Featherstonhaugh. Basaltic Rock from Arthur’s Seat, Edinburgh. Mr. M. J. Pelegrin. . Small collection of Chalk Fossils from Southerham Chalk Pits, near Lewes, and Glynde Chalk Pits, Sussex Downs. Mr. R. B. Brentnall. BOTANY. Sample of Granary Wheat from Upper Egypt, circa 18th, Dynasty. Mr. Robt. C. Clephan. Rhizome of large Fern. Miss M. Hancock. Specimens of Rubus chameemorus from the Cheviot. ns Mr. George Bolam, Berwick. Nut of a Palm from San Francisco. Miss Shanks. ETHNOLOGY. Four Shields made of hide; one Axe; two Sticks with carved, human heads; four Sleeping Stools or Pillows; two Metal x 344 Noy. 12. 1893. May 25. LIST OF DONATIONS. Vessels ornamented by natives; one Wooden Dish on legs several Wooden and one Horn Spoon; small round Vessels of Wood, carved, and one of Leaves; four Pipe Heads cut out of soft stone; seven Plaited Bags with lids; seven Bead Ornaments; strips of Hide; Porcupine Quills: and two kinds of Fruit. Mr. George Allan, Swazieland, S. Africa. Lady’s Muff made of feathers, India, 100 years old. Miss Brown, Darlington. American-Indian Pocket, Canada ? Mr. R. Y. Green. Piece of Cloth made by South Sea Islanders, 4 yards long. Miss Roberts, 8, New Cavendish Street, London, per Dr. Embleton. An old Quern, found in a ploughed field on East Link Hall Farm, near Charlton Hall, Christon Bank. Mr. John Avery. QN THE OCCURRENCE OF A RUFFED-BUSTARD. 3845 XVIIT.— On the occurrence on the North-East Coast of Yorkshire of a Ruffed-Bustard, Otis houbara, Gmelin, commonly known as Macqueen’s Bustard, Otis Macqueenii, J. E. Gray. By Ricwarp Howsr, Museum, Newcastle-on-Tyne. Otis Macqueenti, J. E. Gray, Illustr. of Indian Zoology II., pl. 47 Otis Houbara, Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 725. (1888-34). Eupodotis undulata, G. R. Gray, Cat. Brit. Birds (1868), p. 134. Macqueen’s Bustard, Morris, Hist. Brit. Birds (1861), p. 11. Macqueen’s Bustard, Yarrell, Brit. Birds, edt. 4, vol. IIL, p. 221. Houbara undulata, Degland & Gerbe, Ornith. Europ. II., p. 104. Houbara Macqueenii, Degland & Gerbe, Ornith. Europ. II., p. 105. Houbara macqueeni, List of Brit. Birds, B.0.U., p. 154 (1883). Dvrine the last weeks of October, 1892, I spent ashort autumnal holiday at Saltburn-by-the-Sea, or rather hybernated there in the very severe, stormy weather that prevailed through all the latter part of the month on the North-Hast Coast. The weather was so severe that nearly all my plans for collecting were set aside, and most of the time was spent indoors; in fact, only one or two things out of many were accomplished. One was the purchase of some stuffed birds that had been shot near Marske. It was this last transaction that led eventually to my negotiating in November the purchase for the Newcastle Museum of a fine adult specimen of Macqueen’s Bustard, which, according to authorities, is the second specimen only of this Asiatic bird which has been recorded as killed in England. The first specimen was shot in Lincolnshire, near Kirton-in-Lindsey, on the 7th October, 1847, and is now preserved in the Museum of the Yorkshire Philosophical Society. A characteristic drawing of it by Mr. John Hancock is among his Sketches of Birds in the Newcastle Museum, and shews it to have been either a female or young bird in immature plumage. ‘On the 5th of October last a fine Ruffed-Bustard was shot by Mr. J. Richardson in a bare pasture field near the edge of the sea-banks, a little south of Marske-by-the-Sea, Yorkshire. When it was first seen it was apparently feeding, as it had a few green seeds in its crop and a few were found in the 346 ON THE OCCURRENCE OF A RUFFED-BUSTARD. throat and beak when it was examined. The day was very misty, and on being approached, about noon, it squatted close to the ground at first, and then rose straight up, when it was easily shot, indeed, it was severely shot on the left side of the head and shoulder. It was sent to Mr. Pearce Coupe for preservation, and he not only identified it immediately as a specimen of Macqueen’s Bustard but has also carefully set it up, taking as his guide the figure given in Morris’ British Birds. The body of the bird was cooked and eaten; those who partook of it pronounce that the flesh was savoury but rather tough. The bones of the body and neck were saved and carefully eleaned and have been presented to the Newcastle Museum by Mr. Coupe.*”’ IT am indebted to Mr. Pearce Coupe, of Marske-by-the-Sea, the taxidermist who preserved and correctly identified the bird for the early information of the occurrence of this individual at Marske, for all the local details respecting it, and also for negotiating the purchase of it for the Museum of the Natural History Society, Newcastle-upon-Tyne. The height of the bird when standing erect would be about 22 inches; in the position it is now stuffed, 20 inches. Total length of the body from the beak to the end of the central tail feather about 26 inches. Length of wing from shoulder to tip of the longest primary, 16 inches. Neck about 6 inches. Tail about 73 inches. Bill, dark-greenish or horn colour, 13 inches; to end of gape, 24+ inches in length. Culmen, 12 inches, Tarsus, 4 inches, pale yellowish olive-green, The crest is rather small, with the undermost, long, slightly * The substance of the above paragraph was published in the Yorkshire Naturalist for Dec., 1892, and the ‘' Zoologist” for Jan., 1893, but it seems advisable to add to this the fact that this bird was seen when just killed by more than a dozen people, two or three of whom on the next day eat part of its body. The bones of the body, neck, humeri and femora were then carefully cleaned and were presented, as stated above, to the Newcastle Museum. Several feathers of the bird were sent to me, which were not fully grown, and contained fresh coagulated blood still in the imperfect quills, on the evidence of which and the fresh bones of the body the bird was negotiated for. Mr. Coupe justly remarked that the only question which could arise in his mind was, Had the bird escaped from an aviary? The fresh and uninjured state of the plumage was entirely against this supposition, and the only conclusion we can arrive at from the above evidence is, that it was a freshly-arrived, wild bird from the Continent of Europe, ON THE OCCURRENCE OF A RUEFFERD-BUSTARD. 847 curved feathers quite white. The upper ones white at the base and black for the rest of their length. The feathers in front of the crest and sides of the head light fawn colour, finely vermi- culated with brownish bars with a few hair-like feathers at the base of the culmen or upper mandible. The auriculars form a tuft of fine, rather long feathers directed backwards. They are shghtly tinged with delicate fawn colour at the distal ends and whiter at the base. Chin and upper throat white, becoming a delicate fawn or cream colour vermiculated with brownish bars, the whole washed over with a tinge of bright silvery grey, below which the long grey plumes of the crop spring out, hang down, and cover the breast feathers. On each side of the neck below the auricular tufts, springs a large, long tuft of deep black, ribbon-shaped feathers, some of which are white at the base; gradually be- coming longer lower down, and hanging with a slight sigmoidal -eurve downwards and backwards over the shoulders and back. The longest of these are about 44 inches. The whole of the back and all the wing and tail-coverts and the tail feathers are of a rich cream or reddish fawn colour, darker here and there; the greater coverts extending nearly to the ends of the primaries. All the feathers of the upper surfaces are marked with fine deli- eate zig-zag, dark vermiculations ; the vermiculations becoming larger and darker about the centre of each feather, where there is a large arrow-head-shaped or cuspidate patch of black, the finer vermiculations being continued below to the edge of each feather, excepting along and close to the side of each shaft below the black cuspidate markings. Under parts of the body pure white, except the lower portion of under-tail coverts and the sides of the tail-coverts, which are strongly vermiculated and banded with black. The back of neck or nape of a light colour and vermiculated or barred as on the throat, but more silvery white. The primaries are white at the base, graduating by a slight wash of fawn colour into a rich brownish black from about half their length to the distal ends. A few of the primaries are edged with white at the tips. 348 ON THE OCCURRENCE OF A RUFFED-BUSTARD. The tail-coverts extend down the central parts of the tail nearly to the end of the rectrices. They are finely vermiculated and banded on the upper parts with brownish black, the delicate ornamentation extending to the margin of each feather. The tail feathers are of a rich fawn colour, plain at their base (where they are over-lapped by the tail-coverts), the exposed feathers finely vermiculated and ornamented with three irregular bands of bluish-grey. The outer tail feathers are quite white at the tips. The tail feathers are, underneath, of a pale fawn colour, becoming white at their ends, with zig-zag markings and two broadish irregular bands of reddish brown. In none of the figures which I have been able to examine is the peculiar and delicate ornamentation of the plumage of this Bustard correctly represented. The delicate vermiculations and the black, cuspidate markings of the feathers of the back and greater coverts becoming gradually fainter till they almost dis- appear on the shoulders and margin of the wings, and the peculiar irregular colour-bands of the tail have not yet been accurately delineated, and would require the talent and graver of a Bewick to depict them faithfully. There appears to be two races or geographically-distributed forms of the Ruffed-Bustard known—the one first described has a white crest and is peculiar to Northern Africa, Arabia, and occasionally straggling into Spain and Southern Enrope, and the other with a crest partly black and partly white found in India and other parts of South-western Asia, which occasionally strageles westward into North-western Europe and as far as England. ‘‘In the African race or form of the Ruffed-Bustard (Otis houbara) the top of the head is furnished or adorned with a thick tuft of long, curved white plumes not very regularly arranged; on each side of the neck there is an irregular series of hanging feathers, which for the greater part of their length are black, with the basal parts white, and the longest of which reach the middle of the breast; the elongated plumes of the crop are white. This Bustard is found in the North of Africa ON THE OCCURRENCE OF A RUFFED-BUSTARD. 349 and is not rare in the neighbourhood of Tripoli and Constantine. It is found as a migrant in Spain and Portugal, also in Turkey and the Archipelago.”’ “The Asiatic and Arabian form or race of the Ruffed-Bustard (Otis Maequeent, J. E. Gray and recent authors) has the top of the head ornamented with a small tuft of long curved feathers, white, or white at their base and black for the rest of their length to their ends; on each side below the parotic region there extends an irregular tuft of feathers, of which the upper ones are black and many of the lower ones white, the longest of which extend hardly to the lower part of the neck; the long feathers of the crop are greyish or grey. This form of the Ruffed Bustard is found in Asia, chiefly in Persia, Afghanistan, Beluchistan, and other parts of India, also in Arabia, and more rarely in Turkey and the West of Europe. It is said to have been found in Belgium, Austria, and Germany, and. once before in England in October, 1847, as mentioned above.”’ Until Mr. J. KE. Gray separated the Asiatic form as a new species both forms were included under one species by all the older naturalists, but since then, recent writers excepting G. R. Gray (Cat. Brit. Birds, 1863) have referred to Macqueen’s Bustard as if it were a well-defined and essentially-distinct species. Prince Bonaparte has gone a step further, and appar- ently because these two forms are recognized as species by some authors he has separated the Ruffed-Bustard from the genus Otis, under the generic term Houbara. There are not many known species of Bustard, but unfortunately most of the species have been taken as types of new geuera, so that the number ef genera and species is about equal. In such an interesting group as the Bustards, where every species seems to be more strongly marked than usual, this practice of breaking up a genus into numerous genera can serve no good purpose, but tends to destroy and limit the geographical distribution of the members of the group. The Ruffed-Bustard is one of the rarer casual or accidental visitors to the North-west of Europe and the British Islands, driven here no doubt by stress of weather or other untoward 300 ADDITIONS TO THE CATALOGUE OF FISHES. physical circumstances. By many ornithologists, causal or ac- cidental visitors, as they are often called, are considered of very little importance and as almost unworthy of notice in the Fauna of any country. But on reflection is not this the way in which all or nearly all of our now resident species have at first arrived here, having been driven, or, induced by a law of immigration to the westward, and have thus been brought or introduced into these Islands in very remote times, but at any rate since the Glacial period, and there seems to be no apparent reason why other casual visitants should not become permanently, or fora — time, residents, provided that suitable locality and food be found. Unfortunately our over civilization, drainage of marsh-lands, destruction of forests, and wanton destruction of all the larger wild animals which are supposed, often erroneously, to be of no use or service to man, will prevent any chance-visitor from be- coming a resident and an addition to the Fauna of these Islands, so long as our present civilization lasts. X1X.— Additions to the Catalogue of the Fishes of the Rivers and Coast of Northumberland and Durham and the adjacent Sea.* By Ricuarp Howse, July, 1894. Susp-Cxiass. TELEOSTEI. Orper. ACANTHOPTERYGII. Fam. PERCIDA. Labrax lupus, Cuv. Bass. On the 12th February, 1894, a small specimen nine inches in length was presented to the Museum by Mr. W. Clift, South Shields. It had been captured in a shrimp net a short distance above the High-level Bridge, Newcastle-on-Tyne. The last recorded specimen taken in the Tyne was in 1838. Doubtless * Nat. Hist. Trans., Vol. X. ADDITIONS TO THE CATALOGUE FISHES. dol many specimens have been taken since that time of which no record has been made. ‘This fish may be considered a resident in ‘‘Coaly Tyne.” Fam. SPARIDA. Pagellus centrodontus, Cuv. Common Sxs-Bream. This is the only species of the Sparide that I have been able to satisfactorily and from personal inspection of a specimen to authenticate as a visitor to the North Sea. The Gilthead has often been said to occur on our coast, but most probable the speci- mens were only the Common Sea-Bream. In the Catalogue this fish and the Black Sea-Bream were introduced on the authority of others, but at any rate they have not been recognised recently, and I have not seen a specimen preserved or otherwise. Until other specimens are taken their occurrence in the North Sea must remain very doubtful. Fam. SCORPHNIDA. Scorpeena dactyloptera, Delaroche. A fine example of this rare fish was captured by the steam trawler ‘‘ Black Watch,” Capt. Henry Whitfield, and sent by him through J. F. Spence, Esq., to the Museum. It was captured about 12 miles off the mouth of the Wansbeck, Northumberland Coast, 8th of May, 1894, and sent alive to Mr. Spence, who kept it for several hours in salt-water swimming about freely. It is about 63 inches (172 m.m.) in length, was of a brilliant carmine colour on the back, gradually softening into nearly pure white on the abdomen. The first specimen recorded from the North Sea was washed ashore near Redcar in January, 1893, and sent by Mr. F. H. Nelson, of Redcar, to Mr. Hagle Clarke, by whom its occurrence is mentioned in the ‘‘ Yorkshire Naturalist,’”’ 1893, and more recently it has been figured and an exhaustive description given of it by Mr. Clark in the Transactions of the Physical Society of Edinburgh. A third specimen is said to have been taken in the mouth of the Humber. Until these captures this fish was 302 ADDITIONS TO THE CATALOGUE OF FISHES. . only known as as rare, deep-water fish found in the Mediter- ranean, on the Coast of Norway, and the West of Ireland. Until more information is obtained it must be considered a straggler to the North Sea and our coasts. ? Sebastus viviparus. A specimen or what appears to be this species was presented to the Museum by Mr. Phillips in April, 1892. It was sent as a specimen of the Norwegian Haddock, but a dark black spot on the upper edge of the operculum and the finer contour of the body indicated at once that it was not that species. As it was taken in a trawler about 150 miles from the Tyne it cannot be considered as a local fish, but its occurrence in the North Sea seems worth recording. On referring to Dr. Day’s British Fishes I find he considers it only a variety of Sebastes Norvegicus. Fam. CYTTIDA. Zeus faber (Willughby). Jcun Dory. Four or five small local specimens have been sent to the Museum by Mr. McArthur. Fam. CORYPHANIDE. Brama Raii. Ray’s Bruam. A large specimen was landed at Redcar in 1891, shewing that this fish still visits the mouth of the Tees.— 7. H. Nelson, Lampris luna (Gmelin). Opan. A very fine specimen was brought in by a North Shields trawler and exhibited as a ‘‘Sun-fish” in Mr. Read’s shop at North Shields. It had been caught some distance from the Tyne. Fam. SCOMBRID. Scomber scomber (Linn.). Macxzret. When staying near North Sunderland in July, 1892, I saw a great many Mackerel of the usual size which had been caught in the herring nets a short distance off the North Northumber- land Coast. By our east-coast fishermen this fish seems to be accounted of no commercial value. ADDITIONS TO THE CATALOGUE OF FISHES. 3508 Fam. LOPHIIDA. Lophius piscatorius, Linn. Fisnine-Froe. Specimens of this fish are often captured by the fishermen of Beadnell and Newton-by-the-Sea, in the turbot nets when they are fishing on rocky ground not many miles from the shore. Fam. COTTIDE. Cottus scorpius, Linn. Sxra Scorpion, ‘ Gunpiz.” Very frequently caught in the lobster-pots and also on lines baited with Lobworm in the outer Laminarian Zone. Cottus Groelandicus, Cuv. et Val. Greentanp Burineap. According to Yarrell and Couch the Greenland Bullhead is rare in the British Islands, having been recorded only twice in Ireland prior to 1850, and not recorded at that date on any of the coasts of Great Britain. Dr. Day (Fishes of Great Britain and Ireland, Vol. 1, p. 49, 1894) unites this form, which has been considered by Gunther and others a good species, with Cottus scorpius. On comparing the specimen, about nine inches long, caught in the lobster-pots near Cullercoats, with a much larger one from the Norweigan Coast, I find them identical and also very distinct from C. scorpiws found in the same locality in colour and general appearance. They live no great distance from the shore, in the outer margin of the Laminarian Zone, just beyond the lowest tide marks, and are frequently caught in the lobster-pots, which they enter with the other species to feed on the bait. They are very showy in colour and are well known among the fisher-folk by the Northern name of Gwndie, applied to all the members of this genus. Cullercoats, &. Howse; St. Mary’s I., J. Duncan. Fam. CATAPHRACTIDA. Cataphractus Schoneveldii, Willughby. Poaez. One small specimen obtained at St. Mary’s Island has been sent to the Museum by Mr. J. Duncan. It only occurs occasionally. 304 ADDITIONS TO THE CATALOGUE OF FISHES. Fam. GOBIIDE. Callionymus dracunculus, Linn. Sorpip Dragonerr. Numbers of these were caught on the fishermen’s lines in October last, a short distance from the shore, and not one of the Gemmeous Dragonet. The opinion seems to be well-grounded that this is only the female of the Gemmeous Dragonet. Fam. BLENNIDA. Blennius galerita, Linn. Monracun’s Brenny. In June, 1893, I saw a small specimen of this fish in spirits in the late Dr. R. Embleton’s collection, which was said to have been taken near Beadnell. Orpvper. ANACANTHINI. Fam. GADIDE. Motella vulgaris (Willughby). TuHreEz-BeaRDED Rockxine. This fish is probably not rare on our coast, living on the outer margin of the Laminarian Zone. Fine specimens have been sent to the Museum from the Northumberland Coast by Mr. Phillips and by Mr. T. H. Nelson from the Redcar fishermen. A very finely marked example was caught a short distance from the coast near St. Mary’s Island, October, 1893. Raniceps trifurcatus (Turton). Lxzssrr Forxprarp, Often caught on the inshore fishing lines. It lives in the outer Laminarian Zone in a few fathoms water and is sometimes washed ashore after storms. Specimens presented by Mr. Birchall and Mr, F. H. Phillips. Fam. PLEURONECTIDE. Phrynorhombus punctatus (Bloch). Buiocn’s Top-xyor. A fine specimen 94 inches in length, caught on line by the Cullercoats fishermen, when fishing not far out, was sent to the Museum by Mr. Phillips. This fish probably lives much nearer the shore than was expected, as it is generally caught on the ADDITIONS TO THE CALALOGUE OF FISHES. 300 inshore lines and has been found washed ashore. Dr. Day con- siders this and Muller’s Top-knot to be identically the same species. Orprr. PHYSOSTOMI. Fam. CLUPEIDA. Clupea finta, Cuv. Twarrr Swap. A fine specimen sent to the Museum in Feb., 1891, by Mr. - Phillips. The exact locality on our coast was not obtained. Orper. LOPHOBRANCHII. Fam. SYNGNATHIDA, Nerophis zequoreus (Linn.), Oczan Pipr-F isu. A small specimen taken at St. Mary’s Island, April, 1894, and presented to the Museum by Mr. John Duncan. Sus-Ciass. PALAICHTHYES. Orprr. CHONDROPTERYGII. Fam. CARCHARIIDA. Galeus canis, Willughby. Torr. Appears to be plentiful in the North Sea, as numerous speci- mens are sometimes caught in the trawlers. About twenty, all females, were sent to Newcastle in Feb., 1892. Several speci- mens of Fish-lice were found on these. Fam. LAMNIDE. Alopecias vulpes, Cuy. Fox Smark. One brought into Cullercoats, Aug., 1893, and another caught in salmon nets off Sunderland 9 feet in length, Sept., 1892.— J. Duncan. Fam. SCYLLIDA. Scyllium canicula. Larcer Sporrep Doe-risz. A specimen of this Dog-fish, which is rare on our coast, was 306 ADDITIONS TO THE CATALOGUE OF FISHES. brought in by a North Shields trawler and presented to the Museum by Mr. James Read, North Shields. It was about 3 feet 3 inches in length, and is the first authenticated specimen from our coast. Sus-Ciass. HOLOCEPHALI. Orper. CHIMAROIDEI. Fam. CHIMARIDA. Chimeera monstrosa. Rassir Fisu. Two specimens, male and female, were taken out of the stomach of a large Ling by a fisherwoman, in March, 1892. One of these was presented to the Medical College, and part of the skeleton of the other is preserved in the Museum. On July 15th, 1893, two specimens, both females, about 3 feet in length, were brought in by a trawler. One of these, now preserved in the Museum, was presented by Mr. Wm. Clift of South Shields. Orper. GANOIDEI-CHONDROSTEI. Fam. ACIPENSERIDA. Acipenser sturio, Linn. Common Srurcxon. A specimen of this fish, weighing about 141 lbs., was caught in the salmon nets near Scotswood on the Tyne, July 13th or 14th, 1894. This is the first recorded instance that I know, of the occurrence of this fish in our river. Doubtless others have entered the Tyne in former years and been captured, but it is remarkable that no authentic record is known. Sus-Cuiass. CYCLOSTOMATA. Fam. PETROMYZONTIDA. Petromyzon marinus, Linn. Szxa Lamprey. A specimen, 81 inches in length, was caught in the Tyne at Bell’s Close, Lemington, on Aug. 11th, 1892, and presented to the Museum by Mr. James Henderson. It was found in a pool at low-water, MISCELLANEA. 3857 XX.—Miscellanea— Bird Notices. Bird Life on the Farne Islands.*—On the 10th July, 1890, I joined an excursion to North Sunderland and the Farne Islands with about ten other members of the Club. We met for break- fast at the Castle Inn, Sea-Houses, intending afterwards to visit the Farne Islands. The outlook towards the sea was most un- favourable, as it had begun to rain in earnest, but as we had come specially to visit the Islands none of us appeared daunted by the steady rain that had set in ;—so, clad in oilskin jackets, waterproof coats, and under cover of sundry umbrellas, we set sail merrily and were soon carried over the five miles that separated us from the Outer Farnes. Our first object was to see the place where that ill-fated vessel the Forfarshire was wrecked and part of the crew and passengers rescued by the heroic Grace Darling and her father. We then landed on the Island known as the Harcars. As we struggled up their smoothly-polished and steep surface there was little worthy of notice, but when upon the top a sight presented itself ever by me to be remembered. The very first object of interest was the birth of a Lesser Black-backed Gull.t The little creature had cracked the shell all round, and just as I cast my eyes upon it, struggled out and rolled upon the cold, bare stone, wet and forlorn. To one of the boatmen who stood near I said this little bird will have but a poor chance for life, but he replied they are hardy little fellows, the parent bird will soon come and warm it and it will be all right in a very short time. I next observed eggs in all stages of incubation and young birds of all ages, from the one just hatched up to those strong enough to fly. As I was just recovering from an attack of gout, and not being able to walk over the rough, slippery, rocky ground alone, I obtained the help of one of the boatmen to assist me and act as my guide, and I found him a most intelligent observer of the * Abstract of a Paper read at the Field Meeting held at Chester-le-Street and Lamb- ton Castle, May 27th, 1891. + As the Gulls make a large rough nest for their eggs and young it is probable that this was the young of one of the Terns which make no nest.—ED. 358 MISCELLANEA. birds of the Islands. Seeing a hole in the ground, I enquired if there were rabbits on the Island. Yes, he replied, but I expect there is a Puffin in that hole—then kneeling down and thrusting his arm into the hole he pulled out an old Puffin and her little, black, young one. After examining the old bird she was thrown into the air, but instead of flying away the bird alighted upon a stone about ten yards in front of us, and there remained look- ing very sullenly at us as if afraid that her chick would come to grief. However, the young bird was replaced in the hole again and left unhurt. asic. . Up to this time I had been intent upon observing the eggs and young birds only. I now raised my eyes and what a sight presented itself. Hundreds of Gulls were sailing about and screaming above my head, coming so close at times that I could have reached them with a stick. We now returned to our boat and soon landed on another Island, upon which were eggs and young birds in all stages of development. My guide now led me over the top of this Island, and suddenly we saw the top of the Pinnacles, which were covered thickly with old and young birds, chiefly Guillemots. There were eggs also lying on these rocks so close together that it is difficult to imagine how any bird can find its own egg again among the hundreds that lie strewn about. The Pinnacles are a group of rocks rising sheer out of the sea to a height of forty or more feet, the tops of which are almost flat, and they are united at the base but divide as they rise up- wards like the fingers of a man’s hand. The Guillemots lay but one egg each, which egg, when compared with the size of the bird, is large indeed. They vary very much in colour, and it is almost impossible to find two marked exactly alike. They vary in colour from nearly pure white to sea-green or a brownish-red. Although we were so near the birds sitting with their young or upon their eggs on the top of the Pinnacles, they did not seem in the least afraid. It was a glorious sight, and the confidence shewn by these little creatures was charming. Next we returned by the other side of the Island, and on the way observed the nest of the Eider Duck with its three eggs, MISCELLANEA. 359 which were covered over with down. My guide told me that it was the constant habit of these birds when leaving the nest to cover the eggs to prevent their being seen and destroyed by other birds. A little further on we found the nest of another Eider in which seven eggs had been deposited. I mentioned this observation to Mr. T. Thompson, and he expressed an opinion that these eggs must have been-laid by two or more ducks in the same nest, as the Hider only lays three eggs at a sitting. I have ascertained since that this applies to the King Eider and not to the Common Eider which nests on the Farnes. Not far away we came upon three nests of the Common Cor- morant placed close to each other—one contained the young just hatched, the next young ones about a week old, and the third young Cormorants about a fortnight old. These young birds presented a very strange appearance, for, unlike the young of the Duck family which can swim as soon as hatched, these young Cormorants were quite helpless and compelled to remain in the nest and be fed by the parent birds much in the same way as young pigeons are fed. The young birds in the third nest, which were most advanced, were quite helpless and very unlike birds in appearance,—queer, wry-necked, little creatures with smooth, black skins, more like young serpents than birds, for they had neither down nor feathers on them. The nests were large and made chiefly of sea-weeds. Two other nests of the Cormorant were placed on a ledge of rock a little below the others. Upon returning to the boat the young birds were so numerous that it required great care to avoid treading upon them. Close by we observed Razor-Bills and Kittiwakes sitting upon the ledges of the cliffs. The latter use dry grass and sea-weeds in the constructisn of their nests for the safety of the eggs and the security of their young. Many of them were sitting on the ledges preening their feathers, their white plumage presenting a fine contrast to the dark background. On leaving this Island I was charmed by the graceful flight of numbers of the Arctic, Common and Sandwich Terns. My guide informed me that the Island we were to visit next, known as the Knoxes, abounded Y 860 MISCELLANEA. with the eggs and young of these elegant birds placed without any nest upon the bare rock. On landing we were soon in the. midst of them, and,.as upon the other Islands, they were in all stages of development, from those which had just burst the egg- . shell to those that were able to fly—the youngest, which some- what resemble young Partridges, are covered with a fine, mottled down and are able to move about soon after they are hatched. We now paid a short visit to the Inner Farnes, upon which stands the Chapel known as St. Cuthbert’s, built probably near - the site of St. Cuthbert’s Cell. Returning to our boat the home- ward passage was soon made in finer weather, and after an ex- cellent dinner at the Castle Inn our party partially dispersed. Thus ended one of the many instructive and enjoyable days passed with the members of the Tyneside Field Club.—W. £. Branford, Newcastle-on Tyne. The Hedge-Sparrow’s Song.—Sir, 1 take the liberty of writ- ing to ask you if you will kindly give me your opinion* (or any of your correspondents) respecting the singing of our common Hedge-Sparrow (Accentor modularis), 2.e., singing by moonlight, I heard it in full song im the early mornings of 20th and 21st of March, also on the 24th March at 8 p.m., and again at 11 p.m. on the 1st of April, both nights being bright and clear starlight. I and none of my friends to whom I have spoken ever heard of it under these circumstances, that is, here in the North of England.— Winlaton House, Winlaton-on-Tyne, 10th April, 1894. Singular Nesting of Chaffinches (Fringilla coelebs).—In a very old and large hazel pear tree, here in my garden, two pairs of the above built and had eggs in the first week of May. Both nests were destroyed and carried off.—Jbid. Visit to a breeding place of the Black-headed Gull,—Through the kindness of Mr. Alex. Watt, agent to Lord Muncaster, I had, with a friend, the gratification of visiting a very large colony of * Tt is not unusual in the South of England.—Zd. of Land and Water. MISCELLANEA. 361 the Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus) near Drigg, in Cum- berland, on the 16th May. _ There were many hundreds of nests with three eggs, and dozens of young birds were visible; four nests only, contained four eggs, but one nest had five eggs, all of which I think were laid by the same parent, at least judging by colour and all being in the same stage of incubation. A few dead old birds were also found ; one seemed to have had a painful death, not having had’ strength to get its egg clear through the oviduct. A fine speci- men of the Greater-Black-backed Gull (Larus marinus) was also lying dead, probably caught red-handed. I have frequently seen four eggs on previous occasions in one nest, both at Walney Island, Lancashire, and other breeding places in Northumberland —never but on this occasion five eggs.—Zhomas Thompson, Winlaton, 26th May, 1594. Black-headed Gulls hawking for Moths.—Several weeks ago, at the end of June, I spent some time every day watching the movements of numerous Black-headed Gulls which came every fine evening to the meadows and moorlands on the banks of the Rede hawking for Moths and other insects. They generally made their appearance about six o’clock, sometimes alone but generally a few together, about the time that the Moths com- mence their nocturnal flights. Every low-lying pasture, meadow, and steep hill side was carefully searched and scanned, some- times by one Gull but often by several working together over the same field. All the ditches, hollows, and sides of the stone walls were thoroughly searched, then a sweep was taken round, under and over the oak or other trees standing isolated, not a single likely nook was left unexplored, in fact a more complete examination of the country side was made than could be thought of or done by the nimblest member of the London or any other Entomological Society. Some nights the labour expended and the miles travelled over must have been very unprofitable, for after watching long and far I did not see a single stoop or cap- ture. Other evenings labour was better paid, and I saw frequent captures, and in one instance I saw six large moths captured in 862 MISCELLANEA. as many minutes. The movement of the birds, whether sweep- ing over the ground generally or swooping down suddenly on a poor devoted insect, was most graceful and dexterous, the insect having very little chance of escape. Before darkness set in a departure towards home was made. As most of the birds were adult it is possible that this late forage was made for the benefit of their young. It would be interesting to know how many miles are traversed by these unwearied birds in a long summer’s day. As there appears to be no limitation of working time among them, and as they appear on the wing from early dawn to dewy eve, the number of miles they travel daily must be enormous. And how beneficent must be the services of these insectivorous birds to the agriculturist! Indeed it is pleasing to find that their unpaid services are rocognized in some parts of our Island and their usefulness fully acknowledged, aud that they receive careful protection during the breeding season.— Richard Howse, July, 1894. Do Gulls dive under Water to reach their Food 2—Recently I have been more than once asked this question. In 1891, when staying near Sea Houses, North Sunderland, during the herring season, I had several opportunities of seeing and watching some Lesser Black-backed Gulls plunge and dive under water of no great depth for herrings lying at the bottom of the harbour basin. When the boats were discharging their cargoes many damaged herrings were thrown overboard, some of which floated on the surface and many others sank to the bottom where, as the water became shallow by the ebb tide, they could be distinctly seen shining like pieces of brilliant silver. The floating pieces were soon picked up by birds on the wing, but those resting at the bottom remained till the tide was nearly out. Then the Gulls assembled on the sides of the pier, and first one then another took a ‘‘header’’ from the pier or some projecting timber into the clear water, at the bottom of which the herrings were lying, with sufficient force to enable them to reach the fish at the bottom. On rising to the surface the fish was immediately swallowed before flight was resumed, a not unnecessary precau- ce MISCELLANBPA. 63 tion. I saw this repeatedly done when the surface of the water was fully twenty feet from the pier edge. None of the birds plunged from the wing, always from a standing position. When any herrings were scattered on the pier or road the Gulls always alighted on the ground before seizing the herrings; they stooped at fish floating on the surface only.— Richard Howse, July, 1894. Note on the Nesting of the Peewit.*—At Eastertide, 1880, I made an observation on the nesting habit of the Peewit ( Vanellus vulgaris), which seemed entirely new, and which, so far as I am aware, has not been mentioned or recorded by any writer on the habits of birds in any work on ornithology. It is, I believe, the generally accepted opinion, that all birds after commencing to lay, deposit one egg per day of twenty-four hours. This appears to be the acknowledged rule with regard to domestic poultry, and also with regard to those small well- known birds whose habits are of easy observation, but there are some rare deviations from this rule among domestic fowls, for it is well known that some hens lay two eggs per day occasionally, but not so regularly as to invalidate the rule of one egg per day of twenty-four hours. Tull within a few years I certainly thought this was the general rule for all birds, but an observa- tion made at Easter, 1880, led me to doubt the universality of this habit of one egg per day among the Plovers, and to conclude that at least some of them laid their ciutch of four eggs ina much shorter space of time than four days. On the Saturday morning preceding Easter, 1880, I searched for Pewitts’ eggs with a friend in a small field, on the edge of an extensive moor in Redesdale. The field was very small, and sloped rapidly towards the south, and was enclosed with high stone walls, and was well sheltered from the cold east winds which were then prevailing. A dozen or more Peewits were hovering about over the field, and on our entering it, the birds did not disperse, but kept hovering round us, but did not cry vociferously as when they have nests or young. We, were, * Read at the Joint Evening Meeting of the Nat. Hist. Society, and Tyneside Nat. Field Club, April 5th, 1892, and appeared in the Yorkshire Naturalist, May, 1892, 364 MISCELLANEA. however, induced to think by their behaviour and theirnot dispers- ing, that their nesting operations were begun. The field, the lower part of which was in rigs, was regularly quartered, and carefully searched over, rig by rig, for a long time, with the result that only numerous false nests, or slight depressions trod- den down into the ground by the birds, were seen. With some reluctance, after our long and unsuccessful search, we quitted the field about twelve o’clock, and afterwards as carefully searched the nearest part of an adjoining field, but without success, for we did not find a single egg all day. Out of the sunshine, the air was bitterly cold, and though there were birds in great numbers, no eggs were to be found on the Saturday. On the Monday following (Easter Monday), after a long moor- land walk, we were returning homewards by the same small field, but approaching it in a different direction, and along a road by which we were concealed from view, and could not be seen till we were close to it. On looking cautiously over the ‘stone wall to see if the birds were still there, we saw several Peewits rise from the ground in the peculiar manner they assume when rising from their nest. Proceeding over the wall directly to the spot where the bird nearest had risen from the ground, -we came upon a nest with four eggs, and at short distances off _we found two others, each with two eggs. In the adjoining field, which we had searched also on the previous Saturday, we found another nest with four eggs, and not far off, on an adjoin- ing rig, another nest with two eggs. That is, in about twenty minutes on the Monday at noon we found altogether fourteen eggs on the same ground which, on the previous Saturday, we had searched for about an hour and a half without finding a single egg. As we had on the Saturday examined the ground with much care, and were certain that we had not overlooked any eggs on that day, the conclusion was forced on us that the nest with four eggs, as well as the others, must have been laid within the forty-eight hours, that is, between twelve o’clock on - Saturday and the same hour on Easter Monday, if not in even a shorter time. As further evidence that Peewits lay their eggs quickly and MISCELLANEA. 3865 in a short time, and confirmatory of the above observation, it may be mentioned that in Easter week, 1866, I found some Peewits’ eggs under the following circumstances in the samé district, but not in the same fields. There had been a severe snowstorm and a heavy fall of snow for the season on Easter Monday, and all the moors were covered with snow until the Wednesday morning following, when it all disappeared from the higher grounds exposed to the sun’s rays. About five o’clock on Thursday evening I started a Peewit from a piece of un- covered moorland, though snow was still lying in all the hollows and sheltered spots around. On going to the place from which the bird rose there was a nest with two eggs, which the bird had been sitting on, as they were quite warm. Now both these eggs must have been laid since the morning of the previous day, if not in a shorter time, for all the moors were covered with snow till the middle of that day. That is, two eggs had been laid in or within the twenty-four hours, Peewits, as is well known, often rise from a nest containing only one or two eggs. This seems to indicate that these birds begin to sit continuously from the time the first egg is laid. This habit would be of the greatest advantage to the Peewit, for, the nest being always on exposed, open ground, the eggs, if volun- tarily left uncovered by the parent bird for a short time even, would inevitably fall a prey to the numerous gulls, rooks, and crows which are constantly hawking for eggs over the moors in spring. To the more migratory species of this family, which have to travel such immense distances for the purpose of nesting and rearing their young, this rapid habit of laying their eggs and incubating them would be of special service, for many of these birds leave our shores late in spring for their breeding-grounds, often within the Arctic circle, the young of some of them return- ing as early as August, and the others in the early part of September, on their journey back to the north of Africa, or further southwards; the whole process of nesting and rearing their young, and the passage of many thousand miles to and from their winter quarters having to be accomplished in three or four 366 MISCELLANEA. months. It must be evident from these facts that the shorter the period required for the purposes of incubation and rearing their young, the greater would be the advantage to the Plover family. . Since the above observations were made, I have not had an opportunity of confirming their correctness, or otherwise rectify- ing any error in the observation. I have, therefore, given this rather long account of what may seem a very trifling matter in bird-life, but which, if substantiated, would be of considerable interest, in the hope that someone with ample opportunity may further investigate this question, and establish the exact time in which the Peewit and other Plovers lay their clutch of eggs.— Richard Howse, Museum, Newcastle-on- Tyne. A LIST OF THE PLACES FIXED, ELC. 367 A List of the Places fixed for the Field Meetings of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, from the first meeting, May 20th, 1846, to October, 1893, including those places (in small capitals) visited by the Club on its Annual Excursions. Ricuarp Howse. An asterisk * after a date denotes that a Meeting was not held. A. Acklington ........... Allenheads ........... 19 hu eens Allendale.............. Alnmouth ........... PRINT ICK. 5 ..cocec.ccese ISTO! (C2). ..c0.0. Askrigg (Yks.)....... Axwell Park ........ AYpDON CASTLE ........... Ayton (Yks.)........... B. Batprr Dare (Yks.) ... Bamburgh ........... 33 (== BP Beesserere Bardon Mill ........ 35 JI «eevee Banks oF THE WEAR Barnard Castle..... 3 Snare Barrasford .......... Bass Rock (N.B.) ... May. June. July. Aug. Sept. By Oct. 1866 1862 1858 1853 1880 1884 1885 1848 1851 1880 1889 1889 1863... 1854 1847 1861 1863 1875 1883 1852 1868 1846 1853 1860 WSS WIG 500 1873 1883 1892 1880 368 May. June. July. IBCAGMEI]. i ssccncec esate ee Jovopatuisiee (@DS))S Saseonctonde 1869 BEANLEY CAMP............ der IBEBSED Bisa. sa suet eer eence 1889 IBEDBUBNet se erecta sll Bedlinetomersc ISIS) Sea ie Belford. .2ces. tee cope toad. Lhe) Bellingham sce. ..o 1893 1861 stl Lai idadoneitetnee: ae eee el SS BELLISTER CASTLE......... Be came ee (537/9> IBelsayon. ceo: vie 5 ee Stan Berwick; Northe... ge.) os) O80 Brrtiry (N. Tyne)...... Bishop Auckland... ... ... 1857 Brackapurn (N. Tyne).. ... ... 1865 IBLACKBURING (Ss elayale) eee eee mee. IBEACK sEWAG TS umeere en tere Sea Oral IBIWNSINOIT gone Alone coodsonee 1865 BlanchilanG?....-s-6: 1882 IBGAYMON BURNeseseecer ens 1885 sae BLENKINSOPP CASTLE,..... By seo SND BIN Taya eee Fale eaisatasenc seer tecnee Bolas ici sicee oath oasis Boro’bridge (Yks.).. Bac Bothalieccee Utadts.e tek etet's 1868 1885 seule caine, See 1872 1855 IBOULMBR (5.022520 vse cawews ‘ Bowers anpD Roman Roan ... Brancepeth ........... aie BRAINSHAUGH ......000005 sas SUS GQi ae Branmiprony -ie....5+ 65 1883 23. L877, IBRANXTON : .chvaesieocenes ss Breamisy (River)........ is heap e is, eh ee BRIDGE OF ALNE ......05. A LIST OF THE PLACES FIXED, ETC. Aug. 1862 1879 1885 1870 1877 1874 1872 1886 1863 1892 1860 1890 1859 1862 1859 Sept. Oct. 1891 L859t oe 1867 1860 1881 1893 1879 sees 1856 1859 1884 A LIST OF THE PLACES FIXED, ETC. 569 May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. IDRENKBURN: ostetccescsesss ». 1854 1) ee ee fi GBS te ae lt BROOM PARK Aiiicccsccecee ahs ah soy dheetae) Broven Law (N.) ...... ee eae 1862 ERVIN. cbvheceseocess 1851 1871 C. CaLLERHUES CRAG......... Sa eh AOL an CARTER MEG, Yi vccsesese SG Gis Castle Eden Dene 1847 1852 1898 5 Gc O00) eat "5 lirica ata. LOR 30 Fete LOE e Bele Shs USS Ol a CauLDRON SNOUT ......... PP ee BSL Cawsry DENE ............ 1867 ae CHartners Loven ...... NORE oo CHATTLEHOPE .........005 1866 CHERRY-BUERN ............ DD eae a aeteane GONE GHESUEKS) 2. ccnccs cess 1884 1859 1862 1850 1880 msMdtanl. Sees sates cs aid Bercaneremaninsee, = Hi sour 0): a ee ee 1858 a Chester-le-Street.. 1891 aoe 1874 CueEvineton Woop ...... een ian OAS Cunyror (GREAT), ETC... ... ... 187 1859 a 5s Peete gi de,| VAS Ma TOO Soe CHEST poososoneaceoeneen 1858 Pare. net fe Seda 1859 Chillingham ......... Pe eee OOO an Chipchase Castle... ... 1859 1867 CHOLEERFORD ~ <..5....250. 1884 1859 1862 1857 ... a RS POR eee mee 185 CE 1880 Chollerton ............ ; 1880 CHOPWELL Woobs......... 1875 Soa ete CACAGOMN) sii esccsssenlincs 1846 1860 1866 370 A LIST OF THE PLACES FIXED, ETC. May (Cromurnd JE GGA a aoqeacandonean 1861 COGKEDEEDE cte.eosssweeeose Coldingham (N.B.).. College Burn......... CoomB CRAG ............06. CooUETDAIE weecreereeeeee acd eat WM anne e cect eae She Corbridge nyse 1881 ey Meee ner sean 1888 Cormball) oo eceesases COLBERSTON eee eecroeee CRAG MoUGH 4 --c-ceop ness Pee ee neo as ee CRASTER-BY-THE-SEA...... 1892 CRES WAL e Snapehaeccometine (Ora aase (G'Gss5)) cosgoocosoes Craw Ley TowEp.......... Bad Croley ics) eases 1890 CRONKLEY SCAR............ Crook BUEN) eeeeeneenee. Cross REGS heen: CroxbaLe Woops.t. 1874 (CROW ATRCONTIS pannoacoandsode D. Drap-WatrRr WELL...... Ee DereppatE (Yks.).......... DENEHOLMiae ees sneer eeces tos DERWENT VALLFY......... 1864 DEVEES) WATER 22. -e scenes 1854 Prey Wee goecadceaanon 1880 IDTEATON: -Aeensstcnereen sees 1854 DIPTON Tea octeae sce 1880 sete’ Pe ces mnct esi: June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. 1867 1880 1870. nee wo, L884) alice 1862 1888 aie 1851 SI) ane 1871 1869 1873 Bonk 506 1886 1883) 1852 oer 1862 1860 ei Looe 1880 1884 1882 1863 1865 1881 18938 A LIST OF THE PLACES FIXED, ETC. 371 May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. DrvurivckE Bay ............ sh ae Pe son Liss2/7/ Dumfries (Scotland).. ... ... 1893 DunstanporoucH Castin. 1892 1858 ... 1867 1848 x Pe OTC TIN em 380) TOCS DUR WAM sscseccs esse ee. 1862 1851... soo LLNS) E. YRSTNGTON sic eccecsescs sve eo OG Ebchester............... 1886 1875 zy EeeiEston ABBEY......... igs He soe dtokshs} IGLINGHAM...csccecceses aes ais a3 nce ao ae PES DON BTR n te ics eae es sith ie Aaa soo (LESS GTMOVEEOM. 5... ...65 0005 SOY WSS oo, USe/ eKits . 59 one eee ie SO gee OO. IB DANTE cfesiicicisie Slav sce's 5 at's soa coo SD) TED) F. Fatcon CLinTs .......0.6.. nO Giles miss IVATHOWETETD) ss: cc. «ace ove: av soo | LUBE FatLow ers Lovee ...... Ay mata NOY Farne Islands......... soo) USE Wee! se eee ae 1890 FEATHERSTONE CAsTLE... ... 1852 1872 Felton (Coquetdale)... ... 1862 IEC RR Vee PLDT cess sacea'sses Een AU Sosa a e eeeaae OOD FIncHALE ABBEY ......... 18G7% sos = US7@ Froppen EnGe ............ Rat Sees fades alee hl) ]Pomm (GACH Tob Gr aancoosonase aco ooo | LSID: SOO Fountains Appry (Yks.) ... 1891 ... ... INOUESTONES) 25 ...s00sss0 0 ... 1860 1850 IOXSHOGE ENE ccc Pe S66 G. GamrevnyER, (©2) a ciaracn 1883 GiBsIDE WooDs............ 1848 9) | ge00db060000 1858 372 A LIST OF THE PLACES FIXED, ETC. May. June. July. Aug. (Caunrincisy (ONG) eaennecnseee Gul Tana ge eacewsa.saseneee Grains o’ the Beck (Yas Oyiiy meee ease GREAVES AsH ecceeseresee H. Hatiineton Resrervorr.. 1888 Hamsreron Hints (Yks.) ... Hatton CHESTERS......... 1881 Haltwhistle............ OOOO COOL Pe ens JELAGRINONID a oposcosopuaccsues Hardwick Hall...... HarersHaw Linn ......... Hartlepool ns... eeeeseoseesen A ayers 1870 Me ah e889 Hartiey Burn (8.Tyne) ... EVATUOY cit. essaerecsees HAR WOOD DECKenaee ener Eliaoys (VSS!) ane astecerat Hawthorn Dene ... Bb) a3 sae Haydon Bridge...... Hazetpren DENE ......... 1881 1859 1852 1879 1893 1881 1885 1849 1861 1848 1859 1884 1889 1872 1847 1859 1881 1847 1849 1862 1862 1881 1846 1849 1872 1870 Sept. 1872 1886 1860 1880 1872 1862 1850 1874 1860 1881 Oct. 1855 1885 A LIST OF THE PLACES FIXED, ETC, Be May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. HestEpEen DEVE ......... oon FLEDGEHOPE ........0ec000 1862 18 (XG (ee) (es ee 1892 eae Helmsley (Yks.)...... eat 1872 Hen Hotz (Cheviot) ... ... 1877 Hiesleyside ..........+. i) (asta LOL UO RMIATIN sus ccicavcesess 1880 1867 1862 3c ree He SBR La Hicucur Nick (W.)...... noo WEIS TUBE) oo0 High Force(Teesdale) ... 1878 1858 1865 ee . 1G82 1BE0 Pe . woe USSF 180... Holy Island............ ... 1854 1879 1850 / ees 1890 1856 ci) ae 1875 i HotyweE.t DEVE ......... 18738 1885 Horpen DENE ............ 1849 ps ae 4a) 1866 beats Was HUOGUSESTHADS 660..0c05000- son SKS) 1878 18638 EUENE ABBEY! %5....00.50+5 1859 HurwortH-on-TEEs ...... 1877 Hylton Castle......... 1858 l. ENG RAM catcciecascewcvoess siale SO Intuine (River) ......... 1864 1889 1849 1886 K. Knaresboro’ (Yks.).. ... 1892 Knarsdale ............ 5 5 @esevese Gn eoe ee ONG ic caclc esses. Kirxsy STEPHEN (C.)... ... 1890 Gynon CRAGS: )..).J0.000++s L. Lampton Park ............ 1852 1860 1865 1858 374 A LIST OF THE PLACES FIXED, ETC. May. June July. Aug. Sept. Oct. IGAMIRGTERVS Fen accasesse cave es 1879 et ee Lanchester ............ rf, 1863-22... eels Om Laneroost Priory (C.)... ... 1865 1877 LANGDON BECK ............ son dUfeyesIl Larrineton (Yks.) ...... REAR! diane ye ll(slOS) RANGED EH) Aone saseneeee eee 1862 var nee Leyburn (Yks.) ...... west) abet ALS SAIS ATG GEN TZ GREEN peeeeeesehee ee 1871 Seal eee Wonrus@Vaks>) secretes rman merce ici! LONGHOUGHTON ............ iy) ad (a ORS Omasss Low Row (C.)......... Sal tose LOSE oa Lumley Castle ...... 1852 co.) se) cage UISSISRRE Lunepatz (Yks.)......... bop dhishill M. IVUSEN SHOR THe eae eeeeccs aie Sis 1862 Maize Becx (Yks.) ...... ... 1882 1860 Sis Marsdlieny secs: sisesisnees eer mee ey oi) Wes seer Wee Dictsineder er scccs TMs ck, | lec. Wee eo eneretiat ac Mas ass ats oe i ial aa RR ees, | Leet Ripe in) mbbegoausdonouss wos | tle | eee. leap OC eal se nee ee 8, GES Mite We eee Vein ta aes due 1” a Boe ee anaes set daa ate gage a RRL ett Rae (e PMS | iLSEF RIES a io ee PT SRT Bm enc bnaocuauTant cinwe | Setee cee: leet ee eee ea SND, croschcaemenen este Soles 8 e007 4 eno Ee An |) Ui Adacbocsasnnane wee Tea eta (Sf ee ee Reg dannii ees vs abe vag) aor Ai ee ee Lian a) re Seale Sense ees fas) ae (os ener a5 RNS WR re ve feat ed nal OU A meee we paige tee rs Re on nts vas aaa sn: Ge cr le ee pose ae) er A LIST OF THE PLACES FIXED, ETC. 375 May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. IMIGETED ONG darssotsccnipies sd siereiniee s .. 1864 Melrose (N.B.)......... Seek flange Wyslewaa ss LeBow Middleton=one- ROW gn sk sieceiocs ov vena 1877 Middleton=in-= Teesdale ............ coo ditekeitl Micke Fen (Yks.)...... Ge aed oor] ic arene a te a IMIEGRCORDY Pe ycicts ccisierts visie's 6c SoG. we ditOES Speake CNC eee MorpEN Cars ..........55 at Lae me gon IUGR IUOR DEUS (oi cose. ssseens SAG aa eee LOO ea hose! =p. rae 1849 Mirek: MOSS ......c..000 ee eee OO) 2p | aa ea i enl83 N. Naworra Castzx (C.)... ... 1865 1877 Menmbinan(C.):...2...00.. he BB Ob 5s cia tere NETHERWITTON ......0..005 SENG Eten SA lease OOO? vane New Azssry (Dumfries).. ... ... 18938 Newbiggin-by-the- < S02 ea eeeee eee nee eee Bae teas Ace: PLS OMA a.) SOO MME ek EEA PED chia by oue 5 ULC ITE GSE IN WIBROUGH: 5.605. /00 acelee nae cou LEO) INGE WABUEIN eaisicecieacescns s PSG AAS ok NippErpate (Yks.) ....... Seed, Woes Os LOOM em sec Wh. dske 7 Cie North Shields......... all Bina eS ets eel heen AO Oey | Reng Eo BT tA las oleic Ae ake OD North Sunderland.. ... ... 1864 Northumberland WPANKE SM cic(hiie ion ninecess ... 1886 1849 18538 J ON Reinet eee rene soo coy WORD. TIA BOB secs asaeocdeissweiye.ss sop pon LO) IS GH's3 5p ORR EE ee a Ae Menge am ISAS O. OED PBEWACKE Sisecc ech. .ne pbb. MAGNO Te (ape Meare (hokey Amahane Otterburn............... TRS RAMAN Ret Rel eae) 15) 376 A LIST OF THE PLACKS FIXED, ETC, May. Olerbwrn. ices s+ scan, tae Owinlehamniie-5.. cess: 1846 AH Meaty error srr 1859 IPALTINSBURNGs cess eee Pateley Bridge(Yks. \ Pe, FELL soe eet eat Plashetts (N. Tyne)... Powburn ...... Sree Prestwick Car ...... 1857 SPRUDHAME, oe: e Gecn Seine Re E IaRrs (GASTIAR paaphogoness Sash: vg’ een Enemies Wane RAvVENSWorRTH CastLE ... 1879 Redesdalle re .s-se. Be Brera (Yks.)) «....-.-. p09. 1365 Richmond (Yks.) ... .., 33 2 OF Riding Mill.. Ae an 1851 Se im aaah co peace ee Lion Nn-< JBN e Angannone, HF RaponsOyiks: ie essee Boa eng IROCHESTER) —csceas-snetees« 55 Pee eee eeeeseeeeeseeeee yn RosEBERRY ToPpPrine (Oy ls aenatinbanannenatte VOSHECLE ee nCer neem inncias June. July. Aug. Sept. 1883 1857 1879 1890 .., SS ae USGS eee seis .. [862% 1863 ... =. 1862 ... 1847 1855 S60), oe 1878 1867 1886 NSE 1890 ay OES Oe a: LO OSmerE 1891 1856 a a L860) a an 300 1872 1S9L S78.) see ite NN SS ~ BS S Ss 3 = = 3 3 » 8 & ~ eS Se i eas Geo West 2 Sons lithet imp. GS Brady del. TN = 4h, ONGC ILONDS) AP ISLOIMVAS I 5. _ INSIGNIS SCOURFIBLDI. Var SS epee = : = Sete - = Geo. West & Sons Jithet imp. eee ee KAUFMANNI HWARTI. Nat Hist Trans. ND& NC, Vol XT PL VIL MACRURUS / CVCLOD Ss SHR AwIeATy S TNS Il, Nat Hist Trans. ND& NC, Vol XT PL. VIL. GS.Brady del. Geo West & Sons hithet unp. CVCILOR SS ZEETIN IES: ND& NC, Vol XT PLIX. vay & < ~~ x= » = Geo West & Sons lithet imp iets Beaay del. CYCLOPS CRASSICORNIS ERP Sale PHALERATUS SHRRICORNIS. Cn0) DIP TOMS . a. ere > “Ss Ss = — “S — S = S Sy = x = S aS ~ = Geo West & Sons lithet imap. -G@SBrady del. (6p) = Ele ae = {ad 4p a si MO OH 5 od oma) i a ‘bo a el OVC Or S sl ONGICAU DATS. Geo West 3 Sons hithet imp CASTOR (CAULALS:, Nat Hist Trans. ND & NC, Vol AT PL XT. G 6. DIAPTOMUS Fips 1— S = = SQ SS S a) cS Sy = <3 S Ss x FS Sa 8 = Geo West & Sons lithet imp. “1 @SiBrady del. GRACILIS. DIAPTOMUS Nat Hist Trans. ND & NC, Vol XT Pl. XII. Geo. West & Sons sithet nays G@S Brady del. ae Ss JANE Js ONTES), (CALA BOC DIMOU. dee ea sa seees cerness Se rmsscaralecasasevaseaese Nat Hist Trans. ND& NC, Vol XT PLXALV oe (2S Brady del. Geo West & Sons hithet nup Figsl-4, ACARTIA TLONGIREMIS TCI . IDILAIP TOMIOS: “SAUNC IIE IDA IE Ie 5 BANC Me ie eR oy) ty , ae y - oun yee We or || NORTHUMBERLAND, DURHAM, || . || NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE. “VOL. XI-—PART I. PRICE TEN SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. | WILLIAMS AND NORGATE, _ 14, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON; AND Raabe _-—s«20, SOUTH FREDERICK STREET, EDINBURGH, — F. & W. DODSWORTH, NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE. 1892. 2 ‘(Au Ricnts Reserven.) oll Meee "e000 OSS 6S ATURAL HISTORY TRAN SACTIONS OF NORTHUMBERLAND, DURHAM, AND NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE. VOLUME I. With Twenty-five Plates. PRICE 14s. ONTENTS. —Presidential Addresses by Rey. A. M. Norman and Rey. J. C. Bruce, LL.D. ; Reports of Deep Sea Dredging; Papers by Rev, A. M. Norman, Mr. Alder, and Greenwell, Rev. G. R. Hall, Dr. Charlton, Messrs. Browell and Kirkby, Mr. John Hancock : Dr, Embleton, Notice of Life of Joshua Alder, Esq. ; Paper by Ma. bany Hancock, VOLUME if; PRICE 7s. 6d. Messrs. Baker and Tate’s New Flora of Northumber ‘land and Drahata, Ao VOLUME III. With Fifteen Plates. PRICE 15s. ety Mr. ai J. Bold, Lord Ravensworth, ‘Messrs. Hancock and Howse, and Mr. V right. ays vouumE Iv. With Twenty-One Plates. PRICE 168, 6d: Hows #88) Mr, i. B. Brady, and Messrs. Kirkby and Duff. VOLUME V. With Eleven Plates. PRICH 15s. Memoir of Albany Hancock, ” by D. Embleton, M.D.: D. Embleton, M.D,, aud Thomas Atthey on Loxomma Allmanni; Thomas: “Atthey on the Articular Bone of Atthey on. Anthracosaur us Russelli. VOLUME VI. With Fourteen Plates. PRICH 15s. Hancock's Catalogue of Birds of Northumberland and Durham. VOLUME VIL, with Sixteen Plates, etc., PRICH 2is. pell; Dent Hoopuel Paper on Eggs by Dr. Embleton ; oes Escar pescuts, by Hugh Miller, Esq. » B GS. ; ete. : on VOLUME VII, “with Six Plates. Pe LICE 15s, - Spitzbergen and Arctic Seas, by Abel Chapman ; Wineh’s Lichens, Rev. W.J ohngon ; on peer eee D. _ Embleton, Esq., M. De: Pare Tce _ VOLUME. IX, PRICH 12s, 6d, Cosas Place-Names i in Teesdale, by D. Embleton, Esq., M.D., ete. VOLUME X, With Six Plates, PRICE 14s, “VOLUME XI, With S Seventeen Plates, PRICE 15s, Canon ‘Tristram and Prof. i. 8. Brady ; Kevision of British ogee of Ce es Coke by Prof. Brady, ete., ebe., etc. THE FOLLOWING CATALOGUES: MAY BE HAD SEPARATELY; VIZ.:— : leoptera, by J. Hardy. and 'T. J. Bold, Part I., 5s.; Mollusca, by Joshua Alder, 2s. 6d. iA Revision of the British species of fresh-water | Cyclopidze and ae by nena Ge “ the M.D., ee me F. HS. Fourteen, Plates. Price 68. y ; if “sweats: ON “TENE: PRINTED BY. JOHN BELL, RAILWAY LANE, ‘PILGRIM smRmuT. se Presidential Addresses by Rev. A. Bethune; E. J.J. Browell, Esq. ; Rev. } R. F. Wheeler; Papers by Rev. G. R, Hall, Messrs. Hancock and Atthey, Mr, G. 8. | [eno of J ohn Hancock by D, £mbleton, Esq. , M.D.; Presidential Addresses by Rev. Mr. Kirkby, Mr. H. B. Brady, Mr. G. 8. Brady, Mr. T. J. Bold, Messrs. Embleton if ONTENTS. ot Presidential Addresses by G. OC. Atkinson and G. 8. Brady ; Papers by | _ Mr. T. J. Bold, Mr. Geo, Hodge, Messrs. Hancock and Atthey, Messrs. Hancock and “| Coxrenns. Presidential Addresses, H. B. Brady; Rev. J. E. Leefe ; Ralph Carr- | es Rey. G. Rome Hall; Catalogue of Remarkable Trees, G. C. Atkinson; Ctenodus obliquus, etc.; Chipchase Castle, by the Rey. G. Rome Hei oy §.A.; Thos. § oe Contewrs. —Presidential Addresses by G. H. Philipson, Esq., M.D.; Rev. Dr. Hoop- | -Embleton, Esq., M.D.; Roman Station at South Shields, by Rey. Dr} es —Presidential Addresses, Rey. Canon Tristram, LL, D, , HR. 8.5 Rey. A.M}. ~} Norman, M.A.; E. L J. Browell; Esq.;. H. C. Abbs, Esq. ‘Memoir of the late H - Thos. J. Bold, by J. Wrigle ; The Yorkshire Caves, by t - Clarke; Voyage to } | Coxnnsns. — Presidential Addresses, . John Philipeon, Esq.; Catalogue of Halton & - Collection of Fossil Plants, of local Fossils, and Recent Fishes, by Richard Howse. | ir Vn 5 i 2 o L i ¥ . ¢ HY 4 A r ba ’ i Mees: ate su